Environment Impact Assessment Report

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
For
THE PROPOSED 4X300 MW COAL BASED THERMAL POWER PLANT
AT BINJKOT, DARRAMURA, BADEJAMPALI AND GINDOLA VILLAGES
IN KHARSIA TEHSIL OF RAIGARH DISTRICT, CHHATTISGARH
REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING
Sponsor :
Prepared by :
SKS POWER GENERATION (CHHATTISGARH) LIMITED

(a 100% subsidiary of)
SKS ISPAT AND POWER LTD.
December, 2008
Vimta Labs Ltd., 142, IDA, Cherlapally,

Hyderabad500 051
www.vimta.com
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Thermal Power Plant at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Gindola Villages in
Kharsia Tehsil of Raigarh District, Chhattisgarh State
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
_______________________________________________________________
Chapter
Title
Page
_______________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
1.0
Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
2.0
C1-1
C1-1
C1-2
C1-2
C1-7
C1-7
C1-8
C1-8
Type of the Project

C2-1
Need for the Project
C2-1
Project Location and Layout
C2-1
Project Size/Magnitude of Operation Including Resources C2-2
Utilities for the Proposed Plant Operations
C2-8
Other Plant Facilities
C2-13
Sources of Pollution
C2-17
Mitigation Measures Proposed
C2-21
Baseline Environmental Status

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
4.0
Purpose of the Report

Identification of Project & Project Proponent
Brief Description of Project
Scope of the Study
Compliance to TOR Conditions
Methodology of the Study
Administrative and Legislative Background
Contents of the Report
Project Description
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
3.0
TC-1
TC-IV
TC-V
Introduction
General Geology
Meteorology
Air Quality
Water Quality
Soil Characteristics
Noise Level Survey
Flora and Fauna Studies
Landuse Studies on Census
Demography and Socio-economics
C3-1
C3-1
C3-2
C3-14
C3-23
C3-30
C3-34
C3-39
C3-49
C3-55
Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Introduction
Impacts during Construction Phase
Impacts during Operational Phase
Environmental Management Plan during Construction
Environmental Management Plan during Operation
Greenbelt Development
Cost Provision for Environmental Measures
VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad
C4-1
C4-1
C4-4
C4-18
C4-19
C4-27
C4-32
TC-I

Table of Contents
Table of Contents (Contd.)

_______________________________________________________________
Chapter
Title
Page
_______________________________________________________________
5.0
Analysis of Alternatives for Technology and Project Site

5.1
5.2
6.0
Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
7.0
C6-5
C6-7
C6-7
Introduction
Approach of the Study
Hazard Identification
Hazard Assessment and Evaluation
Disaster Management Plan
Off-site Emergency Preparedness Plan
Occupational Health and Safety
C7-1
C7-1
C7-1
C7-3
C7-14
C7-24
C7-28
Availability of Quality Power

Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure
Improvement in the Social Infrastructure
Employment Potential
C8-1
C8-1
C8-1
C8-2
Administrative Aspects
9.1
10.0
C6-1
C6-1
C6-1
Project Benefits
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
9.0
Introduction
Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure
Monitoring Schedule
Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of
Environmental Monitoring
Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data
Infrastructure for Monitoring of Environmental
Protection Measures
Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
8.0
Analysis of Alternative Technology

C5-1
Analysis of Alternative Sites for Location of Power Plant C5-2
Institutional Arrangements for Environment Protection

and Conservation
Disclosure of Consultants
C9-1
C10-1
TC-II

Table of Contents
Table of Contents (Contd.)

_______________________________________________________________
Chapter
Title
Page
_______________________________________________________________
List of Annexures
Annexure-I
Terms of Reference Copy and Compliance
Annexure-II Administrative and Legislative Background
Annexure-III Copy of Water Allocation and Availability Letter
Annexure-IV Emission Calculations
Annexure-V Ambient Air Quality Levels
Annexure-VI Methodology for Sampling and Analysis
Annexure-VII Details of Flora and Fauna
Annexure-VIII Landuse Pattern
Annexure-IX Demographic Details
Annexure-X R&R Plan
AI-1
AII-2
AIII-1
AIV-1
AV-1
AVI-1
AVII-1
AVIII-1
AIX-1
AX-1
TC-III

Table of Contents
List of Figures
_______________________________________________________________
Figure
Title
Page
_______________________________________________________________
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.4.1
3.5.1
3.6.1
3.7.1
3.8.1
3.9.1
3.9.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
5.1
7.1
7.2
7.3
9.1
Location Map of the Proposed Power Plant

Study Area Map
Plant Layout showing various Facilities
Water balance Diagram
Typical Process Flow scheme for Coal Handling Plant
Wind Rose Pre Monsoon (IMD Raipur)
Wind Rose Monsoon
Wind Rose Post Monsoon
Wind Rose Winter
Wind Rose Annual
Site Specific Windrose Pre Monsoon - 2008 2007-08
Air Quality Sampling Locations
Water Sampling Locations
Soil Sampling Locations
Noise Monitoring Locations
Ecological Sampling Locations
Thematic Map of Study Area
Landuse Pattern based on Satellite Data
Short Term 24 hourly Incremental GLCs of SPM
Short Term 24 hourly Incremental GLCs of SO2
Short Term 24 hourly Incremental GLCs of NOx
Predicted Noise Dispersion Contours
Rainwater Harvesting Structure
Greenbelt Development Plan
Alternative Sites Considered for the Proposed Power Plant
Damage Contour for LDO Tank on Fire
Damage Contour for HFO Tank on Fire
Onsite Emergency Organization Chart
Organization Structure for Environment Management
C1-3
C1-4
C2-3
C2-7
C2-10
C3-7
C3-8
C3-9
C3-10
C3-11
C3-12
C3-15
C3-26
C3-32
C3-37
C3-43
C3-53
C3-54
C4-8
C4-9
C4-10
C4-17
C4-22
C4-28
C5-4
C7-10
C7-11
C7-23
C9-2
TC-IV

Table of Contents
List of Tables
Tables
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.8.5
3.8.6
3.9.1
3.9.2
3.9.3
3.10.1
3.10.2
3.10.3
3.10.4
Title
Environmental Setting of the Site

Details of Monitoring
Details of Proposed Power Plant
Breakup of Landuse
Proximate Analysis of Coal Considered
Typical Characteristics of Heavy Fuel Oil
Water Requirement of Power Plant
Stack Details and Emission Rates
Water Balance of the Proposed Power Plant
Source Noise Levels in the Proposed Plant
Sensitivity of Meteorology Monitoring Equipment
Climatological Data
Summary of the Meteorological Data Monitored at Site
Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Monitored Parameters and Frequency of Sampling
Instruments used for Analysis of Samples
Techniques used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results
Surface Water Quality
Ground Water Quality
Analytical techniques for Soil Analysis
Details of soil Sampling Locations
Soil Analysis Results
Standard Soil Classification
Details of Noise Monitoring Locations
Noise Levels in the Study Area
List of Forest Blocks in 10-km radius
Details of Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Locations
Class wise Distribution of Plant Species in the Study Area
Fauna and their Conservation Status in the Study Area
Details of Aquatic Sampling Locations
List of Observed Planktonic Flora and Fauna
Landuse Pattern of Study Area
Landuse / Land cover Classification System
Landuse breakup Based on IRS-P6 Data
Distribution of Population in the Study Area
Distribution of Population by Social Structure
Distribution of Literate and Literacy Rates
Occupational Structure
Page
C1-5
C1-7
C2-2
C2-4
C2-5
C2-5
C2-6
C2-19
C2-19
C2-20
C3-2
C3-3
C3-6
C3-16
C3-16
C3-17
C3-17
C3-21
C3-24
C3-27
C3-28
C3-30
C3-31
C3-33
C3-34
C3-35
C3-38
C3-41
C3-42
C3-44
C3-45
C3-47
C3-48
C3-49
C3-50
C3-52
C3-55
C3-56
C3-56
C3-57
TC-V

Table of Contents
List of Tables (contd...)

Tables
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
6.1
6.2
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
Title
Proposed Stack Details

Predicted 24 Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations
Resultant Concentrations due to Incremental GLCs
NAAQ/CPCB Standards for Ambient Air Quality
Details of Incremental Concentration of pollutants on Forest
Blocks and Sensitive Locations
Types of Wastewater Generation and Treatment Details
Expected Quality of Wastewater
Expected Solid Waste from Power Plant
Major Noise Generating Sources
Predicted Noise Levels at the Plant Boundaries
Progressive Ash Utilization Plan
Greenbelt Development Schedule
Recommended Plants for Greenbelt
Environmental Monitoring during Project Construction Stage
Environmental Monitoring during Operational Phase
Hazardous Materials Proposed to be stored/transported
Category-wise Schedule of Storage Tanks
Properties of Fuels/Chemicals used at the Plant
Applicability of GOI rules to Fuel/Chemical Storage
Preliminary Hazard Analysis for Process and Storage Areas
Preliminary Hazard Analysis for the Whole Plant in General
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index
Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensities
Radiation Exposure and Lethality
Scenarios Considered for MCA Analysis
Properties of Fuel Considered for Modeling
Occurrence of Various Radiation Intensities Pool Fire
Hazard Analysis for Process in Power Plant
Hazardous Events Contributing to Risk at on-site Facility
Off-site Action Plan
Page
C4-5
C4-6
C4-6
C4-6
C4-7
C4-12
C4-13
C4-14
C4-16
C4-16
C4-25
C4-27
C4-29
C4-33
C6-2
C6-4
C7-2
C7-2
C7-2
C7-3
C7-3
C7-3
C7-4
C7-5
C7-6
C7-7
C7-7
C7-7
C7-8
C7-12
C7-13
C7-27
TC-VI
Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Thermal Power Plant At Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Gindola Villages In
Chapter-1
Introduction
1.0
INTRODUCTION
M/s. SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited (SKSPGCL) is a 100%
subsidiary of M/s. SKS Ispat and Power Ltd (SKSIPL) and is created as an Special
Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for setting up of 1200 MW coal based power plant.
The proposed 4X300 MW (1200 MW) coal based thermal power plant will be
located at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Gindola villages in Kharsia tehsil
of Raigarh district of Chhattisgarh state.
This chapter describes the purpose of the report, identification of the proposed
project and project proponent, brief description of nature, size and location of the
project and importance to the region and country. This chapter also describes the
scope of the study and details of regulatory scoping carried out as per Terms of
Reference (TOR) issued by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New
Delhi.
1.1
Purpose of the Report

As per Environment Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September, 2006,
commissioning or operation of thermal power plants (500 MW) falls under
category A under project type 1(D) and requires Environmental Clearance (EC)
to be obtained from MoEF before the commencement of ground activity.
Inline with the said Notification, a meeting was held in MoEF on 11th June 2008
for determining the TOR for the preparation of EIA/EMP report for the proposed
coal based power project. MoEF issued TOR conditions vide letter No.
J-13012/164/2007-IA.II(T) dated 9th July 2008 to SKS Ispat and Power Ltd. Later,
at the request of SKSIPL and SKSPGCL, MoEF transferred the TOR conditions to
SKSPGCL vide letter no. J-13012/64/2008-IA.II(T) dated 15th September 2008.
Based on the TOR conditions stipulated by MoEF vide letters mentioned above,
draft EIA/EMP has been prepared. A copy of MoEF letter giving the details of TOR
conditions is given in Annexure-I.
Accordingly, to obtain EC from MoEF and Consent for Establishment from
Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board (CECB), this EIA report has been
prepared for SKSPGCL assessing the environmental impacts due to the proposed
power plant.
1.2
Identification of Project and Project Proponent
1.2.1 About the Project

The proposed project (4X300 MW coal based Power Plant) will be located at
Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Gindola villages in Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh
district of Chhattisgarh state. This project is inline with the central governments
massive power capacity addition plan, which sets a target of adding 78,900 MW of
power generation capacity in the country by the year 2012, by establishing the
proposed power plant.
C1-1

Chapter-1
Introduction
It is envisaged that coal for the power plant station would be from Fathepur coal
block and linked to SECL coal mines. Coal from SECL coal mines will be
transported by rail. Coal from Fatehpur coal block will be transported by road.
1.2.2 Project Proponent
The project is promoted by M/s. SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited, a
subsidiary of SKS ISPAT & Power Limited, which is one of the established and fast
growing industry of steel and power sectors.
1.3
Brief Description of Project

The proposed project would require 960-acre (388.5-ha) of land including the ash
pond and colony. In the proposed power plant four (4) sub-critical boilers will be
installed which will be fired on coal sourced from SECL coal fields. The total coal
requirement for the project at 90% Plant Load Factor (PLF) will be 6.02 MTPA.
The water requirement will be about 35-MCM/annum, which will be drawn from
Mahanadi river which runs about 30-km south from the site. Two 275-m twin-flue
stacks with ESP of 99.99% efficiency will be provided to control particulate matter
to less than 50 mg/Nm3.
1.3.1
Project Cost
The cost of the total project is about Rs.5100 crores, which includes Rs 450 crores
for environmental protection measures. The project will be commissioned within 45
months from the zero date.
1.3.2
Description of the Site

The land identified for the proposed project 960 acres is mostly dry agriculture
land of 60% and barren/waste land comprising of 40%. The land in the plant site
is plain with a general elevation of about 230-m AMSL.
The mean maximum and mean minimum ambient temperatures in the area as per
IMDRaigarh are recorded to be 42.6C (May) and 13.2C (January) respectively.
The relative humidity varies from 38.0% to 86.0% at 0830 hr and from 20.0% to
78.0% at 1730 hr. The average annual total rainfall in the region is about 1602.3mm. Seismically, the site falls under Seismic Zone-III.
1.3.3
Environmental Setting of the Site

The environmental setting of the proposed plant site is given in Table-1.1.
location map of the project and study area map of 10-km radius around
proposed site are given in Figure-1.1 and Figure-1.2 respectively.
co-ordinates of the plant site and ash pond site are marked on toposheet
enclosed as Figure-1.2.
1.4
The
the
The
and
Scope of the Study

With a view to assess the environmental impacts due to the proposed coal based
power plant of 4X300 MW at Raigarh district, SKS Power Generation
(Chhasttisgarh) Limited availed the services of M/s. Vimta Labs Ltd, Hyderabad to
prepare EIA report for various environmental components including air, noise,
water, land and biological components along with parameters of human interest
which may be affected and to prepare an EMP for mitigating adverse impacts.
C1-2

Chapter-1
Introduction
CHHATTISGARH
PLANT SITE
FIGURE-1.1
LOCATION MAP OF THE PROPOSED POWER PLANT
C1-3

Chapter-1
Introduction
83 10'
83 15'
22
22
5'
5'
Dengurchua
A
Jhitipali
1
Benjkote
2
Nawagaon
Pamgarh
4 Gindola
Darramura
10 KM
22
22
0'
Chhote Dumarpali
C
Jampali
0'
Naharpali
Kharsiya
Kurubhata
Sendripali
Tilapali
Nawapara
21
21
55'
55'
83 10'
PLANT
83 15'
Topo Sheet No.s : 64 N/4, N/8, O/1, O/5
ASH POND
A : 22 01 40 N, 83 12 09 E
1 : 22 01 23 N, 83 12 36 E
B : 22 00 45 N, 83 11 39 E
2 : 22 01 17 N, 83 12 23 E
C : 21 59 58 N, 83 12 04 E
3 : 21 00 26 N, 83 12 58 E
D : 22 00 56 N, 83 13 15 E
4 : 22 00 32 N, 83 13 10 E
SCALE
1
2 KM
Note:-This Plant Boundary is Marked Based on Tentative Plant Area Given by

SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Ltd.
The Exact Plant Boundaries will be marked after the
Completion of the land acquisition by State Govt.
FIGURE-1.2
STUDY AREA MAP (10 KM RADIUS)
C1-4

Chapter-1
Introduction
TABLE-1.1
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE SITE
Sr. No.
1
Particulars
Plant location
Details
At Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Gindola
villages in Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh district of
Chhattisgarh State
Plant site coordinates
A : 22 0140N to 83 1209E
B : 22 0045N to 83 1139E
C : 21 5958N to 83 1204E
D : 22 0056N to 83 1315E
Ash pond coordinates
1 : 22 0123N to 83 1236E
2 : 22 0117N to 83 1223E
3 : 22 0026N to 83 1258E
4 : 22 0032N to 83 1310E
4
a)
Climatic conditions (IMD, Raigarh)

Temperature
Mean maximum
42.60C (May)
Mean minimum
13.2 oC (January)
b)
c)
d)
Mean annual rainfall (total)

Relative Humidity
Predominant wind directions
Climatic conditions at site
1602.3 mm
Maximum-41.0 minimum-20.0%
Pre-monsoon: NE and SE
Annual: NE and SW
From 1st March to 31st May 2008
a)
b)
c)
Temperature
Relative humidity
Predominant wind directions
Max: 42.0 oC and Min:21.3 oC

Max:41.3% and Min: 20.3%
NE, SW and NW
5
6
7
8
Plant site elevation above MSL

Plant site topography
Present land use at the site
Nearest highway
9
10
11
Nearest railway station

Nearest Airport
Nearest major water bodies
12
13
14
15
16
Water source for the project

Nearest town/City
Nearest village
Hills/valleys
Archaeologically
important
places
Protected areas as per Wildlife
Protection
Act,1972
(Tiger
reserve,
Elephant
reserve,
Biospheres,
National
parks,
230-m above MSL

Generally flat
Barren land & unused and partly agricultural land
NH-200 (15 -km, S), state high way KharsiaRaigarh (1.7 km, SSE)
Robertson RS (2.4 km) SW
Raipur (190-km, SW)
Mand river (0.5-km, W)
Kurket River (4.2-km, N)
Mahanadi river (30-km,S)
Kharsia (9.1-km, WSW)
Binjkot (0.3 NE)
No hills and valleys with in 10 km radius
None in 15-km radius
17
None in 15-km radius
C1-5

Chapter-1
Introduction
Sr. No.
18
Particulars
Wildlife sanctuaries, community
reserves
and
conservation
reserves)
Reserved / Protected Forests
Details
Forest blocks exist in 10-km radius:

Sr.No.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
Name of the
Forest block
Rabo RF
Taraimal RF
Lotan RF
Urdana RF
PF near
Bendajhariya
village
Burha pahar
RF
Bhalunara RF
PF (Daharidih
village)
Bargarh RF
Endu RF
Panikhet PF
Suhai RF
Distance(km)
Direction
0.8
8.2
6.6
9.2
4.1
NNE
ENE
NNW
E
SW
4.9
SW
5.4
9.3
W
NE
5.3
7.4
8.1
8.9
WNW
NW
NNE
NNE
19
20
21
Seismicity
Defence Installations
Major industries in 15-km radius
Seismic Zone-III as per IS 1893 (Part I): 2002

None in 15-km radius area
Monnet ISPAT & Power Limited (3-km, SE )
22
Socio-economic factors
R&R issues are presented in Annexure-X
Note: All distances mentioned are aerial distances; Source: EIA studies, Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad
The EIA report is prepared based on one season baseline environmental quality
data as per the guidelines and requirements of MoEF, Central Pollution Control
Board (CPCB) and Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board (CECB).
Environmental baseline monitoring has been carried out during pre-monsoon
season (1st March 2008 to 31st May 2008) and used to identify potential
significant impacts. Modelling exercises have been carried out to predict and
evaluate impacts due to proposed power plant. An Environment Management Plan
is included in this report.
The scope of the present study is inline with the TOR as recommended by MoEF
vide letter No. J-13012/164/2007-IA.II (T) dated 9th July 2008.
1.4.1 Study Area for EIA
The study area for the Environment Impact Assessment is 10-km radius area
around the periphery of proposed power plant, ash pond area and township. The
study area is shown in Figure-1.2.
1.4.2
Scope of the Study

The scope of the study broadly includes:
Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative locations in

the study area to establish the baseline environmental status;
C1-6

Chapter-1
Introduction
1.5
Collate and compile secondary data including socio-economic data from

published literature / government publications;
Estimate pollution loads that would be generated by the proposed project;
Predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed
project;
Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes by using
scientifically developed and widely accepted Environmental Impact Assessment
Modelling Methodologies;
Prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the predicted
impacts; and
Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored during the
project execution and to suggest post project monitoring.
Compliance to TOR Conditions

SKS Power Generation Limited has presented the project details to MoEF Expert
Appraisal Committee on 11th June 2008 to seek the Terms of Reference (TOR) for
the preparation of EIA report. MoEF has examined the proposed TOR as submitted
by SKS Energy Limited and recommended the TOR for preparation of EIA.
Subsequently, the TOR has been transferred in the name of SKS Power
Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited. A copy of TOR letter along with compliance
statement is given in Annexure-I.
1.6
Methodology of the Study

Reconnaissance survey was conducted by Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad and
officials of SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited and sampling locations
were identified on the basis of:
Predominant wind direction, expected during the period of baseline monitoring

in the study area as recorded by India Meteorological Department (IMD) at
Raigarh;
Topography and location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers;
Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas;
Identified pollution pockets, if any, within the study area;
Accessibility, power availability and security of monitoring equipment;
Areas which represent baseline conditions; and
Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental
attributes.
The monitoring details are outlined in Table-1.2.
C1-7

Chapter-1
Introduction
TABLE-1.2
DETAILS OF MONITORING
Sr.
No.
1
1.7
Attribute
Parameters
Frequency of Monitoring
Ambient air quality
SPM, RSPM, SO2, NOx and

CO
Meteorology
Wind
Speed, Direction,
Temperature,
Relative
Humidity,
Rainfall
&
duration and other non
instrumental observations
The monitoring was carried

out at 12 locations and 24
hourly samples collected at
a frequency of twice a
week
in
Pre-monsoon
season (2008). CO samples
were collected on 8-hour
basis.
a]
Continuous
hourly
recording through setting
up of site meteorological
station;
Water quality
Physical,
Chemical
and
Bacteriological Parameters
Ecology
Noise levels
Existing
terrestrial
and
aquatic flora and fauna
Noise levels in dB(A)
Soil characteristics
Land use
Socio-economic aspects
Geology
10
Hydrology (Surface and

Ground)
11
Risk
assessment,
Disaster
Management
Plan and Occupational
Health and Safety
Soil profile, characteristics,

soil type and texture,
heavy metal, NKP value etc
Land use for different
categories
Socio-economic
characteristics, labour force
characteristics
Geological history
Drainage area and pattern,
nature of streams, aquifer
characteristics,
recharge
and discharge areas
Identify
areas
where
disaster can occur and
identify
areas
of
occupational hazards.
b] Data collected from

secondary sources like IMD
station, Raigarh.
Once during the study
period at 11 locations (for
8 ground water and 3
surface water )
Once during study period
through field visits
period at 10 locations
period at 8 locations
Based on data published in
latest
district
census
handbooks and Satellite
imagery
Based on data published in
latest
district
census
handbooks
Based on data collected
from secondary sources
Based on data collected
from secondary sources
Based on assessment
Administrative and Legislative Background

The proposed power project is covered under several environmental legislations.
Brief details of the applicable environmental standards are given in Annexure-II.
C1-8

Chapter-1
Introduction
1.8
Contents of the Report

The report has been divided into ten chapters and presented as follows:
Chapter-1 - Introduction
The chapter provides the purpose of the report, background information of the
proposed power project, brief description of nature, size and location of project,
objectives of the project, estimated project cost, scope and organization of the
study. The key environmental legislation and the standards relevant to the project
and the methodology adopted in preparation of this report have also been described
in this chapter.
Chapter-2 - Project Description
The chapter deals with the need of the project, location, environmental setting of
the project, details of power project, other technical and design details and sources
of pollution from the proposed activity and measures proposed to control pollution.
Chapter-3 Baseline Environmental Status
The chapter presents the methodology and findings of field studies undertaken to
establish the environmental baseline conditions, which is also supplemented by
secondary published literature.
Chapter-4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
The chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact
assessment of the proposed power project during various phases of project
advancement, such as design, location of project, construction, and regular
operations. It also describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities
and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.
The chapter also provides recommendations/ Environment Management Plan (EMP)
including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of
the project.
Chapter-5 Analysis of Alternatives for Technology and Project Site
The technology and project site alternatives are discussed in the chapter.
Chapter-6 Environmental Monitoring Program
Environmental monitoring requirements for effective implementation of mitigatory
measures during operational phase have been delineated in this chapter.
Chapter-7 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
The chapter describes various risks associated during operational stage of the
project such as storage of furnace oil and coal. A disaster management plan to
minimise the risks or to combat the associated risks is also discussed.
C1-9

Chapter-1
Introduction
Chapter-8 Project Benefits

The chapter describes various benefits of the project to the community in the
vicinity and as well as to the region on the whole.
Chapter-9 Administrative Aspects
The chapter describes the institutional arrangements for environment protection
and conservation during the operational stage of the Project.
Chapter-10 Disclosure of Consultants
The list of various experts involved in preparation of the present EIA/EMP report is
given along with brief introduction of the consultancy organisation involved in EIA
report.
C1-10

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter deals with the technical details of the proposed power plant, details of
infrastructure, various sources of pollution and the measures proposed to control
pollution.
2.1
Type of the Project

SKS Power Generation (Chhasttisgarh) Limited proposes to set-up a coal based
thermal power project of 4X300 MW capacity at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali,
Gindola villages in Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh district, Chhattisgarh state. Boilers of
the project shall be pulverized coal fired type and based on sub-critical
technology. It is envisaged that coal for the power plant from captive coal mine
Fathepur coal block would be linked to SECL coal mines.
2.2
Need for the Project

Electric energy is known to be the vital utility and prerequisite for stimulating the
industrial and commercial activities in economic development of the nation. In
post-independent era, the country has witnessed significant growth in power
sector especially in power generation. However, the demand has escalated so
high that in spite of the phenomenal increase in installed capacity of power
generation, there has been sustained deficit in power supply and is expected to
increase further in future. Thermal power has always remained major component
among different types of power generation in India.
In order to cope up with the ever increasing gap in power demand and supply,
Government of India has widened the scope of private sector participation in
electricity generation by passing a resolution in October 1991 and allowing them
to set-up power plants. Moreover, the measures initiated through the Electricity
Act 2003 have further enhanced the opportunities to private participation in
power sector, especially in thermal power generation.
With a view to harvest the current opportunity, SKS Power Generation
(Chhattisgarh) Limited initiated proceedings for setting up of thermal power plant
in the country.
Considering the existing and escalating demand of electricity in the northern grid,
SKS Power Generation (Chhasttisgarh) Limited proposes to develop a power
project of 1200 MW (4x300MW) capacity at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali,
Gindola villages in Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh district, Chhattisgarh state.
2.3
Project Location and Layout

Inline with the MoU signed with Govt. of Chhattisgarh state and on the basis of
the prerequisites for selecting a site for the proposed 4X300 MW power project,
the site selection was carried out through alternative site evaluation within
Raigarh district. Four (4) alternate sites were identified in Chhattisgarh state and
after evaluation, a site at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali, Gindola villages in
C2-1

Chapter-2
Project Description
Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh district, having major favourable features along with
good environmental features, has been identified for the proposed project.
The proposed site is about 15.0-km away from the nearest national highway, NH200. The state capital city Raipur is about 190-km away from the site. The
nearest airport at Raipur is about 190-km. The proposed plant layout is
presented in Figure-2.1 respectively.
Layout of the power plant has been optimised considering the space requirements
for all the equipment, systems, buildings, structures, coal storage area including
railway and marshalling yard, ash silos, raw water storage tank, water treatment
plant, cooling water pump house etc. Necessary plant drainage system would be
provided at the proposed power plant site. In laying out various facilities,
following general aspects have been taken into consideration:
Provision to install 4X300 MW;
Coal storage yard for 15 days requirement at site for 1200 MW;
Ash silos for fly ash;
Predominant wind directions as shown in the wind rose to minimise pollution,
fire risk etc;
Raw water supply and storage facilities; and
Availability of adequate space for fabrication / construction equipment.
All facilities of the plant area will be laid out in close proximity to each other to
the extent practicable so as to minimize the land requirement. The layout
facilitates movement of men and materials between the various facilities both
during construction and operation.
2.4
Project Size or Magnitude of Operation including Resources

The capacity of total power plant will be 1200-MW. Four (4) sub-critical boilers
will be installed for power generation. The details of proposed power plant are
presented in Table-2.1.
TABLE-2.1
DETAILS OF PROPOSED POWER PLANT
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
B
11
12
13
Features
Capacity
Configuration
Type of boilers
Power evacuation
Fuel
Source of Coal
Coal Requirement
Sulphur content
Ash Content in Coal
Ash generation
Bottom Ash
Fly Ash
ESP efficiency
Stack
Water Requirement
Description
1200MW
4X300
Pulverized coal fired sub-critical boilers
Power will be evacuated into PGCILs grid and CSEBs
grid through 400 KV level
Coal
Coal for the plant would be linked to SECL coal mines
6.02 MTPA
0.35%
41%
2.47 MTPA
0.49 MTPA
1.98 MTPA
99.99%
Two 275-m height multi- flue stacks
4500 m3/hr at 90% PLF
Source: M/s SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited, DPR

C2-2

Chapter-2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.1
PLANT LAYOUT SHOWING VARIOUS FACILITIES
C2-3

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.4.1 Land Requirement

The total land required for the proposed power plant is 960 acres is mostly dry
agriculture land of 60% and barren/waste land comprising of 40%. The break-up
of the landuse for the proposed power plant is given in Table-2.2. The general
layout plan of the plant is presented in Figure-2.2.
Optimization of Land Breakup
About 960 acres of land had been considered for the project. Land requirement of
a power project as per the Norms of Central Electricity Authority (CEA) is 1 acre
per MW of power generation including 100 acres for Residential Township.
TABLE-2.2
BREAK-UP OF LANDUSE
Sr.No
Particulars
1
2
Main Power Block

Raw Water Storage
3
4
400 kv switch yard

Plant water system incl of cooling
towers
Coal & fuel oil Storage and
Handling
Railways Marshalling Area
7
8
Misc Area
Greenbelt
9
10
2.4.2
Total Main Plant Area

Ash Disposal Area incl. of
Greenbelt
Colony incl. of Greenbelt
TOTAL AREA
Area
(Acres)
72
100
24
50
42.5
66
58
137.5
550
310
Basis / Workings
As per requirement
Water Storage for 7 days requirement
with water reservoir of 3m depth.
As per CEA Guidelines
As per CEA Guidelines
Coal Stock Storage for 30 days
requirement with Pile length of 650m.
For Considered 2 wagon Tipplers and
one Fuel oil unloading lines.
As per requirement.
Green Belt = 1/3 of
(1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9)
For considered, 25 years of Bottom
Ash & 3 years of Fly Ash storage.
100
960
Fuel Requirement, Source, Quality and Transportation
2.4.2.1 Fuel Source

The main fuel for this power plant is domestic coal which will be sourced partly
from the captive mine of Fathepur coal block of SKS and partly from SECL mines.
It is proposed to draw a rail line for transporting coal to plant site and also
transported by road.
Support fuel Light Diesel Oil (LDO) will be used only for cold start and Heavy Fuel
Oil (HFO) will be used as support fuel at low loads and for flame stabilization.
C2-4

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.4.2.2 Fuel Quantity

Maximum total annual coal consumption for the 4X300 MW power plant will be
about 6.02 MTPA. This quantity has been arrived based on consumption of
proposed coal consumption of design Gross Calorific Value (GCV) of 3850 kcal/kg.
Apart from coal, HFO/LDO will be used as auxiliary fuel. The estimated annual
requirement of HFO/LDO is about 8000 KL.
2.4.2.3 Fuel Quality
The percentage by weight proximate analysis of coal considered for the project is
given in Table-2.3. Similarly, the characteristics of HFO and LDO to be used in
the project are given in Table-2.4.
TABLE-2.3
PROXIMATE ANALYSIS OF COAL CONSIDERED
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Parameter
Design Quality
Worst Quality
3850
41.0
22.5
25.5
11.0
25.5
2.6
4.9
0.35
3200
46.5
20.0
20.5
13.0
20.5
2.2
4.0
0.4
GCV, Kcal/kg
Ash, %
Volatile matter, %
Fixed carbon, %
Moisture, %
Carbon,%
Hydrogen,%
Nitrogen,%
Sulphur, %
TABLE-2.4
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF HEAVY FUEL OIL (HFO)
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Parameter
Total Sulphur content
Gross Calorific Value
Flash Point (Min)
Ash Content by weight (Max)
Pour Point (Max)
Specific heat (kCal/kg. oC)
Characteristics
(IS1953, Grade HV)
4.5% (Max)
About 11,000
66 Deg C
0.1%
24 oC (Max)
0.5
TABLE-2.4 (A)
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF LIGHT DIESEL OIL (LDO)
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Parameter
Pour point
Kinematic viscosity 38 oC
Water content, % by volume
Total sulfur by mass (max)
Ash (%by mass) Max
Flash point (min)
Characteristics
12oC & 18 oC for summer
and Winter
2.5 to 15.7
0.25
1.8
0.02
66 oC
C2-5

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.4.2.4 Fuel Transportation

The coal from SECL mines will be delivered by rail network up to Robertson
railway station which is about 2.4-km from the project site and Bhupdeopur
railway station is about 5.9-km. Further movement of coal from this railway
station up to the plant site will be by dedicated railway line for a 5-km distance.
Coal from captive mines of SKS will be transported by road to the plant site.
2.4.3 Water Requirement
The total water requirement of entire project will be 4500 m3/hr. This water shall
be made available from Mahanadi river at about 30-km from site. The water
requirement of the project is given in Table-2.5 and water balance is shown in
Figure-2.2.
TABLE-2.5
WATER REQUIREMENT OF POWER PLANT
All Values are given in m3/hr
Sr. No.
Units
1
2
Condenser cooling water make-up

a. Heat cycle make-up
b. Make-up requirement for closed circuit cooling
system
c. TG stator cooling
d. Chemical feed system
e. Condensate polishing unit
(Condensing Design margin & contingency of 5%)
a. Portable water Requirement
b. Filtration plant Back-wash
a. Air conditioning system make-up
b. Plant washing
c. Service water
d. Seal water for ash handling system
e. IBD quenching
f. CW for clinker grinder
Clarifier blow down
Total
Evaporation losses
Total consumptive water requirement
3
4
Water
Requirement
3185
120
8
8
8
8
152+8=160
300
10
150
55
40
75
200
75
177
4427
41
4468
approximately
(4500 )
Source: M/s SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited
Mahanadi river is a perennial river with a huge catchment area. The state
government has already given permission to draw 35 Million Cubic Meters (35MCM) per annum of water to meet the requirement of 1200 MW from the
Mahanadi river. Adequate water is available throughout the year for the total
water requirement to meet the consumptive needs. Copy of Government order on
water allotment is enclosed as Annexure-III.
C2-6

Chapter-2
Project Description
MAHANADI RIVER
(2X100% SG FILL)
2X100% (TYP)
POTABLE WATER PUMPS 3X50% (TYP.FOR EACH UNIT)
H/W M/W UNIT#1
F.W OH
PLANT(20 Cu. M/Hr)
75m3
INTAKE PUMP HOUSE
INTAKE WATER PUMPS

3 X 50% (Electric driven pumps)
1 x 25% (diesel driven pump)
4468
107240
PLANT MAKE-UP
WATER PUMPS
3 nos.(2W+1SB)
RAW WATER
STORAGE
RESERVIOR
1.0Milion Cu.m
60
D.M.F
3x50%
1000
160
3840
A.C.F
3x50%
D.M.W
S.T
2X1000m3
D.M.P
3x50%
TO REGENERATION
4427
106240
CLARIFIER
2 Nos.
2400 m3/Hr.
(EACH)
4250
SSF DRAINS
SP/THICKNER/
CENTRIFUGE
160
3840
462.5
11100
384
60
180
NEUTRALISING PIT
2 COMPARTMENTS
TOTAL:750 Cu.M
REF.NOT 4
470
11280
2X100%
EACH: 50 Cu.M/Hr.
3x50%
EACH:50 M3/Hr.
2X100%
ETP CLARIFIER SLUDGE
4250
101990
CLARIFIED WATER STORAGE TANK D.M.CLARIFIED

16500 Cu.M
WATER STORAGE TANK
(WITH A DEAD STORAGE
1500 Cu.M
OF 3095 m3 FOR FPS)
H/W M/W UNIT#2
COLONY (280 Cu.M/Hr)
180
470
11280
3x50%
SUPPLY PUMPS
GARDENING
SERVICE WATER,
GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
REF.NOT 2
TO ASH DISPOSAL AREA 2X100%
PUMPS
RECOVERED WATER FROM

CENRIFUGE
C.M.B
CAP:Min.2500 Cu.M
LEGEND
FROM UNIT # 4
E+D=654
E+D=654
E+D=654
REF.NOT 2
TO ASH DISPOSAL AREA
S.W PUMPS
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
2X100%
EACH:200m3/Hr.
3165
76430
NDCT-4
NDCT-3
NDCT-2
NDCT-1
TO ASH
POND
S.G B/D FROM
2 UNITS
FROM UNIT # 1
B/D #1
126
CW M/U
B/D TANK
2X100%
SUPPLY PUMPS
COLLECTION
SUMP
38800
S.W
O.H
TANK
CAP:750m3
EXCESS
E+D=654
CHS
595
14280
AHS
PLANT WASH
IBD QUENCHING
150
3600
CCW PUMPS
2 X 100%
2700 m3/hr
PER UNIT
TOTAL 8 Nos.
TRANSFORMER
YARD DRAINS
CWPH
HVAC M/U
75
1800
CW FOR CLINKER
GRINDERS
55
1320
S.S.F
10X150m3/Hr
CONDENSER
38800
PLANT WASHING
& GRINDING
75
1800
1550
36100
CW PUMPS
2X50% PER UNIT
+
2X50% COMMON S/B
TOTAL 10 Nos.
UNIT #1
38800
FOR UNIT#2
38800
FOR UNIT#3
COAL PILE
RUN OFF
RECOVERED
ASH WATER
SG AUXILIARIES
TG AUXILIARIES
AIR COMPRESSORS
ASH HANDLING
STSTEM
FOR UNIT#4
UNIT #1
2700
200
4800
3 X50%
ACW BOOSTER PUMPS
FOR UNIT#2
OTHER SERVICES
BACKWASH WASTES TO
SLUDGE PIT
E.T.P
CLARIFIER
+
O.W.S
D.M
CLR
W.S.
D.M.F
F.W.O.H
A.C.F
D.M.P
D.M.W.S.T
C.S.T
TO
S.G
SLUDGE PIT H/W
M/U
SSF
ETP
S.P
S.W
O.H
C.W
NDCT
B/D
FPS
CHS
AHS
OWS
ACW
T.G
P.H.E
HAVE
BA
CEP DISCHARGE,
HOTWELL &
BFP PUMPS
PHE
2 X 50%
SEAL WATER FOR BA & FA

DISPOSAL SLURRY PUMPS
40
960
C.S.T
2 Nos.
CAP.EACH
1000 m3
ACW OHT
1 No.
CAP.,EACH:
15 m3
DE MINERALISED
CLARIFIER
WATER STORAGE TANK
DUAL MEDIA FILTER
FILTER WATER OVERHEAD TANK
ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER
DEMINERALISATION PLANT
DE MINERALISED WATER
STORAGE TANK
CONDENSATE STORAGE TANK
STEAM GENERATOR
HOT WELL
MAKE UP
SIDE STREAM FILTERATION
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
SLUDGE PIT
SERVICE WATER
OVER HEAD
CLARIFIED WATER
NATURAL DRAFT COOLING TOWER
BLOW DOWN
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
COAL HANDLING SYSTEM
ASH HANDLING SYSTEM
OILY WATER SEPRERATOR
AUXILLARY COOLING WATER
TURBINE GENERATOR
PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER
HEATING VENTILATION & AIR
CONDITIONING
BOTTOM ASH
m3/hr
m3/day
NOTE
1.ALL FLOW CAPACITIES INDICATED ON FLOW LINES IN m3/hr.
2.THIS OPTION SHALL BE ADOPTED IN CASE QUALITY IS UNSUITABLE FOR REUSE.
3.CLARIFIED WATER TANK SHALL BE ABOVE GROUND,SO THAT CW MAKE-UP
FLOW IS BY GRAVITY.
4.ZERO DISCHARGE CONCEPT WITH SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SHALL BE ADOPTED.
FOR UNIT#3
FOR UNIT#4
TO C.M.B
FIGURE-2.2
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
C2-7

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.4.4 Manpower
The proposed power plant will require 400 skilled and semi-skilled personnel
during operation, maintenance and administration of the proposed plant of 4X300
MW. People from neighbouring villages, if found suitable, shall be employed
during construction and operational phases. The total manpower of power plant
during operational period is estimated to be about 400 persons.
2.4.5 Township
It is estimated that about 70% of the total employees would be provided with
residential accommodation in the township of the station. It is therefore, proposed
to build residential quarters for a total of 400 employees. The township will
include the residential quarters (type A,B,C,D), one project hostel, guest house,
recreation facilities, health centre, shopping facilities, open air theatre, bank and
post office.
2.4.6 Transport Facilities
The nearest State Highway is at a distance of 1.7-km distance by road and the
nearest railway station (Robertson RS) is at about 2.4-km and Bhupdeopur
railway station is about 5.9-km from the site. Coal will be received at the site by
belt conveyor/dedicated railway line.
2.4.7 Health and Sanitation
To ensure optimum hygienic conditions in the plant area, proper drainage
network will be provided to avoid water logging and outflow. Adequate health
related measures and a well equipped safety and environment department will be
provided to ensure clean and healthy environment.
2.5
Utilities for the Proposed Plant Operations

In the proposed plant, various utilities will be provided for the smooth and
efficient functioning of the plant. The proposed utilities are discussed in
subsequent sections. The process flow of the plant is given in Figure-2.3.
2.5.1 Coal Handling System

It is proposed that coal handling plant may be designed for single unit i.e. 4 X
300 MW requirements. Coal may be received from the railway transportation, and
unloaded using track hoppers. Captive coal will be stored in the coal storage yard
for 15 days requirement. The coal handling plant capacity is envisaged as 1900
TPH considering the worst coal.
2.5.2 Fuel Oil System
The Fuel oil system will be provided for:
C2-8

Chapter-2
Project Description
a) Boiler start-up; and

b) Flame stabilization during low load operation with or without coal firing.
Two types of fuel oils are envisaged for use in the proposed power plant: (a) Light
Diesel Oil (LDO) and (b) Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) for low load operation and flame
stabilization, as necessary.
Two tanks (2X1000 KL) are envisaged to receive and store the unloaded HFO in
the plant site. Similarly for LDO storage, two storage tanks (1X500 KL) will be
installed. For each phase, there would be 2x100% numbers of HFO and LDO
unloading, transfer and forwarding pumps. Pressurizing and heating units for
supplying both HFO and LDO tanks will be provided.
2.5.3 Steam Generator Units
The steam generators (SG) will be designed for firing 100% coal and shall be
natural circulation drum type. The SG shall be tangentially fired, sub-critical,
balanced draft, single drum, single reheat, controlled circulation dry bottom, top
supported, and of two pass design. The main fuel is domestic coal with Light
Diesel oil (LDO) and Heavy Furnace oil (HFO) as start-up and oil support for low
load operation. The steam generator shall be suitable for continuous operation
with entire range of coal firing without oil support down to 40% of Boiler
Maximum Continuous Rating (BMCR). The steam generator shall also be capable
of firing Indian coal blended with 20-30% of imported coal. The furnace design
and construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of internationally
accepted ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel codes and in conformity with Indian
Boiler Regulation (IBR) requirement.
2.5.4 Steam Turbine Unit
The steam turbine will be multi-stage, multi cylinder, tandem compound, single
reheat, and condensing design directly coupled with the generator and suitable
for indoor installation. The plant would be designed to operate as a base load
station. The turbine design will cover adequate provision for quick start-up and
loading for the units to full load at a fast rate. Apart from constant pressure
operation, the turbine will also have the facility for sliding pressure operation.
The steam turbine will consist of three cylinders, high pressure turbine (HP),
Intermediate pressure turbine (IP) and double flow low pressure turbine (LP).
2.5.5
Condenser
The supply would be complete with divided flow, double pass, horizontal, surface
type, water cooled condenser with closed cycle circulating clarified water system.
Condenser unit would be transverse mounted and would condense exhaust
steam by circulation of cooling water (inlet design temperature of 32 oC) in a
recirculating cooling water system using cooling towers. Necessary air evacuation
system will be provided. The condenser would be provided with 2 X 100%
capacity vacuum pumps or steam jet air ejectors to remove non-condensable
gases and maintain vacuum in the condenser at the desired level.
C2-9

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.5.6 Boiler Feed Pumps

3X50% capacity electric motor driven boiler feed pumps of centrifugal, multistage, horizontal, barrel type construction. Each boiler feed pump will have one
(1) matching capacity single stage booster pump driven by the feed pump motor.
The booster pump will take suction from feed water storage tank and discharge
into the suction of the corresponding main feed pump, which in turn, will supply
feed water to respective boiler, through the high pressure heaters and the feed
water control station.
2.5.7 Condenser Feed Pumps
2x100% capacity pumps shall be provided for each unit. The pumps would be
vertical condensate extraction pumps of CAN-type construction. The pumps will
discharge through check valves and motor operated stop valves into a common
discharge header.
2.5.8 De-aerator and Regenerative Feed Heating System
The regenerative feed heating system would comprise vertical or horizontal shell
and tube type high pressure feed water heaters with by pass arrangement. Three
(3) or four (4) stage low pressure heaters equipped with drain cooling and
condensing zones and individual bypass system is envisaged. Besides these,
separate drain cooler, gland steam condenser, horizontal spray or spray-cum-tray
type deaerator with integral vent condenser to limit oxygen of 0.005 ppm at all
operating conditions with minimum loss of steam are envisaged. The storage tank
should be adequately sized to accommodate at least 7 min water requirement to
provide feed water to respective boiler at the BMCR condition. All steel
construction of condensate/ feed water wetted surfaces is desired to facilitate
uniform chemical conditioning of steam- condensate-feed water system.
2.5.9 Electrostatic Precipitators and Stack
The steam generating units will be provided with an electrostatic precipitator
(ESP). ESP would have two parallel flue gas paths, any of which can be isolated
for maintenance when required, keeping the other paths in operation. Each path
will comprise the required number of fields in series for collection of fly ash. The
overall efficiency of ESP would be 99.8% to 99.9%. ESP would be provided with
adequate umber of ash hoppers provided with electric heaters. The control of ESP
would be based on microprocessor using semi-pulse device. The design of ESP
will be such that the outlet dust burden does not exceed 50 mg/Nm3 at 100%
MCR with worst coal.
The plant will construct 275-m high multi-flue stack which is expected to bring
down the ground level concentration of SO2 based on 24-hourly average to a
minimum. Concrete twin flue stacks for the steam generating units have been
proposed. Chimney height has been considered following the guidelines of MoEF
and Central Pollution Control Board.
C2-10

Chapter-2
Project Description
STACK
ID FAN
Compressed
Air
ELECTRICITY
BOILER
TURBINE
Coal
GENERATOR
COOLING
TOWER
CONDENSER
OIL
HP
HEATERS
AIR
HOT WELL
FD FAN
MAKEUP
WATER
CHEMICAL
DOSING
ACW SYSTEM
DEAERATOR
WATER
FROM
LP
HEATERS
WATER
TREATMENT
PLANT
FILTER
BACKWASH
FIGURE 2.3
TYPICAL PROCESS FLOW SCHEME FOR PROPOSED THERMAL POWER PLANT
C2-11

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.5.10 Ash Handling System

The ash handling system will be designed to collect, transport and dispose bottom
ash, economizer ash, air pre heater and fly ash from ESP hoppers.
The quantum of ash generation would depend on the plant load factor and the
quality of coal being fed. Considering average ash content of 41% in the ash
received coal the four units will generate about 300 TPH of ash at MCR condition.
Out of this, ash 80% would be fly ash and 20% would be Bottom ash. The Bottom
ash and fly ash handling plant will be designed accordingly.
Fly ash shall be handled only in dry form. The bottom ash will be handled in wet
form and disposed off as slurry in ash disposal area.
Fly Ash System
Fly ash collected in the ESP hoppers will be extracted in dry form by vacuum
system to buffer hoppers. Suitable number of streams with adequate capacity will
be provided. For conveying ash from buffer hoppers to silos, pressurized
conveying system using compressors will be adopted. Dust separator will be
provided on each buffer hopper. A vent filter will be mounted on the silo to
reduce the environmental pollution.
Ash silos to store the fly ash expected to be generated in a period of 24 hours will
be provided. From these silos, ash would be dispatched to users through closed
road tankers. In case of exigencies, the ash will be conditioned and transported
by trucks to the ash disposal area for dumping.
Bottom Ash System
The Bottom ash will be collected in the water impounded, refractory lined furnace
hopper as bottom ash. The bottom ash hopper will have a capacity to store about
eight hours collection of bottom ash. The hopper will be of W shape. Each V
shape compartment will have two (2) out let opening at the bottom. One (1)
opening of each compartment will be normally used for removing ash and other
will be standby. At each opening one (1) feed gate along with single/double roll
type clinker grinder and jet pump will be mounted to crush the ash clinkers(-)
25mm size and convey the same to the slurry sump. Fly ash from economizer
hoppers are also conveyed to bottom ash hopper and same will be handled as a
part of this system.
Ash slurry will be pumped from the ash slurry sump to the ash pond in each shift.
Horizontal centrifugal pumps will be provided for this purpose.
The water from the ash pond will be clarified, and pumped to the ash water tank
in the plant area for further utilization in the ash handling plant and secondary
usage.
C2-12

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.5.11 Ash Disposal System

Two (2) numbers of ash silos and four (4) number of fly ash silos have been
considered for the 4X300 MW power plant unit. Each silo of bottom ash and fly
ash will be provided with two unloaders for truck, one feeder to mixing tank and
will have 24 hours ash storage capacity. Ash from silos will be transported to
mixing tank, which will be further transported to ash disposal area by Lean Slurry
Disposal system.
Considering height of 15m, area required for ash disposal for 10 years is around
310-acres ash management plan in ash dump area will be drawn to ensure proper
disposal after providing necessary precaution.
Fly ash being a product of high temperature has pozzolonic property and forms
cementous material when mixed with lime and water. Fly ash may be used for:

2.6
Building blocks;
Light weight aggregates;
Partial cement replacement;
Road sub-base;
Grouting material;
Filler in asphalt mix for roads;
Partial replacement of lime aggregate in concrete work;
Road embankment; and
Land filling material.
Other Plant Facilities
2.6.1 Raw Water System

The consumptive water requirement of the plant will be made available from
Mahanadi river. Intake water pumps will be installed in the Mahanadi river for
meeting plant water requirement. This intake water will be clarified and used for
make-up water for the DM water for power cycle (Boiler water make up), cooling
water for steam condenser, cooling water for electrical and mechanical main and
auxiliary equipment such as generators, transformers, large motors, compressors
and other heat exchangers through a closed circuit auxiliary cooling water
system, hydrogen cooler, BFP, ash disposal plant, fire fighting, air conditioning,
ventilation and portable water for plant.
The raw water make-up requirement for the proposed power plant would be
about 108000-m3/day (35 Million Cu.M per annum). The requirement of water
shall be made available from Mahanadi river at about 30-km from site. Intake
water pumps will be installed in the Mahanadi river meeting plant requirement.
Raw water storage will be provided inside the plant area. This reservoir will be
lined, having a storage capacity of 30 days of final water requirement for the
power station.
C2-13

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.6.2 Raw Water Treatment

Raw water received from the river will be duly clarified in raw water clarifier of
suitable capacity. Aerators will be installed upstream of each clarifier to remove
dissolved gasses in the raw water.
Plant water treatment would essentially consists of:

Clarifier;
Pre-treatment plant (filtration plant); and
Demineralisation plant.
DM Plant Feed Pumps and Potable Water Supply Pumps will supply the water
through their respective pressure filtration system for further use. The potable
water will be pumped to the over head tanks and from these tanks potable water
will be distributed by gravity to the consumer points. Water will be chlorinated
before storing in the tanks.
2.6.3 Cooling System for Water
Natural draft cooling towers have been proposed for thermal power plant. The
towers shall be suitably located away from electrical installations and major
structures and are laid along prevailing wind direction to ensure minimum
recirculation and ingress of drift to other areas. The cooling water will have
multiple cells with film type fill material.
2.6.4
Equipment Cooling Water (ECW) System

The ECW system meets the cooling water requirements of all the auxiliary
equipment of the TG and SG units such as turbine lube oil coolers, seal oil
coolers, stator water coolers, BFP auxiliaries such as lube and working oil
coolers, seal water coolers, drive motors and sample coolers.
A closed loop system using passivated DM water is proposed for the ECW system
as defined in the scheme. The hot water from these auxiliaries is cooled in the
plate type heat exchangers by clarified water. Clarified water for this purpose
shall be supplied by Auxilary Cooling Water (ACW) pumps.
2.6.5 Water Treatment Plant

The water treatment plant broadly consists of pre-treatment plant, filtration and
followed by a DM (Demineralisation) plant with mixed bed units which will provide
DM water to meet steam generator make-up and ECW system make-up.
2.6.6 Demineralisation Plant & Heat Cycle Make-up System
Assuming average 3% make-up for the heat cycle and accounting for six hours
regeneration time, three (3) demineralising chains of about 160 m3/hr capacity.
In the DM plant, the water would be first filtered through pressure filters and
activated carbon filter units, all installed within the DM plant building. Filtered
C2-14

Chapter-2
Project Description
water will pass through cation resin beds, demineralised water, anion resin beds
and mixed bed exchangers and the demineralised water will be stored in DM
water storage tanks. The acid and alkali handling system will be suitably provided
for the proposed new DM plant.
2.6.7 Chemical Feed System & Chemical Dosing system
Chemical feed system will be provided for feeding with tri sodium phosphate in
the boiler drum and neutralizing amines and/or hydrazine. In the condenser
pump discharge/ boiler feed suction line to maintain the chemical concentration in
the drum water and feed water within permissible limits for trouble-free operation
of the plant.
In circulating cooling water system shock chlorination alternatively sodium
hypochlorite dosing would be provided to contain algae growth. Dosing of proven
corrosion and scale inhibitor chemicals, acid dosing system shall also be provided
for cooling water treatment. Continuous chlorination will be required for the
potable water system.
The low pressure chemical dosing system will consist of:

A mixing tank provided with stirrer and a metering tank;

Two (2) full capacity, variable volume metering pumps, complete with suction
filters and other accessories and fittings as necessary. These L.P. Pumps will
inject hydrazine or other chemicals into the condensate pump discharge/boiler
feed suction continuously at an automatically regulated rate. Normally, one
pump will be running and the other will be on standby duty; and
Necessary piping, valves, fittings and instruments and controls.
The high pressure chemical Dosing System will consist of:

A mixing tank provided with stirrer and metering tank; and

Two (2) full capacity metering pumps will be provided for injecting tri sodium
phosphate to the boiler. One pump will be in operation, while the other will be
a standby.
2.6.8 Compressed Air System

Five (5) instrument air compressors are envisaged for 4X300 MW unit to take
care of continuous and intermittent demand. The capacity of each instrument air
compressor is 30 Nm3/min, at 8.0 Kg/cm2 (g) pressure. The instrument air
compressors will be oil free screw type, and will be provided with individual air
compressors with oil free screw type, and will be provided with individual air
receivers to absorb pressure pulsations and for acting as reserve supply of
compressed air to permit continued operation following failure of the operating
compressor until the standby one is put into service. A desiccant type dryer unit
with 100% standby dryers, automatic regeneration facility will be provided for
supply of clean, dry air to instrument and control system.
C2-15

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.6.9 Air Conditioning System

It is proposed to be air-conditioned for control room, control equipment room/
UPS room, ESP control rooms, coal handling system control room, DM plant
control room, office area, laboratory, lecture room, service building, and switch
yard control room.
2.6.10 Ventilation System
2.6.10.1 Power House Building
Supply/exhaust ventilation system with
recommended for the powerhouse building.
evaporative
cooling
has
been
2.6.10.2 ESP Control Building (Expect Control Room) & HP Control Room
For ventilation of these buildings, ambient air will be drawn through unitary air
filtration unit comprising fresh air intake louver, dry type filter and spry nozzle
and supplied to the space by means of centrifugal fans through ducting, grills etc.
2.6.10.3 Other Buildings
Other buildings like air compressor room, A/C plant room, CW pump house, coal
handling plant, DM plant etc will be ventilated by means of dry system comprising
axial flow fans, dry filter wherever required, cowls, ducting etc. Inside dry bulb
temperature is expected to be higher than ambient by about 50C. Fire dampers
will be provided as per code wherever there is electrical installation.
2.6.11 Fire Protection System
For protection of the plant against fire, all yards and plant will be protected by
any one or a combination of the following systems:
Hydrant System;
Automatic high velocity and medium velocity sprinkler system;
Water spray (emulsifier system);
Foam system;
Portable and mobile chemical extinguishers; and
Auto modular CO2 system.
The system will be designed as per the recommendation of Tariff Advisory

Committee (TAC) of the Insurance Association of India. Applicable codes and
standards of National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA), USA would also be
followed.
Fire detection & alarm system complete would be provided for efficient, safe and
trouble free operation of plant. Areas for fire Alarm detection will include main
control room, local control rooms, control equipment room, electrical equipment
rooms, cable cellar room, oil tank room, coal conveyers and coal stockpiles.
C2-16

Chapter-2
Project Description
2.6.12 Power Evacuation System

Considering the station size, it is preferable to evacuate power at 400 kV level.
For evacuation of power generated from the station, it is envisaged to use the
PGCILs grid and CSEBs grid. Two numbers of outgoing lines have been
considered from 400 kV switchyard to evacuate 30 % of power to state electricity
board. Balance power will be evacuated by two no.of outgoing lines to PGCILs
400 kV nearest substation. Four (4) numbers of outgoing lines have been
considered from the 400kV plant switchyard taking into view adequate
redundancy in number of line feeders to take care of an exigency conditions.
Power generated from the proposed TPP shall be sold to utilities/ customers on
short term basis. Interaction with PGCIL as well as State Grid authority shall be
necessary for finalizing the interconnection requirements and the evacuation
considered.
2.6.13 Instrumentation and Control System
The proposed plant instrumentation and control system for 4 X 300 MW Thermal
power plant has been envisaged for control and monitoring of all equipments of
the main plant, auxiliaries and offsite plants from the unit control room. The C & I
system shall provide control and monitoring of all major system and equipments
and related subsystems so that the status of all parameters of the plant is made
available to the Unit Control Room (UCR). The implementation of C&I system
shall be based on the state of the art Instrumentation and Distributed Control
System (DCS) with functional distribution and geographical distribution of inputs
and outputs for some sections of the plant at different locations for optimization
of the scope of cabling from the field of Electronic Equipment Room. Integration
of all major systems has been envisaged through software link.
The design of the control and monitoring system envisaged shall be based on the
following basic requirements.
Complete operation and monitoring facility of the main plant, auxiliary

systems, offsite plants and electrical systems from unit control room with the
help of DCS and Human Machine Interface (HMI) through VDU and key board/
mouse based operators console;
Software integration of different Control System of the plant with DCS;
Energy Management for electrical systems;
Online optimization, display and report generation of all relevant parameters

of the power plant in operators guidance mode. The system shall facility for
efficiency, performance evaluation of all major equipment of the power plant;
and
Back up operation and Indications are envisaged for essential trip operations
of the power and electrical system from control desk, which will be located on
one side of operators control desk. Direct indications such as Boiler Drum
C2-17

Chapter-2
Project Description
level etc. and any other emergency operation facility have been envisaged
from control desk.
2.7
Sources of Pollution
The various types of pollution from the proposed power plant are categorized
under the following types:
Air pollution;
Water pollution;
Solid waste; and
Noise pollution.
The major type of pollution from the power plant is gaseous emissions. In
addition, wastewater and solid waste will also be generated. The quantities and
the composition of the gaseous, liquid and solid waste that are likely to be
generated in the plant will be managed and treated such that their final disposal
into the environment meets all the statutory requirements and thus the
environmental impacts are minimized.
2.7.1 Air Emissions
The major pollutants emitted from the power plant stack will be SO2, NOx and
particulate matter. Proper control measures as described below will be installed to
minimize the stack emissions within the stipulated/permissible limits prescribed
by National Ambient Air Quality Standards.
Suspended Particulate Matter
Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) is one of the important pollutants from the
proposed power plant. High efficiency (>99.9%) electrostatic precipitators are
proposed to be installed to limit the particulate matter emissions to below 50
mg/Nm3.
Sulphur dioxide
The sulphur content in coal is about 0.4%. Two stacks multi flue of 275-m height
will be provided, as per CPCB/MoEF Norms, to disperse the gaseous emissions.
Oxides of Nitrogen
To reduce the NOx emissions from the steam generator, all provisions in the
steam generator design and fuel firing system will be made. Necessary
confirmation from the boiler manufacturers regarding concentration from stack
will be less than 350 mg/Nm3 generation of NOx would be taken as a measure to
control production of this pollutant right at the source. The details of stacks and
emission rates are presented in Table-2.6. The emission rate calculations are
given in Annexure-IV.
C2-18

Chapter-2
Project Description
Thermal Pollution
Heat loss through the stack represents only about 8% to 10% of the total heat
input to the furnace. The quantum of heat so lost to the atmosphere is not
significant. It may further be noted that the area is subjected to moderate wind
speed and good rainfall.
The effect of tall chimneys, which are being installed primarily to take care of the
gaseous discharges, would also indirectly help in diffusing the thermal pollution.
Due to the high kinetic energy gained by the flue gases issuing from the stack,
the effective rise of the plume would ensure discharge of flue gas at a
considerably higher stratum ensuring dilution of the gas dispersed leaving the
local environment virtually unaffected.
TABLE-2.6
STACK DETAILS AND EMISSION RATES
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
c
Parameters
Stack Height
No. of flues
Top diameter of each flue
Flue gas velocity in each flue
Flue gas temperature
Flow rate of gas in each flue
Coal Consumption
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) emission rate (Based
on 0.4 of Sulphur) in each flue
Particulate matter (SPM) emission rate in
each flue
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Units
m
No.
m.
m/s
o
K
Nm3/s
TPH
g/s/flue
Stack-I
275
2
7.0
25.0
413
694.3
760.1
422.3
Stack-II
275
2
7.0
25.0
413
694.3
760.1
422.3
mg/Nm3
g/s/flue
g/s/flue
mg/Nm3
50
34.7
243.0
350
50
34.7
243.0
350
2.7.2 Liquid Waste Generation

Effluents will be generated from cooling tower blow down, wash water and
wastewater from sanitary facilities. Sanitary effluent will be treated in sewage
treatment plant. The cooling water blow down will be treated and reused in ash
conduction and disposal system and dust suppression system. Blow down from
cooling towers will be the main sources of the wastewater. Besides this, DM plant
waste, domestic waste from canteen and toilets will be the other wastes
generated. The cooling tower blowdown will be reused in dust suppression,
ash/coal handling, fly ash conditioning, ash disposal and service water. The
treated wastewater from Sewage & Effluent Treatment Plant will be used in
greenbelt development. The wastewater generated in the proposed project is
given in Table-2.7.
C2-19

Chapter-2
Project Description
TABLE-2.7
WATER BALANCE OF THE PROPOSED POWER PLANT
Sr.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Units
Cooling tower makeup
Domestic consumption colony
Domestic consumption Plant
Service water/HVAC
Boiler make up
DM plant Regeneration
Contingency water
Loss in pre treatment /
evaporation
Total
Requirement
3185
280
All Values are given in m3/hr

Loses/use
Wastewater
Generation
3059
126
56
224
20
16
190
160
10
405
218
150
120
0
350
41
40
40
10
55
177
4468
3780
688
The generated wastewater to a maximum extent will be used for ash handling
plant, coal handling plant and green belt and the remaining net treated
wastewater will be sent for disposal. The disposal water will meet the general
standards of wastewater discharge.
Adequate storm drains will be constructed along the boundary of the plant area
and within the plant area to drain off the storm water during monsoon period.
2.7.3 Solid Waste Generation in Power Plant
Ash is the main solid waste generated in the coal based thermal power plant. The
primary fuel for the proposed power project would be coal from SECL fields,
having an ash content of about 41%. Considering this, about 2.47 MTPA and 1.98
MTPA of fly ash and bottom ash will be generated.
Major portion of the ash will be utilized by supplying to potential users. Efforts will
be made to utilize 100% fly ash as per the Fly Ash Notification, 1999 and as
amended later.
The ash which is not lifted by the potential user will be disposed off in the ash
dyke using dry system of fly ash collection. The fleet of bulkers/trucks will dump
the ash in the ash dyke. Water sprinklers will be provided at the ash dyke to
sprinkle water for suppression of dust generated. We are also envisaging for fly
ash fine grinding system to fine grind it and send to oversees market- ready mix
to cement.
2.7.4 Noise Pollution
The noise levels expected from various noise generating sources in the proposed
plant are given in Table-2.8.
C2-20

Chapter-2
Project Description
TABLE-2.8
SOURCE NOISE LEVELS IN THE PROPOSED PLANT
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Unit
Turbine unit
Cooling tower
Air compressors
Transformer
Boilers
Expected Noise Level dB(A) [1m

away]
80-85
65-70
80-85
70-75
80-85
Noise Control
Acoustic enclosures will be provided wherever required to control the noise level
below 85 dB(A). Anywhere not possible technically to meet the required noise
levels, personal protection equipment will be provided to the workers. The wide
greenbelt around the plant will work as green mufflers to attenuate the noise
level dissemination outside the plant boundary.
2.8
Mitigation Measures Proposed
2.8.1 Air Pollution Management

Fugitive and stack emissions from the power plant will contribute to increase in
concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx pollutants. The mitigative measures proposed
in the plant are:
2.8.2
Installation of ESPs of >99.9% efficiency to limit the SPM concentrations below

50 mg/Nm3;
Installation of Dry Low NOx (DLN) Burners to minimize the NOx generation from
the units with steam injection;
Provision of 275-m high bi-flue stack for wider dispersion of gaseous emissions;
Dust extraction/suppression system will be provided at transfer points of
conveyor system;
Conveyor belt will be enclosed to prevent dust generation;
Provision of water sprinkling system at material handling and storage yard;
Asphalting of the roads within the plant area; and
Developing of greenbelt around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions.
Water Pollution Management

Wastewater generated from the power plant shall be sent to neutralisation pits, oil
water separators followed by guard ponds to neutralise and remove oil & grease to
limits prescribed by CPCB. Part of treated wastewater shall be reused for various
secondary usages and greenbelt development.
2.8.3
Noise Pollution Management

Provision of acoustic enclosures for noise generating equipments. Equipment will
conform to noise levels prescribed by regulatory authorities. Thick greenbelt to
C2-21

Chapter-2
Project Description
attenuate the noise levels and provision of earplugs to the workers working in high
noise level area is proposed.
2.8.4
Solid Waste Management

Bottom ash would be collected and dumped in ash pond area in slurry form.
Unutilized fly ash will also be disposed off in designated ash disposal area in Lean
slurry disposal mode. Ash pond will also be provided with HDPE liner to prevent
leaching of contaminants to groundwater.
The used oil will be given to authorized recyclers approved by CECB/CPCB. The
organic portion of sludge generated in the Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) will be
used as manure in greenbelt development.
C2-22

Chapter-3
3.0
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
3.1
Introduction
A regional background to the baseline data is being presented at the very outset,
which will help in better appreciation of micro-level field data generated on
several environmental and ecological attributes of the study. The physical
environment consisting of geology, hydrogeology and water resources form the
first section of this baseline chapter. The second part contains micro-meteorology,
ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise levels and field
investigations of aquatic and terrestrial ecology in the study area generated from
1st March to 31st May 2008 representing pre-monsoon season. The third section
is on land use pattern and socio-economic profile of the project site.
3.2
General Geology
The proposed power plant is located at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and
Gindola villages in Kharsia tehsil of Raigarh district of Chhattisgarh state.
General topography of the area around the plant site is plain with a general
elevation of about 230-m aMSL.
The basin is an integral part of Gondwana super group (Mesozoic and Paleozoic)
and Archaean group. The geological succession is presented below:
GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION
Age
Mesozoic
Paleozoic
Group Formation
Gondwana Super
Group
Alluvium/ Colluvium
Supra Barakars
Barakars
Talchir
Sandstone & Shale

Sandstone Shale
Clay stone & Coal
Sandstone, Shale,
Pebbles & Boulder
3.2.1 Drainage Pattern and Surface Hydro-Geology

Mand river, is passing through 0.5-km away from the proposed plant site. The
rivers of the region come under two distinct drainage systems; the Mahanadi and
the Mand. Of these, it is the Mahanadi that really commands the drainage of this
area, except the two rivers the Geor and the Kanhar which rising in the tablelands
in the north flow northwards to join the Son river. The important rivers of the
region are Mahanadi, Mand, Kelo, IB, Kanhar and Geor.
Mand river, is passing through the 0.5-km radius study area with respect to the
plant site.Mahanadi river is at a distance of 30-km with respect to the plant site.
C3-1

Chapter-3
3.3
Meteorology
The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper
interpretation of the baseline information regarding proposed plant area and
surrounding area for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological
parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general
meteorological regime of the region.
The year may broadly be divided into four seasons:
Winter season
Pre-Monsoon season
Monsoon season
Post-Monsoon season
:
:
:
:
December to February
March to May
June to September
October to November
3.3.1 Methodology
The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the
standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS : 8829) and India
Meteorological Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various
meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data. Data was
collected every hour continuously from 1st March to 31st May 2008 representing
pre-monsoon season.
3.3.1.1Methodology of Data Generation
The Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring
equipment was installed on top of a residential building at a height of 3.0 m
above ground level to record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and
temperature. The meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way
that it is free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS:
8829. Cloud cover was recorded by visual observation. Rainfall was monitored by
rain gauge.
The continuous recording meteorological instrument of Dynalab, Pune (Model
No.WDL1002) has been used for recording the met data. The sensitivity of the
equipment is given in Table-3.3.1.
TABLE-3.3.1
SENSITIVITY OF METEOROLOGY MONITORING EQUIPMENT
Sr. No.
1
2
3
Sensor
Wind Speed Sensor
Wind Direction Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Sensitivity
0.02 m/s
3 degrees
0.2oC
3.3.1.2Sources of Information
Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the
nearest IMD station at Raigarh. The available meteorological data of IMD, Raigarh
has been collected for the period 1986-2001 and analyzed.
C3-2

Chapter-3
IMD data from Raigarh has been collected for pressure, temperature, relative
humidity, rainfall, evaporation, wind speed and direction. The data at IMD is
usually measured twice a day viz., at 0830 and 1730 hr.
3.3.2 Presentation of Data
3.3.2.1Meteorological Data Recorded at IMD, Raigarh
The data collected from IMD includes wind speed, wind direction (recorded in
sixteen directions), temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure; rainfall
and cloud cover over a period of 15 years from the year 1986-2001. The monthly
maximum, minimum and average values are collected for all the parameters
except wind speed and direction. All these parameters are recorded twice a day
viz at 0830 and 1730 hours. The collected data is tabulated in Table-3.3.2.
1] Temperature
The winter season starts from December and continues till the end of February.
December and January are the coolest month with the mean daily maximum
temperature in winter season is 31.60C (in the month of February) and the mean
daily minimum temperature at 13.20C (in the month of January). Both the night
and day temperatures increase rapidly during the onset of the pre-monsoon
season from March to May. During pre-monsoon season, the mean maximum
temperature (May) was observed to be 42.60C with the mean minimum
temperature (March) at 20.40C. The mean maximum temperature in the monsoon
season was observed to be 38.00C in the month of June whereas the mean
minimum temperature was observed to be 24.50C in the month of September. By
the end of August, the day temperatures increase slightly, with the mean
maximum temperature at 32.40C in the month of October and the night
temperature decreases with the mean minimum temperature at 17.10C in the
month of November. The monthly variations of temperature are presented in
Table-3.3.2.
2] Relative Humidity
The air is generally humid in this region during the monsoon season when the
relative humidity at 0830 hr was observed to be 86.0%. Similarly, at 1730 hr, the
relative humidity was observed to be of 78.0%. Generally, the weather during
other seasons was observed to be dry. The monthly variations in the relative
humidity are presented in Table-3.3.2.
TABLE-3.3.2
CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA
STATION: IMD, RAIGARH (1986-2001)
Month
January
February
March
Atmospheric
Pressure (mb)
8:30 hr
17:30 hr
991.6
987.6
989.6
985.5
987.3
982.7
Temperature
(0C)
Max
Min
28.3
13.2
31.6
16.0
36.0
20.4
Relative Humidity
(%)
8:30 hr 17:30 hr
61
40
53
30
41
23
Rainfall
(mm)
11.2
15.7
22.4
C3-3

Chapter-3
Month
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Atmospheric
Pressure (mb)
8:30 hr
17:30 hr
983.9
978.7
979.5
974.4
976.2
972.2
976.2
973.2
977.2
974.2
980.8
977.3
986.4
982.8
990.4
986.7
992.2
988.3
Temperature
(0C)
Max
Min
40.3
25.1
42.6
28.0
38.0
27.1
31.6
24.7
31.1
24.7
32.2
24.5
32.4
22.0
30.3
17.1
28.2
13.3
Relative Humidity
(%)
8:30 hr 17:30 hr
38
20
40
21
63
50
85
76
86
78
81
73
71
59
61
47
62
44
Total Rain fall
Rainfall
(mm)
13.8
17.5
199.0
453.8
494.5
287.2
49.1
3.7
4.1
1602.3
3] Atmospheric Pressure
The maximum pressure observed were 992.2 mb at 0830 hr and 988.3 mb at
1730 hr, with the maximum pressure occurring during the winter season, in the
month of December. The minimum pressure observed were 976.2 mb at 0830
and 972.2 mb at 1730, with the minimum pressure occurring during the month of
June and July in the monsoon season. The average pressure level was found to be
984.3 mb at 0830 hr and 980.3 mb at 1730 hr. It can be seen from the data that
not many variations are observed in the average atmospheric pressure levels. The
pressure levels are found to be fairly consistent over the region. The monthly
variations in the pressure levels are presented in Table-3.3.2.
4] Rainfall
The average annual rainfall based on the 15 year IMD data, was observed to be
1602.3 mm. The monsoon sets in the month of June and continues till September
and sometime extends up to mid October. The maximum amount of rainfall
(494.5mm) occurs in the month of August. The maximum number of rainy days
was observed in the month of July. Monthly variations in the rainfall are given in
Table-3.3.2.
5] Cloud Cover
During the winter and the pre-monsoon seasons, it was observed that the skies
were generally very clear. In the post-monsoon season, generally light clouds
were observed in the evenings, with clear mornings. During the monsoon season,
both in the mornings and evenings, the skies were found to be generally clouded.
6] Wind Speed/Direction
Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were light
and moderate particularly during the morning hours, while during the afternoon
hours the winds were stronger. The season wise discussion of the respective wind
pattern is given as below:
C3-4

Chapter-3
A) Wind Pattern during Pre-Monsoon Season

8:30 Hours:
A review of the wind rose diagram shows that predominant winds are mostly from
NE and SE directions followed by SW and NW directions (Figure-3.3.1).
17:30 Hours:
NW and SW directions followed by NE and SE directions (Figure-3.3.1)
B) Wind Pattern during Monsoon Season
830 Hours:
SW, SE and NE directions (Figure-3.3.2).
1730 Hours:
SW and SE and NW directions (Figure-3.3.2).
C) Wind Pattern during Post-Monsoon Season
830 Hours:
NE and SE directions (Figure-3.3.3).
1730 Hours:
NE and NW directions (Figure-3.3.3).
D) Wind Pattern during Winter Season
830 Hours:
NE and SE directions (Figure-3.3.4).
1730 Hours:
NE and NW directions (Figure-3.3.4).
C3-5

Chapter-3
E) Annual Wind Pattern

0830 Hours:
NE, SW and SE directions (Figure-3.3.5).
1730 Hours:
NW, SW and NE directions (Figure-3.3.5).
3.3.2.2 Meteorological Data Generated at Site
The meteorological parameters have been recorded and are as follows:
TABLE-3.3.3
SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA MONITORED AT SITE
Month
March-2008
April-2008
May-2008
1]
Temperature (0C)
Max
Min
37.6
21.3
40.2
24.1
42.0
28.5
Relative Humidity (%)

Max
Min
41.3
29.9
39.1
20.3
40.3
24.6
Rainfall (mm)
Nil
Nil
Nil
Temperature
Maximum temperature of 42.0oC and minimum temperature of 21.30C was

recorded during the study period. Maximum temperature was observed during
May and the minimum temperature was observed during March of the study
period.
2]
Relative Humidity
During the period of observation, the Relative Humidity recorded ranged from
20.3% to 41.3%. Maximum humidity was observed during the month of March.
3]
Rainfall
No rainfall was observed during the study period.

4]
Cloud Cover
The clear skies were observed mostly during the study period.
5]
Wind Speed/Direction
The wind rose for the study period representing pre-monsoon season is shown in
Figure-3.3.6. A review of the wind rose diagram shows that predominant winds
are mostly from NE (20.6%) followed by SW (18.6%) and NW (17.4%) direction.
The winds in other directions are NNW (1.6%), N (1.8%), NNE (0.7%),ENE
(2.8%),E (5.1%),ESE (2.0%),SE (6.3%),SSE (1.7%),S (4.6%),SSW
(1.4%),WSW (2.9%),W (4.6%),WNW (1.7%) and
6.2% of the total time.
Calm condition prevailed for
C3-6

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.1
WIND ROSE-PRE-MONSOON (IMD- RAIGARH)
C3-7

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.2
WIND ROSE-MONSOON (IMD- RAIGARH)
C3-8

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.3
WIND ROSE-POST-MONSOON (IMD- RAIGARH)
C3-9

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.4
WIND ROSE-WINTER (IMD- RAIGARH)
C3-10

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.5
WIND ROSE-ANNUAL (IMD- RAIGARH)
C3-11

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.3.6
SITE SPECIFIC WIND ROSE (PRE-MONSOON SEASON, 2008)
C3-12

Chapter-3
3.3.2.3 Comments
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) records the data at two times a day viz.
0830 hr and 1730 hr while the site specific data has been recorded at an hourly
interval. On comparison of site specific data generated for study period vis--vis the
IMD data, slight variations were found. The following observations are brought out:
The temperature recorded on site when compared vis--vis the IMD data, slight
variations were found. The maximum and minimum temperatures recorded at
site during study period were 42.0oC and 21.3 oC, whereas the maximum and
minimum temperature recorded at IMD, Raigarh for the same season are 42.6oC
and 20.3oC respectively;
The relative humidity was observed to range from 20.3% to 41.3% during the
study period whereas according to IMD Raigarh data the relative humidity was
observed to range from 20.4% to 41%. The variation could be because of the
fact that the RH values considered for the site are actual values while the range
of IMD, Raigarh data represents the average values for 30 year period.
The data generated at continuous monitoring station at project site when compared
with the data recorded at IMD, it can be observed that the data generated at the
site is broadly compatible with regional meteorology, except minor variations as
descried above.
C3-13

Chapter-3
3.4
Air Quality
The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10-km radius around the
proposed plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air
pollution in the region are industrial, traffic, urban and rural activities. This will also
be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during
the plant operation. The study area represents mostly rural environment.
This section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for
sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling. The results of
monitoring carried out during study period are presented in Annexure-V.
3.4.1
Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Survey
3.4.1.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a
scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of
monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on
the following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic basis;

Topography of the study area;
Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status;
and
Representatives of likely impact areas.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were set-up at Twelve locations
with due consideration to the above mentioned points. Table-3.4.1 gives the
details of environmental setting around each monitoring station. The location of the
selected stations with reference to the plant boundary is given in the same table
and shown in Figure-3.4.1.
3.4.1.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of two days per
week at each location representing pre-monsoon season. The baseline data of air
environment was generated for the following parameters:
Total Suspended Particulate Matter (TSPM);

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM);
Sulphur dioxide (SO2);
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx);
Carbon Monoxide (CO);and
Ozone (O3)
C3-14

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.4.1
AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS
C3-15

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.4.1
DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS
Station
Code
AAQ1
AAQ2
AAQ3
AAQ4
AAQ5
AAQ6
AAQ7
AAQ8
AAQ9
AAQ10
AAQ11
AAQ12
Name of the Station
Plant site
Near forest boundary
(near Gindola village)
Gindola village
Naharpali village
Kurabhata village
Bade Jampali village
Daramurra village
Near Chotta
Dumarpali village
Pamgarh village
Jhintipalli village
Binjkot village
Dengurchua village
Distance
from Plant
Boundary
(km)
1.3
Direction
w.r.t. Plant
Boundary
Environmental
Setting
Remarks
NE
Residential
Residential
Up wind
0.9
2.2
1.9
0.7
0.4
2.6
E
SE
SSE
S
SW
SW
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Cross
Down
Cross
Down
Down
Down
1.8
0.7
0.4
3.7
W
NW
N
NE
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Cross wind
Up wind
Up wind
Up wind
wind
wind
wind
wind
wind
wind
3.4.1.3 Duration of Sampling

The duration of sampling of Total Suspended Particulate Matter (TSPM), SO2,NOx
and O3 was each twenty four hourly continuous sampling per day and CO was
sampled for 8 hours continuous thrice in 24 hour duration monitoring. The
monitoring was conducted for two days in a week for three months. This is to allow
a comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in the latest Gazette
Notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) (May 20, 1994).
The ambient air quality parameters along with their frequency of sampling are
given in Table-3.4.2.
TABLE-3.4.2
MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING
Parameters
Respirable Particulate Matter
Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Ozone ( O3)
Sampling Frequency
24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months
24 hourly samples twice a week for Three months
24 hourly samples twice a week for Three months
8 hourly samples for 24 hour twice a week for Three
months
3.4.1.4 Method of Analysis

The air samples were analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB), IS: 5184 and American Public Health Association
(APHA).
3.4.2
Instruments used for Sampling

Respirable Dust Samplers (APM-460 model) have been used for monitoring Total
Suspended Particulate Matter (TSPM), Respirable fraction (<10 microns) and
C3-16

Chapter-3
gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NOx. Pulse pump and mylar bags were used for
collection of carbon monoxide. Gas Chromatography techniques have been used for
the estimation of CO.
3.4.3
Instruments used for Analysis

The make and model of the instruments used for analysis of the samples collected
during the field monitoring are given in Table-3.4.3.
TABLE-3.4.3
INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES
Sr. No.
1
2
3
3.4.4
Instrument Name
Spectrophotometer
Electronic Balance
Gas Chromatograph
With FID, pFPD, ECD
Parameters
SO2, NOx, O3
TSPM, RPM
CO
Sampling and Analytical Techniques

The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimum detectable
levels are given in Table-3.4.4.
TABLE-3.4.4
TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Sr.
No.
Parameter
Technique
IS-5182 (Part-IV)
5.0
IS-5182 (Part-II)
4.0
4
5
Oxide of Nitrogen
Carbon Monoxide
Respirable Dust Sampler

(Gravimetric Method)
(Gravimetric Method)
Modified West and Gaeke
Method
Jacob & Hochheiser Method
Gas Chromatography
Method
IS-5182 (Part-IV)
Total Suspended
Particulate Matter
Respirable Particulate
Matter
Sulphur dioxide
Minimum
Detectable
Limit
(
g/m3)
5.0
IS-5182 (Part-VI)
IS-5182 (Part-X)
4.0
12.5
Ozone (O3)
Spectro photo meter
ASTM-D 5011-92
1.0
3.4.5
Technical Protocol
Details of the Sampling Locations

AAQ-1: Plant site
The sampler was placed on top of building at about 3.0 m height from the ground
level and was free from any obstructions. This location represents rural and
residential area.
AAQ-2: Near Forest boundary (near Gindola Village)
The sampler was placed on top of a residential building at a height of about 3.0 m
from the ground level and was free from any obstructions. This location
C3-17

Chapter-3
represents up wind to the plant site and residential and rural activities prevail in
the surroundings of monitoring location.
AAQ-3: Gindola Village
from the ground level and was free from any obstructions. This location falls in
down wind direction and represents rural and residential area.
AAQ-4: Naharpali Village
from the ground level and was free from any obstructions. This location falls in
the down wind direction to the plant site, the location also represents rural and
residential area.
AAQ-5: Kurabhata Village
from the ground level and was free from any obstructions, and the location falls in
the cross wind direction to the plant site and representing rural and residential
area.
AAQ-6: Bade Jampali Village
from the ground level and was free from any obstructions. This location is falls in
the down wind direction, residential activities were observed surrounding the
location.
AAQ-7: Daramurra Village
represents cross wind direction to the proposed plant site. Residential activities
prevail in the surrounding area.
AAQ-8: Near Chotta Dumarpali Village
represents down wind direction to the proposed plant site. Residential and rural
activities prevail in the surrounding area.
AAQ-9: Pamgarh Village
represents cross wind direction to the proposed plant site. Residential and rural
C3-18

Chapter-3
AAQ-10: Jhintipali Village

represents up wind direction to the proposed plant site. Residential and rural
AAQ-11: Binjkot Village
AAQ-12: Dengurchua Village
3.4.6
Presentation of Primary Data

The summary of the results for the three months study period are presented in
Table 3.4.5. Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum
and minimum values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the
AAQ monitoring stations. The summary of these results for each location
representing pre-monsoon season are presented in Table-3.4.5. These are
compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)
for industrial and rural /residential zone.
3.4.6.1Observations of Primary Data

The maximum and minimum concentrations for TSPM were recorded as 139.6g/m3
and 44.4g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at
Kurabhata village (AAQ5) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Near
forest boundary (AAQ2). The average concentrations were ranged between 66.4 to
111.9 g/m3.
The maximum and minimum concentrations for RPM were recorded as 48.6 g/m3
and 14.2 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at
Kurabhata village (AAQ5) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Near
forest boundary (AAQ2). The average values were observed to be in the range of
17.0 to 38.4 g/m3.
The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 13.4g/m3 and
5.0g/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at Kurubhata village (AAQ5)
and the minimum concentration was recorded at proposed plant site (AAQ1). The
average values were observed to be in the range of 7.1 to 11.1 g/m3.
C3-19

Chapter-3
The maximum concentration of 15.6g/m3 for NOx was recorded at Kurubhata

village (AAQ5) and minimum of 6.1g/m3 observed at proposed plant site (AAQ1).
The average concentrations were ranged 8.7 to 12.0 g/m3.
The maximum and minimum CO concentrations were recorded as 395g/m3 and
171g/m3. The average concentrations were ranged between 186.1 to 350.3 g/m3.
The maximum and minimum Ozone concentrations were recorded as 3.6 g/m3 and
1.2 g/m3. The average concentrations were ranged between 1.9 to 2.6 g/m3.
C3-20
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based Thermal Power Plant at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali
and Gindola Villages in Kharsia Tehsil of Raigarh District, Chhattisgarh State
Chapter-3
TABLE-3.4.5
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS PRE-MONSOON SEASON 2008
Sr.No
Location
TSPM
Max
AAQ1
Plant site
91.2
55.3
75.3
89.3
27.4
16.4
23.4
9.5
5.0
8.7
98%
tile
9.5
AAQ2
76.5
44.4
66.4
76.1
27.8
14.2
17.5
24.1
8.2
5.8
7.1
8.2
AAQ3
Near forest boundary (near

Gindola village)
Gindola village
116.5
59.8
96.5
116.5
36.4
18.3
29.0
36.0
11.6
5.9
9.4
11.4
AAQ4
Naharpali village
129.8
75.6
106.1
129.2
42.3
35.6
38.4
41.8
12.2
8.6
10.2
12.2
AAQ5
Kurabhata village
139.6
81.4
111.9
134.4
48.6
21.3
29.0
40.7
13.4
6.5
8.5
13.0
AAQ6
126.3
60.2
96.6
125.0
38.8
18.5
29.5
37.7
10.9
5.3
7.8
10.5
AAQ7
Daramurra village
92.4
51.3
80.4
91.3
29.5
15.4
23.4
29.0
9.3
5.4
7.5
9.2
AAQ8
120.0
59.7
99.5
119.9
37.9
16.7
28.5
36.7
10.9
6.6
8.3
10.9
AAQ9
Near
Chotta
Dumarpali
village
Pamgarh village
113.5
72.6
95.4
112.0
33.3
20.1
27.5
32.8
9.3
5.2
7.8
9.3
AAQ10
Jhintipalli village
106.1
59.9
92.5
106.0
34.9
17.4
28.0
34.2
9.8
5.6
8.2
9.6
AAQ11
Binjkot village
105.6
54.5
83.5
103.8
33.6
17.7
25.3
32.0
8.1
5.8
7.3
8.1
AAQ12
Dengurchua village
103.5
60.4
83.4
99.4
29.8
16.6
22.9
28.1
8.9
5.1
6.4
8.6
Avg
44.4-139.6
98%tile
Max
Min
SO2
98%
tile
27.1
Study Area Range
Min
RPM
Avg
14.2-42.3
Max
Min
Avg
5.0-13.4
C3-21
Chapter-3
TABLE-3.4.5 (A)
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS PRE-MONSOON SEASON 2008
Sr. No.
AAQ1
AAQ2
AAQ3
AAQ4
AAQ5
AAQ6
AAQ7
AAQ8
AAQ9
AAQ10
AAQ11
AAQ12
Location
Plant site
Near forest boundary
(near Gindola village)
Gindola village
Naharpali village
Kurabhata village
Daramurra village
Near Chotta Dumarpali
village
Pamgarh village
Jhintipalli village
Binjkot village
Dengurchua village
Study Area Range
Max
12.6
9.9
Min
6.1
6.4
NOx
Avg
11.0
8.7
98%tile
12.5
9.8
Max
319
255
Min
210
171
CO
Avg
290.7
186.1
14.9
14.3
15.6
13.8
11.3
12.5
7.2
9.9
8.7
6.9
7.6
6.6
12.0
12.4
11.1
9.8
9.8
9.6
14.7
14.3
15.1
13.2
11.3
12.4
302
375
395
345
322
330
263
288
314
275
262
243
282.9
324.2
350.3
305.3
293.9
279.2
298.5
358.2
392.9
337.8
320.6
313.2
10.6
12.4
10.8
11.2
6.5
6.5
7.2
7.4
9.0
9.6
9.2
9.0
6.1-15.6
10.5
12.0
10.6
10.9
314
332
310
310
249
215
233
224
267.8
261.7
271.2
276.3
171-395
399.1
322.4
308.9
309.5
98%tile
317.0
240.8
C3-22

Chapter-3
3.5
Water Quality
Selected water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources within 10
km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the water environment
and evaluate anticipated impact of the project. Understanding the water quality is
essential in preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment and to identify critical
issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.
The purpose of this study is to:
Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions,
recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and
Predict impact on water quality by this project and related activities.
The information required has been collected through primary surveys and
secondary sources.
3.5.1
Methodology
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized
based on:
Drainage pattern;
Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact areas;
and
Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
Three surface water and eight ground water sources covering 10-km radial
distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological
parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface
and ground water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in
'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by
American Public Health Association (APHA).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples
collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the
existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature,
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection.
The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as
per the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Annexure-VI.
C3-23

Chapter-3
3.5.2

Water samples were collected from eleven locations. These samples were taken as
grab samples and were analyzed for various parameters to compare with the
standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500 for ground water sources and IS:
2296 (Class-C) for surface water sources. The water sampling locations are
identified in Table-3.5.1 and shown in Figure-3.5.1.
TABLE-3.5.1
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Sr.
No.
Code
Surface Water
1
SW1
2
SW2
SW3
Ground Water
1
GW1
2
GW2
3
GW3
4
GW4
5
GW5
6
GW6
7
GW7
8
GW8
3.5.3
Location
Distance from Plant

Boundary (km)
Direction
w.r.t. Plant
Boundary
Mand river down stream

(near Kurubhata village)
Mand river up stream (near
Sendripalee)
Kurket river (near
Tendumuri village)
2.3
SSE
0.9
WNW
5.3
NNW
Kurubhata village
Sendripalee village
Jintipali village
Bade jampalee village
Gindola village
Nahardipa village
Darra murra village
Binjkot village
2.7
2.2
0.7
0.7
0.8
1.8
0.4
0.4
S
S
NNW
S
ESE
NW
SW
NE
Presentation of Results
The results of the water quality monitored during the study period representing premonsoon season are given in Table 3.5.2 to Table-3.5.3.
3.5.3.1Surface Water Quality

The analysis results indicate that the pH values in the range of 7.4 to 7.6, the
maximum value was observed at SW3, minimum value was observed at SW1
and which is well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5.
The TDS was observed in the range of 105 mg/l to 115 mg/l, the maximum
TDS value was observed at SW1, and where as minimum value was observed
at SW3.
DO was observed to be in the range of 5.2 to 5.8 mg/l respectively.
The chlorides and Sulphates were found to be in the range of 18.4 to 35.5 mg/l
and 4.3 to 4.8 mg/l respectively. It is observed that chlorides and Sulphates are
well within the permissible limits. It is evident from the above values that all the
parameters are found to comply with the requirements of IS: 2296 specification
of surface water. The surface water quality does not indicate any industrial
contamination.
C3-24

Chapter-3
3.5.3.2 Ground Water Quality

Most of the villages in the project area have hand pumps and wells, as most of the
residents of these villages make use of this water for drinking and other domestic
uses. Therefore 5 bore well samples and 3 open well water samples have been
considered for sampling.
The analysis results indicate that the pH ranges in between 7.3 to 7.7, which is
well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The maximum pH of 7.7 was
observed at GW6 and the minimum pH of 7.3 was observed at GW1 and GW8.
Total hardness was observed to be ranging from 163.3 to 364.8 mg/l. The
maximum hardness (364.8 mg/l) was recorded at GW5 and the minimum
(163.3 mg/l) was recorded at GW3. The hardness was found to be above the
prescribed limit of 300 mg/l at GW4 (327.7 mg/l), GW5 (364.8 mg/l) and GW7
(344.7 mg/l) respectively.
Chlorides were found to be in the range of 28.4 mg/l to 127.6 mg/l, the
maximum concentration of chlorides (127.6 mg/l) was observed at GW1, and
where as the minimum value of 28.4 mg/l was observed at GW3, respectively.
Sulphates were found to be in the range of 14.5 mg/l to 254.2 mg/l. The
maximum value observed at GW7 (254.2 mg/l) where as the minimum value
observed at GW3 (14.5 mg/l). The sulphates was found to be above the
prescribed limits of IS:10500 at GW4 (217.7 mg/l),GW5(274.1 mg/l) and GW7
(254.2)
The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentrations were found to be ranging in

between 276 to 1010 mg/l, the maximum TDS observed at GW5 (1010 mg/l)
and minimum concentration of TDS observed at GW3 (276 mg/l). The TDS
values were observed to be above the prescribed limits of IS:10500 at GW1
(623 mg/l),GW4 (713 mg/l),GW5 (1010 mg/l),GW6 (601 mg/l),GW7 (926 mg/l)
and GW8 (613 mg/l).
The ground water quality in the study area does not indicate any industrial
contamination.
C3-25

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.5.1
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
C3-26

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.5.2
SURFACE WATER QUALITY
Sr.
No
Parameters
Unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
IS: 2296
Class C
Limits
6.5 8.5
300
$
1500
4 min
3
$
$
$
$
$
600
$
$
400
1.5
50
$
$
$
0.05
0.005
0.1
0.01
0.2
1.5
0.1
50
0.05
0.05
15
$
$
Absent
1
pH
Colour
Hazen
Conductivity
S/cm
TDS
mg/l
DO
mg/l
BOD
mg/l
COD
mg/l
Total Hardness as CaCO3
mg/l
Total Alkalinity as CaCO3
mg/l
Calcium as Ca
mg/l
Magnesium as Mg
mg/l
Chlorides as Cl
mg/l
Residual free Chlorine
mg/l
Phosphates as PO4
mg/l
Sulphates as SO4
mg/l
Fluorides as F
mg/l
Nitrates as NO3
mg/l
Sodium as Na
mg/l
Potassium as K
mg/l
Total Boron as B
mg/l
Cyanides
mg/l
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
Oil and Grease
mg/l
Cadmium as Cd
mg/l
Arsenic as As
mg/l
Copper as Cu
mg/l
Lead as Pb
mg/l
Iron as Fe
mg/l
Chromium as Cr+6
mg/l
Selenium as Se
mg/l
Zinc as Zn
mg/l
Aluminium as Al
mg/l
Mercury as Hg
mg/l
SAR
Insecticides
mg/l
Anionic detergents as
mg/l
MBAS
*Onsite results, $ Limits not specified, U O: Unobjectionable
SW1
SW2
SW3
7.5
14
163
115
5.2
<3
5
59.6
50
15.6
4.7
21.3
<0.1
0.01
4.3
0.2
0.8
8.0
4.1
0.04
<0.02
<0.001
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.02
<0.05
<0.01
0.08
<0.01
<0.001
0.46
Absent
<0.2
7.4
11
160
110
5.6
<3
5
60.6
30
15.6
5.0
35.5
<0.1
0.01
4.8
0.2
0.7
8.3
4.2
0.05
<0.02
<0.001
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
<0.05
<0.01
0.04
<0.01
<0.001
0.47
Absent
<0.2
7.6
16
170
105
5.8
<3
10
62
52
16.8
4.8
18.4
<0.1
0.02
4.5
0.2
0.3
9.8
3.9
0.03
<0.02
<0.001
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.04
<0.05
<0.01
0.02
<0.01
<0.001
0.54
Absent
<0.2
SW1-Mand River down stream (near Kurubhata village)

SW2-Mand River up stream (near Sendripalee)
SW3-Kurket River (near Tendumuri village)
C3-27

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.5.3
GROUND WATER QUALITY
Sr.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Parameters
Units
pH
Colour
Taste
Odour
Hazen
-
IS: 10500
Limits
6.5 8.5
5 (25)
Agreeable
U.O
GW1
GW2
GW3
GW4
GW5
7.3
2
A
UO
7.4
1
A
UO
7.6
3
A
UO
7.4
2
A
UO
7.5
1
A
UO
Conductivity
Turbidity
TDS
Total Hardness
as CaCO3
Total Alkalnity
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium
as
Mg
Residual
Chlorine
Boron
Chlorides as Cl
Sulphates
as
SO4
Fluorides as F
Nitrates as NO3
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Phenolic
Compounds
Cyanides
Anionic
Detergents
Mineral Oil
Cadmium as Cd
Arsenic as As
Copper as Cu
Lead as Pb
Manganese
as
Mn
Iron as Fe
Chromium
as
Cr+6
Selenium as Se
Zinc as Zn
Aluminium as Al
Mercury asHg
Pesticides
E.Coli
Total Coliforms
S/cm
NTU
mg/l
mg/l
$
5 (10)
500 (2000)
300 (600)
767
3
623
299.1
520
2
411
190.5
393
4
276
163.3
885
3
713
327.7
1140
2
1010
364.8
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
200 (600 )
75 (200)
30 (100)
125
84
20.5
120
63
7.6
128
44.8
11.8
136
92.3
22.3
160
110.8
20.2
mg/l
0.2 Min
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
1
250 (1000)
200 (400)
0.02
127.6
76.8
0.01
49.6
21.6
0.01
28.4
14.5
0.03
56.7
217.7
0.02
70.9
274.1
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
1.0 (1.5)
45 (NR)
$
$
0.001 (0.002)
0.2
11.7
30.2
25
<0.001
0.1
31.0
21.5
0.2
<0.001
0.5
1.7
7.7
0.1
<0.001
0.3
1.1
42.5
4.5
<0.001
0.4
1.9
83.3
11.2
<0.001
mg/l
mg/l
0.05 (NR)
0.2 (0.1)
<0.02
<0.2
<0.02
<0.2
<0.02
<0.2
<0.02
<0.2
<0.02
<0.2
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
0.01 (0.03)
0.01(NR)
0.01(NR)
0.05(1.5)
0.05(NR)
0.1(0.3)
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.21
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.12
0.02
0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.06
0.01
0.02
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.10
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.10
<0.01
0.01
mg/l
mg/l
0.3(1.0)
0.05(NR)
0.01
<0.05
0.02
<0.05
0.08
<0.05
0.03
<0.05
0.03
<0.05
<0.01
0.03
0.01
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
<0.01
0.01
0.04
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
<0.01
0.03
0.08
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
mg/l
0.01(NR)
<0.01
<0.01
mg/l
5(15)
0.02
2.1
0.01
mg/l
0.03(0.2)
0.03
mg/l
0.001(NR)
<0.001
<0.001
mg/l
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
MPN/10
10
<2
<2
0 ml
*Onsite results, $ Limits not specified, U O: Unobjectionable
GW1-Kurubhata village (bore well)
GW2-Sendripalee village (bore well)
GW3-Jintipali village (bore well)
GW4-Bade jampali village (bore well)
GW5-Gindola village (bore well)

GW6-Nahardipa village (bore well)
GW7-Darra murra village ( bore well)
GW8-Binjkot village (bore well)
C3-28

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.5.3(A)
GROUND WATER QUALITY
Sr.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Parameters
Units
pH
Color
Taste
Odor
Conductivity
Turbidity
TDS
Total Hardness as CaCO3
Total Alkalinity
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Residual Chlorine
Hazen
S/cm
NTU
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Boron
Chlorides as Cl
Sulphates as SO4
Fluorides as F
Nitrates as NO3
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Phenolic Compounds
Cyanides
Anionic Detergents
Mineral Oil
Cadmium as Cd
Arsenic as As
Copper as Cu
Lead as Pb
Manganese as Mn
Iron as Fe
Chromium as Cr+6
Selenium as Se
Zinc as Zn
Aluminium as Al
Mercury as Hg
Pesticides
E.Coli
Total Coli forms
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
MPN/10
0 ml
IS: 10500
Limits
6.5 8.5
5 (25)
Agreeable
U.O
$
5 (10)
500 (2000)
300 (600)
200 (600 )
75 (200)
30 (100)
0.2 Min
1
250 (1000)
200 (400)
1.0 (1.5)
45 (NR)
$
$
0.001 (0.002)
0.05 (NR)
0.2 (0.1)
0.01 (0.03)
0.01(NR)
0.01(NR)
0.05(1.5)
0.05(NR)
0.1(0.3)
0.3(1.0)
0.05(NR)
0.01(NR)
5(15)
0.03(0.2)
0.001(NR)
Absent
Absent
10
GW6
GW7
GW8
7.7
3
A
UO
770
4
601
289.3
130
88.6
15.6
7.6
2
A
UO
1028
3
926
344.7
130
93
25.8
7.3
2
A
UO
720
2
613
290.9
192
86.3
17.3
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.02
85.1
97.1
0.3
5.3
42.1
0.6
<0.001
<0.02
<0.2
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
0.03
<0.05
<0.01
0.02
<0.01
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
0.01
106.4
254.2
0.4
1.6
76
5.4
<0.001
<0.02
<0.2
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.02
0.02
<0.05
<0.01
0.05
<0.01
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
0.03
56.7
88.3
0.4
0.3
45.3
0.07
<0.001
<0.02
<0.2
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
0.01
<0.05
<0.01
0.01
<0.01
<0.001
Absent
Absent
<2
C3-29

Chapter-3
3.6
Soil Characteristics
It is essential to determine the potential of soil in the area and identify the
current impacts of urbanization and industrialization on soil quality and also
predict impacts, which may arise due to the plant operations. Accordingly, a study
of assessment of the baseline soil quality has been carried out.
3.6.1 Data Generation

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess
the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various
land use conditions. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were
determined. The samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up
to a depth of 90 cm.
The present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and
this will help in future in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to
the operation of the plant. The sampling locations have been identified with the
following objectives:
To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and
To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural
productivity point of view.
Eight locations within 10-km radius of the proposed plant boundary were
selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from three
different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are
homogenized. This is in line with IS: 2720 and Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1,
2nd edition, 1986 of (American Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of
America). The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical
characteristics. The soil samples were collected during pre-monsoon season. The
samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for
physico-chemical parameters. The heavy metals have been analyzed by using
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer and Inductive Coupled Plasma Analyzer.
The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table-3.6.1.
TABLE-3.6.1
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR SOIL ANALYSIS
Parameter
Grain size distribution
Textural classification
Bulk density
Sodium absorption ratio
pH
Electrical conductivity
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Potassium
Copper
Iron
Zinc
Boron
Chlorides
Method (ASTM Number)

Sieve analysis (D 422 63)
Chart developed by Public Roads Administration
Sand replacement, core cutter
Flame colorimetric (D 1428-82)
pH meter (D 1293-84)
Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)
Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)
Molybdenum blue, colorimetric (D 515-82)
Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
AAS (D 1688-84)
AAS (D 1068-84)
AAS (D 1691-84)
Surcumin, colorimetric (D 3082-79)
Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)
C3-30

Chapter-3
The details of the sampling locations are given in Table-3.6.2 and are shown in
Figure-3.6.1. The soil quality at all the locations during the study period is
tabulated in Table-3.6.3. The results are compared with standard classification
given in Table-3.6.4.
TABLE-3.6.2
DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Sr.
No.
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Location
Sendripalee village
Jhintipali village
Gindola village
Plant site
Naharpali village
Kurubhata village
Bade jampale village
Darramurra village
Present Land Use
Distance from
Plant Boundary
(km)
Barren Land
Barren Land
Agriculture Land
Barren Land
Agriculture Land
Agriculture Land
Agriculture Land
Barren Land
2.2
0.7
0.9
2.2
1.9
0.7
0.4
Direction w.r.t
Plant Boundary
S
NNW
E
SSE
SSE
S
SW
3.6.2 Baseline Soil Status

It has been observed that the pH of the soil in the study area ranged from 5.2
to 7.5 the maximum pH value of 7.5 was observed at Naharpali village (S5),
where as the minimum value of 5.2 was observed at Jintipali Village (S2).
The electrical conductivity was observed to be in the range of 72 mhos/cm to

230 mhos/cm, with the maximum observed at Kurubhata village (S6) with
the minimum observed in Darramurra village (S8).
The nitrogen values range between 49.3-191.4 kg/ha. The nitrogen content in
the study area falls in less to better category.
The phosphorus values range between 65.5 to 113.8 kg/ha, indicating that
the phosphorus content in the study area falls in average sufficient to more
than Sufficient.
The potassium values range between 164.4 386.8 kg/ha. The potassium
content in the study area falls in less to more than sufficient category.
The chlorides were found to be in the range of 105.6 174.4 mg/kg of soil.
C3-31

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.6.1
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
C3-32
Chapter-3
TABLE-3.6.3
SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Parameter
pH (1:5 Aq.Extract)
Condutivity (1:5Aq.Extract)
Texture
Sand
Silt
Clay
Bulk Density
Exchangeable Calcium as Ca
Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg
Exchangeable Sodium as Na
Available Potassium as K
Available Phosphorous as P
Available Nitrogen as N
Organic Matter
Organic Carbon
Water Soluble Chloride as Cl
Water Soluble Sulphate as SO4
Sodium Absorption Ratio
Aluminum
Total Iron
Manganese
Zinc
Boron
UOM
---S/cm
---%
%
%
mg/cc
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
Kg/ha
Kg/ha
Kg/ha
%
%
mg/kg
mg/kg
---%
%
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
S1
6.8
80
Sandy clay
54
11
35
1.1
2716
383
82.7
164.4
86.2
49.3
0.46
0.27
140.5
138.7
0.18
2.06
0.92
136.8
142.9
38.6
S2
5.2
90
Sandy clay
52
10
38
1.1
1781
376
88.1
276.3
94
60.5
0.57
0.33
137.4
101.9
0.22
1.84
0.75
142.6
116.4
49.4
S3
5.9
135
Clay
29
15
56
1.2
2433
167
54.9
335.8
106.0
186.7
1.61
0.93
174.4
53.6
0.13
1.92
1.02
128.4
102.6
36.8
S4
7.1
150
Clay
38
10
52
1.1
3473
288
79.9
226.3
65.5
163.0
1.53
0.89
141.0
57.7
0.16
1.70
0.69
119.6
112.6
44.9
S5
7.5
145
Clay
42
11
47
1.1
1435
542
105.7
325.8
88.5
154.5
1.45
0.84
141.3
112.2
0.27
1.78
0.88
162.4
126.8
52.8
S6
7.3
230
Sandy Clay
45
15
40
1.1
2632
119
71.7
386.8
81.6
123.7
1.16
0.67
138.9
206.6
0.17
1.68
0.75
192.8
121.6
48.6
S7
7.4
75
Clay
27
18
55
1.2
2283
526
93.0
238.8
113.8
191.4
1.65
0.95
105.6
166.5
0.21
1.49
1.02
146.3
142.8
39.4
S8
6.7
72
Sandy clay
51
14
35
1.1
2168
423
63.4
171.6
96.6
64.6
0.61
0.35
140.3
72.2
0.15
1.98
0.82
162.4
112.4
52.8
C3-33

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.6.4
STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION
Sr. No.
1
Soil Test
pH
Salinity
Electrical
(mmhos/cm)
(1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)
Organic Carbon (%)
Nitrogen (Kg/ha)
Phosphorus (Kg/ha)
Potash (Kg/ha)
Conductivity
Classification
<4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.00 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline
Upto 1.00 Average
1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to
salts)
Upto 0.2: very less
0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
Upto 50 very less
51-100 less
101-150 good
151-300 Better
>300 sufficient
Upto 15 very less
16-30 less
31-50 medium,
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient
0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

3.7
Noise Level Survey

The environmental assessment of noise from the industrial activity, construction
activity and vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration
various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, and
annoyance and general community responses.
The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in

nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is
continuously varying in loudness;
The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in
residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance; and
C3-34

Chapter-3
The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which
determines the loudness and period of exposure.
The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise
Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The
environmental impact assessment of noise from the plant operations and vehicular
traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential
damage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general
community responses.
The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline
noise levels, and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated by
the construction and operation of the proposed plant facilities around it.
3.7.1
Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major
noise generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources
has been identified based on the activities in the village area and ambient noise due
to traffic.
The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of ambient noise levels
in the study area. The noise levels at each location were recorded for 24 hours. The
environment setting of noise monitoring locations is given in Table-3.7.1 and
shown in Figure-3.7.1.
3.7.2
Method of Monitoring
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations. The
readings were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been
monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the
locations covered in 10-km radius of the study area.
TABLE- 3.7.1
DETAILS OF NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
Location
Code
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
Noise Sampling
Location
Distance from
Plant Boundary
(km)
Direction w.r.t.
Plant Boundary
Environmental
Setting
Proposed plant site

Binjkot village
Darramura village
Gindola village
Kurubhata village
0.4
0.7
0.4
0.9
1.9
NE
S
SW
E
SSE
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Residential
Nawapara village
Jhintipali village
Pamgarh village
Bhagoradih
village
2.2
0.7
1.8
0.5
SE
NNW
WSW
W
Commercial
Residential
Residential
Residential
C3-35

Chapter-3
3.7.3 Methodology of Data Generation

3.7.3.1 Instrument Used for Monitoring
Noise levels were measured using integrated sound level meter manufactured by
Quest Technologies, USA (Model No.2900). The integrating sound level meter is
an integrating/ logging type with Octave filter attachment (model OB-100) with
frequency range of 31.5 to 16000 Hz. This instrument is capable of measuring the
Sound Pressure Level (SPL), Leq and octave band frequency analysis.
3.7.3.2 Method of Monitoring
Noise level monitoring was carried out continuously for 24-hours with one hour
interval starting at 6.00 hrs to 6.00 hrs next day. The noise levels were monitored
on working days only and Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays were not
monitored. During each hour, Leq were directly computed by the instrument based
on the sound pressure levels. Lday (Ld), Lnight (Ln) and Ldn values were computed
using corresponding hourly Leq of day and night respectively. Monitoring was
carried out at A response and fast mode.
3.7.3.3 Parameters Measured During Monitoring
For noise levels measured over a given period of time, it is possible to describe
important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the
percent of the time certain noise levels are exceeding the time interval. The
notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels are described below:
L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 per cent of the time;

L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 per cent of the time; and
L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 per cent of the time.
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq):

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same
sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This
is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a
given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation:
Leq = L50 +
( L10 _L90 ) 2
60
Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
day (6 am to 10 pm).
Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
night (10 pm to 6 am).
A noise rating developed by E P A for specification of community noise from all the
sources is the Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn).
C3-36

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.7.1
NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
C3-37

Chapter-3
Day-Night Sound Level (Ldn):

The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night
Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hr equivalent sound level except that during
night time period (10 pm to 6 am) a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the
instantaneous sound level before computing the 24-hr average.
This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that the noise during night,
when people are usually in sleep, is judged as more annoying than the same noise
during the day time.
The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leqs,
by the following equation.
L dn = 10 log{1 / 24[16(10Ld / 10 ) + 8(10(Ln +10 ) / 10 )]}

Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln
is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am).
3.7.4
Presentation of Results
The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at ten locations. The
parameters are analyzed for L10, L50, L90, Leq, Lday, Lnight, and Ldn. The statistical
analysis results are given in Table- 3.7.2.
3.7.5
Observations
Day time Noise Levels (Lday)
The day time noise levels at all the locations were ranged in between 42.3 to dB(A)
to 54.7. The maximum value (54.7 dB (A)) was recorded at Nawapara village (N7),
and the minimum value (42.3 dB (A)) was recorded at Plant site (N1).
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)
The night time noise levels were ranged in between 38.5 dB (A) to 49.0 dB (A). The
maximum value (49.0 dB (A)) was recorded at Gindola village (N5) and the
minimum value (38.5 dB (A)) was recorded at Plant site (N1).
TABLE-3.7.2
NOISE LEVELS dB (A) IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Location
Proposed plant site
Binjkot village
Darramura village
Gindola village
Kurubhata village
Nawapara village
Jhintipali village
Pamgarh village
Bhagoradhi village
L10
44.1
48.2
49.1
47.8
55.5
49.8
56.2
46.6
50.4
47.6
L50
40.5
43.7
45.2
44.0
51.3
46.0
51.4
42.7
46.6
44.1
L90
36.7
40.3
41.5
40.2
47.4
42.2
47.8
38.8
43.4
40.6
Leq
41.4
44.7
46.2
45.0
52.4
47.0
52.6
43.7
47.4
44.9
Lday
42.3
46.7
47.0
46.2
53.4
48.6
54.7
44.6
48.8
45.8
Lnight
38.5
41.8
43.4
42.3
49.0
44.3
48.9
40.0
45.3
41.8
C3-38
Ldn
45.7
49.3
50.5
49.5
56.4
51.6
56.8
47.4
52.4
49.1

Chapter-3
3.8
Flora and Fauna Studies
3.8.1 Introduction
An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference
to the listing of species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological
(Terrestrial and Aquatic ecosystem) conditions in the study area.
3.8.2
Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:
3.8.3
To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project
site;
To assess the distribution of animal life spectra; and
To ascertain migratory routes of fauna and possibility of breeding grounds.
Methodology Adopted for the Survey

To achieve the above objectives, a detailed study of the area was undertaken in 10km radius area with the proposed project site as its center. The different methods
adopted were as follows:
Compilation of secondary data with respect to the study area from published
literature and Government agencies;
Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the
area;
Discussion with local people so as to elicit information about local plants,
animals and their uses; and
Gathering data for ethno biology.
The present report gives the review of published secondary data and the results of
field sampling conducted during summer season-2008.
3.8.4
Review of Secondary Published Data

From Records of Botanical Survey of India
Floral structure
The Chhattisgarh Plains has long been cultivation and at present only small
patches of degraded tropical dry deciduous forests have been left, if at all. It is
rather more characterized by scattered stunted and crooked trees and shrubs of
Butea monosperma, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Albizia spp., Acacia leucophloea,
A.nilotica spp. Indica. Mangifera indica. Terminalia spp., Ficus racemosa.
F.benghalensis. F.religiosa, Azadirachta indica, Pithecellobium dulce, Syzygium
cumini, Mitragyna parvifolia, Aegle marmelos, diospyros melanoxylon, Bauhinia
spp., Calotropis spp., Caesalpinia bonduc, Ipomoea carnea and Mimosa
himalayana, with several climbers like ziziphus oenoplia, Celastrus patina,
Ipomoea spp., Atylosia scarabaeoides and Cissampelos pareira. Particular mention
may be made of the Mahua trees, Madhuca longifolia var. latifolia, which are
C3-39

Chapter-3
considered sacred and stay unlopped. In addition, Albizia spp., Dalbergia sissoo,
Delonix regia, Cassia fistula, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Pongamia pinnata,
Eucalyptus hybrids, and Pterocarpus marsupium are frequently planted on the
roadsides. The ground flora, during rainy and post rainy season, consists of
several annual or perennial species of grasses, sedges and other herbs and
creepers, but by the middle of winter it is completely grazed and presents a bare
desolate spectre. Mention may be made of two epiphytic orchids, Vanda tessellate
and V.testacea which grow freely on Mangifera Indica, Butea monosperma,
Madhuca longifolia var latifolia, Diospyros melanoxylon and Terminalia spp. The
former with large brown banded flowers immediately catches the eye.
Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests
A good development of these forests with a fair amount of sal can be observed in
the reserved forests around Chilpi, Rangakhar, Borai, sitanadi, Khallari and
Taurenga. It has tall trees of Shorea, robusta, Terminalia spp. Pterocarpus
marsupium, Dalbergia panigulata, Adina ccordifolia, Stereospermum chelonoides,
Schleichera oleosa, Garuga pinnata, Lannea coromandelica, Bombax ceiba,
Soymida febrifuga and Boswellia serrata, and smaller trees like Lagerstroemia
parviflora, Briedelia squamosa, Mallotus philippensis, Diospyros melonoxylon,
Anogeissus latifolia, Buchanania lanzan, Gmelina arborea, Antidesma
ghaesembilla, Ficus spp., Grewia tiliifolia and Cassia fistula and shursb like
Breynia vitisidaea, Embelia tsjeriam cottam, Chloroxylon swietenia, Holarrhena
antidysenterica, Casearia graveolens, helicteris isora, Semecarpus anacardium,
Ochna obtusata, Indigofera cassioides, Woodfordia fruticosa and species of Leela
and Desmodium. The common in Chhatisgarh bamboo, Dendrocalamum strictus,
forms dense thickets. The conspicuous climbers and ramblers in these forests are
Millettia extensa, Smilax zeylanica, Bauhinia vahlii, Olax scandens, combretum
roxburghii, Ventilago denticulate, Ichnocarpus frutescens, Dioscorea pentaphylla,
D.puber, D.oppositifolia and D.bulbifera.
The undergrowth in dense forests is often sparse, and not much varied. The
common species are Eranthemum purpurascens, Perilepta edgeworthiana,
Nelsonia canescens, Phoenix acaulis, Chlorophytum tuberosum, globba racemosa,
G.bulbifera, Curcuma spp., Zingiber spp., Tacca leontopetaloides, Carex speciosa,
and a few ground orchids like eulophia spp. Habenaria spp., Geodorum
densiflorum, and peristylus spp. The edges of the forests have a very luxurious
growth of numerous annual and perennial species of Cleome, Desmodium,
Alysicarpus, Tephrosia, Crotalaria, Blumea, Cynoglossum, Barleria, leucas,
Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, Pupalia, Aerva, Commelina, Cyanotis and sedges and
grasses. The species diversity and undergrowth in forests with high proportion of
Shorea robusta is comparatively poorer than in the mixed forests. Sal is generally
absent on hill slopes.
Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests
These are found in comparatively drier areas, genrally in and around the
Chhattisgarh Plains. Though not always conspicuously different from the moist
deciduous forests, since transitionary stages are not uncommon, dry deciduous
forests are dominated by Legerstroemia parviflora, Butea monosperma, Diospyros
melanoxylon, Albizia spp., Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia spp., Aegle marmelos,
C3-40

Chapter-3
Acacia catechu A. torta, A.pennata, Cordia oblique, Emblica officinalis, Madhuca

longifolia var. latifoia, Bauhinia spp., Nyctanthes arbor trists, ziziphus mauritiana,
Z.xylopyrus, Helicteres isora, Lannea coromandelica and Boswella serrata. The
shrubby layer is usually formed of Holarrhena antidysenterica, Grewia hirsute,
Mimosa himalayana, Flaccurtia indica, Capparis zeylanica, Kirganelia reticulate,
Securinega virosa, Casearia elliptica, Woodfordia fruitocs, Clerodendrum serratum
and Solanum anguivi. The common climbers are ziziphus oenoplia, Smilax
zeylanica, Celastrus paniculatus, Ampelocissus latifolius, A. tomentosa, Asparagus
racemosus, Hemidesmus indicus and ichnocarpus frutescens.
A few other
climbers like Rhynchosia minima, Atylosia scarabaeoides, Ipomoea spp, Mukia
maderaspatana, Diplocyclus palmatus, Cryptolepis buchananii and Pergularia
daemia become
more cmmon in open forest pockets or its margins. Hyptis
suaveolens, anisomeles indica, alysicarpus spp., Tephrosia purpurea, Plectranthus
mollis, Cassia tora, Pavetta tomentosa, species of Indigofera, Crotalaria, Leucas,
Euphorbia and a large variety of grasses and sedges are common along forest
margins.
Terminalia arjuna and Syzygium heynaenum are commonly found along banks of
the rivers and streams. While the former is also found elsewhere, the latter is
very specific in its habitat. Bushes of Tamarix ericoides and Rotula aquatica are
frequent in river beds.
The rock boulders in the dry uplands bear in their crevices only a few species like
polycarpaea aurea, P.corymbosa, Indigofera astragalina, I.glabra, Cassia absus,
Anisochilus carnosus, Trichurus monsoniae, Arthraxon prinodes, Chrysopogon
verticillatus, Digitaria stricta, Dimeria ornithopoda, Perotis indica and
Pogonatherum crinitum.
Forest Blocks in Study Area
There are around 12 forest blocks which includes Protected, Reserved and Open
Mixed forest blocks in 10-km radius from project. The list of forest blocks and their
distances from plant site are presented in Table 3.8.1. The forest blocks mainly
consists of Salai, Tendu, Bija, Saja, Char Ganja, Dhauwra, Harra and Dhobin.
TABLE-3.8.1
LIST OF FOREST BLOCKS WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Forest Block
Rabo RF
Taraimal RF
Lotan RF
Urdana RF
PF near Bendajhariya village
Burha pahar RF
Bhalunara RF
PF (Daharidih village)
Bargarh RF
Endu RF
Panikhet PF
Suhai RF
Distance from the Proposed Project

Site(km)
0.8
8.2
6.6
9.2
4.1
4.9
5.4
9.3
5.3
7.4
8.1
8.9
Direction
NNE
ENE
NNW
E
SW
SW
W
NE
WNW
NW
NNE
NNE
C3-41

Chapter-3
3.8.5
Terrestrial Ecological Status: Primary Survey

A preliminary survey was made and six locations were selected for detailed study
within 10-km radius of the proposed plant. The selected locations are given in
Table-3.8.2 and shown in Figure-3.8.1.
TABLE-3.8.2
DETAILS OF TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Code
TE-1
TE-2
TE-3
TE-4
TE-5
TE-6
Name of the Area

Plant Site
Gindola village
Nawapara village
Kurabhata village
Daramurra village
Distance
0.8
2.5
2.7
2.1
1.8
Direction
ESE
SE
S
SSW
SW
The primary data was generated through:

1. Preparing a general checklist of all plants encountered in the study area. This
would indicate the biodiversity for wild and cultivated plants. The plants so
encountered were classified into life form spectrum according to the
classification of Raunkiaer's classification of life form spectrum.
2. Phytosociological studies by using list count quadrate method for woody and
herbaceous flora in forest areas and only herbaceous flora in ambient air quality
monitoring locations. Sufficient number of quadrates of 100-m2 size was
adopted for study, which is based on the area species curve. The number of
quadrates depended on actual field requirements.
3. Herbaceous and woody flora was studied by taking 10 and 20 quadrates at each
location having 100 m2;
4. Determining the bird population of migratory and local birds by taking 10
random readings at every location;
5. Observing mammals, amphibians and reptiles, noting their calls, droppings,
burrows, pugmarks and other signs; and
6. Local inhabitants were interviewed for uses of plants and animals and to get
ethnobiological data.
C3-42

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.8.1
ECOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
C3-43

Chapter-3
3.8.5.1 Floristic Composition- Primary Survey

Floristic Richness
Cryptogamic Vegetation
The area shows many algae, fungi, bryophytes and ferns. Algae are present in
aquatic bodies or in marshy places. Fungi, particularly from ascomycetes and
basidiomycetes are located on ground or epiphytically. Lichens of crustose, foliose
and fruticose types are present on different substrates (Lichens, Ascomycetes and
Basidiomycetes could be observed near hilly terrain). Bryophytes occur in wet areas
and occasionally on barks of trees and old walls of houses. The commonly observed
bryophtes in this area are Funaria sp and Polypodium sp. Fern flora of the study
area is insignificant. The aquatic weeds Hydrilla sp, Chara sp, Salvinia, Nymphea
were predominant in small ponds in agricultural fields.
Life Form Spectrum
Raunkiaer defined life forms as the sum of adaptations of plants to climate. BraunBlanquet (1951), whose system is adapted in this study, modified the Raunkiaer's
system.
During field survey, maximum 251 plant species (except algae, fungi and
bryophytes) were recorded from the study area. Table-1 of Annexure-VII lists all
species recorded in the study area. Classwise distribution of lifeforms in the study
area is presented in Table-3.8.3.
TABLE-3.8.3
CLASS WISE DISTRIBUTION OF PLANT SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA
Type of species
No
Study Period
%
Phanerophytes (P)
106
42.23
Therophytes (T)
Hydrophytes (H)
Hemicryptophytes (He)
Geophytes (G)
Epiphyte(E)
Total
95
04
35
09
02
251
37.85
1.60
13.94
3.58
0.80
100
Comments on the Life Form Spectrum
Life form spectrum is a reflection of plant community. A plant community is

governed by several factors like climatic, edaphic, topographic and biotic. Even
local variations in environment affect components of plant community.
In the study area, maximum number of species are phanerophytes (42.23%)
followed by therophytes (37.85%). These classes are followed by
hemicryptophytes (13.94%) and hydrophytes. Geophytes were found in very few
numbers.
C3-44

Chapter-3
Presence of large number of phanerophytes (shrubs and trees) and therophytes

(annuals or herbaceous vegetation) indicates semiarid to tropical vegetation
structure. Hemicryptophytes (predominantly grasses and sedges) were found to be
significant in the area. These indicate fertile and wet soil in upper layer of soil
profile. Hydrophytes were present in both the seasonal and perennial water bodies.
3.8.5.3 Endangered Plants
The study area did not record the presence of any critically threatened species. The
records of Botanical Survey of India and Forest department also did not indicate
presence of any endangered or rare and vulnerable plant species in this area.
3.8.6
Terrestrial Fauna and Ornithology
National Park/Sanctuary
As per forest records of Bilaspur review of literature, there are no sanctuaries or

national park, Tiger reserves, Elephant reserves, Biospheres, Conservation reserves,
and community reserves in 15- km radius from proposed power plant site.
3.8.6.1Primary Survey
Primary field studies were conducted collected secondary data through interaction
with local forest officials and details are presented in Table-3.8.5.
TABLE-3.8.5
FAUNA AND THEIR CONSERVATION STATUS IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Technical Name
Aves
Targos calvus
Milyus migrans
Corvus corvus
Corvus splendens
Turdoides striatus
Aegithina tiphia
Pycnonotus cafer
Pycnonotus jokokus
Saxicoloides fulicata
Gallus gallus
Columbus livibus
Bubo bubo
Copsychus saularis
Oriolus oriolus
Oriolus xanthornus
Temenuchus pagodarum
Acridotheres tristicus
Ploceus philippines
Uroloncha striata
English Name/
Local Name
King vulture*
Common Kite
Jungle crow
House crow
White headed babler
Iora*
Red vented bulbul
White browed Bulbul
Indian robin*
Red Jungle fowl
Rock Pigeon
Indian great horned Owl*
Magpie Robin
Indian Oriole
Black Headed Oriole
Brahmny Myna
Common myna
Weaver bird
Spotted munia
Conservation status
as per Wildlife
Protection Act(1972)
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-V
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
C3-45

Chapter-3
Sr. No
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Technical Name
Passer domisticus
Cinnyris lotensis
Cinnyris asiatica
Brachypternus bengalensis
Megalaima merulinus
Eudynamis scolopaceus
Centropus sinensis
Psittacula Krammeri
Coryllis vaeralis
Coracias benghalensis
Merops orinetalis
Merops leschenaulti
Alcedo atthis
Microfus affinis
Caprimulgus asiaticus
Tylo alba
Haliastur Indus
Milvus migrans
Anhinga melanogaster
Egretta garzetta
Bubulcus ibis
Ardeola grayii
Anas acuta
Aythya feroma
Pavo cristatus
Reptiles
Calotes versicolor
Chamaleon
zeylanicus
(Laurenti)
Varanus benegalensis
Lycodon spp.
Boiga spp.
Bangarus spp.
Naja naja
Vipera spp.
Butterflies
Pachliopta hector Lin.
Papilio demoleus Lin.
Junoria almana Lin.
Hypolimnas bolina Lin.
Euploea core Cramer
Neptis hylas Moore
Eurema hecabe Lin.
Catopsilia sp.
Leptosia nina (Fabricius)
Amphibians
Rana tigrina
Hyla goeldii
Bufo malanosticus
Mammals
Bandicota bengalensis
Rhinolopus spp.
Hipposiderus spp.
Axix axis
Herpestes edwardii
Rattus norvegicus
Lepus nigricollis
English Name/
Local Name
House Sparrow
Loten's sunbird
Purple Sunbird
Malabar Golden acked wood
Indian Cuckoo
Koel
Crow Pheasant
Rose ringed parakeet
Lorikeet
Indian Roller
Common Bee Eater
Chestnut headed Bee Eater
Common Kingfisher
House swift
Common Indian jar
Barn Owl
Brahmny kite
Pariah kite
Darter
Little Egret
Cattle Egret
Pond Heron
Common Teal
White eyed Pochard
Peacock
Common garden lizard
Indian chamaeleon
Monitor lizard
Wolf snake
Cat snake
Krait
Indian cobra
Viper*
Conservation status
as per Wildlife
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-V
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-V
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-V
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Part-III of Sch-I
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Part-II of Sch-II
Part-II of Sch-II
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Part-IV
Part-II of Sch-II
Crimson rose
Lime butterfly
Peacock pansy
Great eggfly
Common crow
Common sailor
Common grass yellow
Emigrant
Psyche
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Bull frog
Tree frog
Bufo
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Bandicoot
Bat
Bat
Cheetal
Common mongoose
Field mouse
Hare
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
SCH-III
Part-II of Sch-II
Sch-V
Sch-IV
C3-46

Chapter-3
Sr. No
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
*not
Technical Name
Rattus rattus
Hyaena hyaena
Canis auries
Presbytis entellus
Mucaca mulata
Rattus sp.
Funambulus spp.
Funambulus palmarum
Sus sucrofa
Felis chaus
Elephas maximus
English Name/
Local Name
House rat
Hyaena*
Jackal
Langur
Monkey
Rat
Squirrel
Squirrel
Wild pig*
Jungle cat*
Indian elephant*
Conservation status
as per Wildlife
Sch-V
Sch-III
Part-II of Sch-II
Part-I of sch-II
Part-I of Sch-II
Sch-V
Sch-IV
Sch-IV
Sch-III
Part-I of Sch-I
Part-I of Sch-I
observed during field studies
On comparison of the check list given in the Schedule-I of the Act and the list of
wildlife recorded in the study area. 82 animal species were recorded/reported from
study area during study period, out of which 3 species belongs to Sch-I, 7 species
belong to Sch-II, 3 species belongs to Sch-III and rest of the species belongs to
Sch-IV and Sch-V as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
3.8.7
Aquatic Ecosystems
Protecting the environment and making efficient use of natural resources are two of
the most pressing demands in the present stage of social development. The task of
preserving the purity of the atmosphere and water basins is of both national and
global significance since there are no boundaries to the propagation of
anthropogenic contaminants in the water. An essential pre requisite for the
successful solution to these problems is to evaluate ecological impacts from the
baseline information and undertake effective management plan. So the objective of
aquatic ecological study may be outlined as follows:
To characterize water bodies like fresh waters;

To understand their present biological status;
To characterize water bodies with the help of biota;
To understand the impact of proposed industrial and urbanization activities; and
To suggest recommendations to counter adverse impacts, if any on the
ecosystem.
In order to get a clear picture and to assess the various parameters of water, two
sampling locations were identified for sampling. Samples were collected during
study period. The sampling locations are presented in Table-3.8.6 and shown in
Figure-3.8.1.
TABLE-3.8.6
DETAILS OF AQUATIC SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Sr. No. Code
1
AE-1
2
AE-2
Locations
Upstream of River Mand near sendripale
Downstream of River Mand near Kurubhata
Remarks
Fresh water
Fresh water
C3-47

Chapter-3
3.8.7.1 Methodology Adopted for Aquatic Studies

Two water samples for plankton study were collected in summer season to know
the planktonic flora and fauna. The samples were collected at a depth of 0.30 m
from surface of the water. The samples were collected in one-liter capacity
polyethylene cans and the samples were fixed with 4% buffered formaline
solution. For the measurement of frequencies of various forms of phyto-plankton
and zoo-plankton, one drop of the sedimented plankton was mounted on a micro
slide and as many as 10 different microscope fields situated at more or less even
distances from each other were examined and the number of Importance
organisms counted (Lackey method, 17th edition, APHA, AWWA 1992). The
plankton forms were identified upto species level and Shannon Weavers index
was calculated. The observed planktonic flora and fauna are presented in Table3.8.7.
TABLE-3.8.7
LIST OF OBSERVED PLANKTONIC FLORA AND FAUNA
Phytoplankton
Anabaena sp
Oscillatoria sp
Microcystis sp
Chrococcus sp
Scenedesmus sp
Scenedesmus bijuga
Pediastrum sp
Ankistrodesmus sp
Oocystis sp
Crucigenia sp
Euglena sp
Phacus sp
Cosmarium sp
Clostrium sp
Navicula sphaerophora
Synedra ulna
Navicula rhyncocephala
Gomphonema sp
Zooplankton
Arcella
Keratella sp
Asplancha sp
Brachionus sp
Daphnia sp
Cerodaphnia sp
Cyclops sp
Mesocyclops sp
Cypris sp
3.8.7.3 Conclusions on Aquatic Ecology

Surface water samples were collected from two surface water sources for analysis of
biological parameters. Basillariophycean, Chlorophyceaen, Myxophyceaen, Rotifers
and Cladocerans are predominant in the studied water bodies. Plankton diversity
Index for phytoplankton and zooplankton varies from 2.85 to 2.56 and 2.52 to 2.16.
Physico-chemical, biological parameters and diversity index reveals that the studied
water bodies do not indicate any industrial contamination.
3.8.8
Summary
Ecological studies were conducted in and around existing industrial and assess to
know the biological resources. 251 plant species were identified which are mainly
composed of phanerophytes and therophytes, hemicryptophytes. Phytosociological
studies were conducted during study at various locations such as forest areas and
C3-48

Chapter-3
near villages areas to assess phytosociological structure in the study. Dominance of

Shorea robusta,Madhuca latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Adina cordifolia,
Pterocarpus marsupium, Ceiba pentandra, Cassia tora, Eupatorium odarattum,
Parthinium hystreophorus, Blumea for woody and herbal populations in the plant
site. The wide variety of herbaceous members and presence of wide variety of
woody members reflects that the study area is a un-distrurbed ecosystem. Marginal
differences were observed in the dominant species in the forest and in non-forest
areas. The dominance of herbaceous flora is due to southwest monsoon rains and
fertility of soil. 83 animal species were recorded/ observed during study period. It
can be concluded that there are about 3 animals species which belong to Sch-I, 7
species which belong to Sch-II and rest of species belong to Sch-III, Sch-IV and
Sch-V of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
3.9
Land-Use Based on Census Data 2001

As per the Census records, the study area admeasure to about 31215.0 ha
falling. The Land-Use details based on census data are presented in Table-3.9.1.
This includes forests, cultivated area, Cultivable waste and the area not available
for cultivation. The village wise land use pattern in the study area is given in
Annexure-VIII.
TABLE-3.9.1
LAND USE PATTERN OF STUDY AREA
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
All values given in the table are in Ha

Particulars of Land use
0-3 km
Forest Land
Land under Cultivation
a) Irrigated Land
b) Un irrigated Land
Cultivable Waste Land
Area not available for
cultivation
Total Area
3-7 km
124.0
558.0
124.0
3025.0
731.0
142.0
5497.0
2354.0
833.0
1570.0
4837.0
10121.0
Source: District Census Hand Book 2001
7-10 km
1021.0
0-10 km
% Area
1703.0
5.5
985.0
8988.0
1728.0
1251.0
17510
4813.0
4.0
56.1
15.4
3535.0
5938.0
19.0
16257.0
31215.0
100.0
3.9.1 Forest Land

The forest is spreading over 1703.0 ha and works out to about 5.5 %of the total
study area.
3.9.2 Land under Cultivation
Altogether 18761 ha cultivable land (irrigated and unirrigated) was observed in
the study area. The irrigated land admeasures to about 1251.0 ha in the study
area which works out to be 4.0% of total study area. The unirrigated land
admeasures about 17510 ha and works out to about 56.1% of the total study
area.
3.9.3 Cultivable Waste Land
Cultivable waste category of land includes the land which was cultivated
sometime back and left vacant during the past 5 years in succession. These lands
C3-49

Chapter-3
may either be fallows or covered with shrubs, which are not put to any use. The
study area comprises of 4813.0 ha cultivable wastelands, which works out to
about 16.4% of the total area. This percentage of land in this category indicates
that almost all the cultivable lands are used for cultivation as well as various
other purposes, while leaving a very less extent of land un-cultivated.
3.9.4 Land not available for Cultivation
All the lands not included in the above categories of land uses are considered in
the category of land not available for cultivation. This category of land use mainly
consists of the hilly and barren lands, human settlements, roads, water-bodies,
etc. About 5938.0 ha area working out to about 19.0% of the total study area
falls in this category.
3.9.5
Land Use Pattern based on Remote Sensing Data

Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km
radius study area for analyzing the land use pattern of the study area. Based on
the satellite data land use/ land cover maps have been prepared.
3.9.5.1Land use/Land Cover Classification System

The present land use / land cover maps were prepared based on the classification
system of National standards. For explanation for each of the land use category
the details as given in Table-3.9.2 were considered.
TABLE-3.9.2
LAND USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Sr. No.
1
Level-1
Built-up Land
Agriculture Land
Forest
Wastelands
Water Bodies
Others
Level-2
Town/cities
Villages
Institution/Industry/Godown etc
Plotted Area/Layout
Crop Land
Plantations
Fallow
Evergreen/Semi evergreen
Deciduous
Forest Plantation
Rocky/Stony Waste
Land with /without scrubs
Saline/sandy & Marshy/swampy
River/Stream
Lake/Reservoir/Tanks
Orchard/Other Plantation
Shifting cultivation
Salt Pans, Snow covered/Glacial
Barren/Vacant Land
C3-50

Chapter-3
3.9.5.2 Data Requirements

IRS-P6 Geo-Coded FCC on 1:1,45,000 scale of LISS-III was acquired for 27th
December, 2007 and was used for the mapping and interpretation. Besides, other
collateral data as available in the form of maps, charts, census records, other
reports and especially topographical survey of India maps are used. In addition to
this, ground truth survey was also conducted to verify and confirm the ground
features.
3.9.5.3 Methodology
The methodology adopted for preparation of land use/ land cover thematic map is
monoscopic visual interpretation of geocoded scenes of IRS-P6 satellite LISS-III
and field observations are taken. The various steps involved in the study are
preparatory field work, field survey and post field work.
3.9.5.4 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data
The False Color Composite (FCC) of IRS-P6 satellite data at 1:1,45,000 scale are
used for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo-sheets, geology,
geomorphology and by using the image elements the features are identified and
delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature is identified on image by their
image elements like tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A
tentative legend in terms of land cover and land use, physiography and erosion
was formulated. The sample areas for field check are selected covering all the
physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics.
Ground Truth Collection
Both topo-sheets and imagery were taken for field verification and a transverse
plan using existing road network was made to cover as many representative
sample areas as possible to observe the broad land use features and to adjust the
sample areas according to field conditions. Detailed field observations and
investigations were carried out and noted the land use features on the imagery.
Post Field Work
The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India
Topo-sheets on 1:1,45,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land
cover features boundaries from IRS-P6 False Colour Composite were modified in
light of field information and the final thematic details were transferred onto the
base maps. The final interpreted and classified thematic map was catrographed.
The cartographic map was colored with standard colour coding and detailed
description of feature with standard symbols. All the classes noted and marked by
the standard legend on the map.
3.9.5.5 Final Output
The final output would be the land use/land cover map on 1:1,45,000 scale,
numerals were given different colour code for each category as shown in map.
Area estimation of all features of Land use/Land cover categories was noted.
3.9.5.6 Observations
C3-51

Chapter-3
The following are the main interpreted land use/land cover classes of the study
area and their respective areas are given in hectares in Table-3.9.3 for the year
2007. The thematic map and land use pattern within 10-km radius based on IRSP6 for 27th December 2007 are shown in Figure-3.9.1 and 3.9.2 respectively.
TABLE-3.9.3
LANDUSE BREAKUP BASED ON IRS-P6 DATA 27th DECEMBER 2007
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Land Use
Built-up Area
Industry/Institutional Area
Degraded/Reserved/Protected Forest
Dense/Mixed Jungle
Plantation
Double Crop/Irrigated Area
Other Agriculture Area
Land without Scrub
Stony/rocky/Barren Area
Water Body
Area
(sq.m)
8473300
1377555
83451595
25709259
881165
29475262
141818837
59361342
10541266
19293341
380382922
Area
(Hectares)
847.33
137.76
8345.16
2570.93
88.12
2947.53
14181.88
5936.13
1054.13
1929.33
38038.29
Area
(%)
2.2
0.4
21.9
6.8
0.2
7.7
37.3
15.6
2.8
5.1
100
Total
Source: IRS-P6:LISS3 data, 27th December 2007
C3-52

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.9.1
THEMATIC MAP OF STUDY AREA (IRS-P6:LISS3)
C3-53

Chapter-3
FIGURE-3.9.2
LAND USE PATTERN BASED ON SATELLITE DATA
C3-54

Chapter-3
3.10
Demography and Socio-Economics

In this section, the prevailing socio-economic aspects of people in the study area
around the proposed plant boundary, which would form the basis for making
planning efforts for the socio-economic development of people in the study area,
have been described.
3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study

The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published
secondary data, such as the District Census Statistics of 2001, Raigarh district for
the parameters of demography, occupational structure of people within the study
area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the proposed plant site.
The village wise demographic data as per 2001 Census is presented in
Annexure-IX. The salient features of the demographic and socio-economic
aspects are described in the following sections.
3.10.2 Demographic Aspects
3.10.2.1 Distribution of Population
As per 2001 census the study area consists of 98494 persons inhabited in the study
area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the proposed plant. The
distribution of population in the study area is given in Table-3.10.1.
TABLE-3.10.1
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Particulars
No. of Households
Male Population
Female Population
Total Population
Male Population (0-6 years)
Female
Population
(0-6
years)
Total Population (0-6 years)
Average Household Size
% of males to the total
population
% of females to the total
population
Sex Ratio (no of females per
1000 males)
Density of Population/Km2
0-3 km
2674
6487
6624
13111
1094
1081
3-7 km
5125
12193
12276
24469
2084
2018
7-10 km
12493
30630
30284
60914
4918
4560
0-10 km
20292
49310
49184
98494
8096
7749
2175
4.9
49.5
4102
4.8
49.8
9568
4.9
50.3
15845
4.9
50.1
50.5
50.2
49.7
49.9
1021.1
1006.8
988.7
997.4
271.2
241.8
374.7
315.5
Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Raigarh District- 2001
The males and females constitute about 49.9% and 50.1% in the study area
respectively.
C3-55

Chapter-3
3.10.2.2 Average Household Size

The study area had an average family size of 4.9 persons per household in 2001.
This is moderate family size and is in comparison with the other parts of the
district.
3.10.2.3 Population Density
The density of population of the study area works out to about 315 persons per
km2.
3.10.2.4 Sex Ratio
The configuration of male and female indicates that the males constitute to about
49.9% and 50.1% females to of the total population. The sex ratio i.e. the
number of females per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspects
in relation with female births, infant mortality among female children and single
person family structure, a resultant of migration of industrial workers. The study
area on an average has 997 females per 1000 males.
3.10.3 Social Structure
In the study area about 27.4% population belong to Scheduled Tribes (ST) and
12.0% Scheduled Castes (SC) indicating that about 39.4% of the population in
the study area belongs to socially weaker sections. The distribution of population
in the study area by social structure is shown in Table-3.10.2.
TABLE- 3.10.2
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Particulars
Scheduled Castes
% to total population
Scheduled Tribes
Total SC and ST
Other castes
Total Population
0-3 km
3-7 km
1164
8.9
3692
28.2
4856
37.0
8255
63.0
13111
2833
11.6
9396
38.4
12229
50.0
12240
50.0
24469
7-10
km
7809
12.8
13930
22.9
21739
35.7
39175
64.3
60914
0 10 km
11806
12.0
27018
27.4
38824
39.4
59670
60.6
98494
3.10.4 Literacy Levels

The analysis of the literacy levels in the study area reveals an average literacy rate
of 63.2% as per 2001 census data. The distribution of literates and literacy rates in
the study area is given in Table-3.10.3.
C3-56

Chapter-3
TABLE- 3.10.3
DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATE AND LITERACY RATES
Sr.
No
1
Particulars
0-3 km
3-7 km
7-10 km
0-10 km
Total literates
8881
15276
38061
62218
Average literacy (%)
67.7
62.4
62.5
63.2
Male literates
4890
8855
22225
35970
Male Litercy (%)
37.3
36.2
36.5
36.5
Total Male
6487
12193
30630
49310
55.1
58.0
58.4
57.8
% Male Literates to total

Literates
Female literates
3991
6421
15836
26248
Total Female
6624
12276
30284
49184
Female literacy (%)
60.3
52.3
52.3
53.4
% Female Literates to
Total literates
Total Population
44.9
42.0
41.6
42.2
13111
24469
60914
98494
10
11
The male literacy i.e. the percentage of literate males to the total males of the
study area works out to be 36.5%.The female literacy rate, which is an important
indicator for social change, is observed to be 53.4% in the study area. This
indicates that there is a considerable need for sociological development in the
region.
3.10.5 Occupational Structure
The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference
to main workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The main workers include 4
categories of workers defined by the Census Department consisting of cultivators,
agricultural laborers, those engaged in manufacturing, processing and repairs in
household industry; and others including those engaged in household industry,
construction, trade and commerce, transport and communication and all other
services.
The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of
less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The
non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired
persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other
non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.
As per 2001 census records altogether the main workers works out to be 31.4%
of the total population. The marginal workers and non-workers constitute to
11.6% and 57.1% of the total population respectively. The distribution of workers
by occupation indicates that the non-workers are the predominant population.
The occupational structure of the study area is given in Table-3.10.4.
C3-57

Chapter-3
TABLE-3.10.4
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Occupation
Total Workers
Total Main Workers
Percentage to Total
Population (%)
Marginal Workers
Percentage to Total
Population (%)
Non-Workers
Percentage to Total
Population (%)
Total Population
0-3 km
6305
4198
32.0
3-7 km
11163
8631
35.3
7-10 km
24825
18052
29.6
0 -10 km
42293
30881
31.4
2107
16.1
2532
10.3
6773
11.1
11412
11.6
6806
51.9
13306
54.4
36089
59.2
56201
57.0
13111
24469
60914
98494
Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Raigarh District-2001
C3-58
Environmental Impact Assessment for the proposed 4x300 MW Coal based

Thermal Power Plant at Binjkot, Darramura, Badejampali and Ggindola Villages in
Kharsia Tehsil of Rraigarh District, Chhattisgarh State
Chapter-4
Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
4.0
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
Introduction
The chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts due to the
proposed power plant during construction and operational phases. The
environmental impacts are categorized as primary or secondary. Primary impacts
are those, which are attributed directly to the project and secondary impacts are
those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated
investment and changed pattern of social and economic activities by the proposed
action.
The mitigation measures proposed for minimizing the impacts have also been
discussed in this chapter. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is developed to
minimize adverse impacts and to ensure that the environment in and around the
project site is well protected. The EMP has been prepared for both construction
and operation phases of the proposed facilities.
The impacts have been assessed for the power plant assuming that the pollution
due to the existing activities has already been covered under baseline
environmental monitoring and continue to remain same till the operation of the
project.
The construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises various
activities each of which may have an impact on some or other environmental
parameters. Various impacts during the construction and operation phase on the
environment have been studied to estimate the impacts on the environmental
attributes and are discussed in the subsequent sections.
4.2
Impacts during Construction Phase

This includes the following activities related to land acquisition, leveling of site,
construction of related structures and installation of related equipment.
4.2.1
Impact on Land Use

The land identified for the proposed 4x300 MW power plant is about 960-acre.
About 310-acre of the land will be used for ash disposal. Main plant facilities and
ancillary facilities will occupy 550-acre of land.
The proposed plant land is mostly barren land and dry single crop agriculture
land.
This land is under the government (18.3%) and private (81.7%) ownership and
there is no forest or ecological sensitive land within proposed site. No residential
or habitation areas are proposed to be acquired, hence no displacement of
residential areas. The agricultural area in the proposed plant site does not have
any irrigation system and is only rain-dependent. Hence, no major loss of
agricultural productivity is envisaged.
C4-1

Chapter-4
Construction of plant will lead to permanent change in land use pattern at the site
as a direct impact. The proposed project involves construction of large scale civil
works including levelling within project premises. The earthen material generated
during construction of large scale water storage reservoirs within the project
premises will be used for level rising of plant area.
The environmental pollution impacts during constructional phase would be
temporary and are expected to gradually stabilize by the time of commissioning
of proposed project.
The buffer zone of the proposed plant site is sparsely distributed villages. There
are no sensitive locations such as archaeological monuments, sanctuaries,
national parks, critical pollution zones etc within 10-km radial distance around the
proposed project site, except the reserved forest patches on hilltops. No major
changes in land use pattern of study area (region) will occur due to the project
activities.
Hence, no major impact is envisaged on land use pattern of the project site or
buffer zone.
4.2.2
Impact on Soil
All major construction activities tend to create certain changes in the soil of the
area. Excavation denudes the topsoil and makes it loose. Destruction of topsoil
leads to reduction of fertility and removal of vegetation cover with associated
hazards of the soil erosion.
During storms, some of the excavated soil and construction material such as sand
etc. would be blown up in the air and dispersed around the project site, some would
also tend to be driven into the soil and clog inter-granular spaces. However, in order
to minimise such impacts, appropriate soil conservation measures would be
undertaken. Vegetation cover would also be replaced by planting and turfing
wherever feasible. No adverse impacts on soil in the surrounding area are
anticipated.
4.2.3
Impact on Topography
The proposed project premise is a generally plain land with a general elevation of
about 230-m above MSL. Most of the buffer zone of the project is flat land.
It is proposed to level the project area and to use the earthen material excavated
from the proposed reservoir sites inside the premises. There will be no tall
structures except stacks. Also, the contours of natural drainage will not be
disturbed.
In view of the above, there will be no major adverse impact on topography of the
project site.
C4-2

Chapter-4
4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality

Particulate matter would be the predominant pollutant affecting the air quality
during the construction phase. The soil of the project area is likely to generate
considerable quantities of dust, especially during dry condition. Dust will be
generated mainly during excavation, back-filling and hauling operations along
with transportation activities. However, the wind velocity in the area is not very
high. Wind blown dust is not expected to have tangible effects. The power plant
compound to a height of about 3.0m above the ground level will act as a barrier
to wind blown dust.
Access roads will be given suitable surface treatment to minimise dust
generation. Sprinkling of water from water tankers or other suitable means would
be undertaken at the construction site for suppression of fugitive dust.
Undesirable gaseous pollutants will be generated mostly by the automobile traffic.
However, this would not lead to any tangible effect, as the expected traffic
volume is low.
It would be ensured that all vehicles plying during construction are properly
turned and maintained to keep emissions within the permissible limits.
4.2.5
Impact on Water Quality

Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to non-point
discharges of solids from soil loss and sewage generated from the construction
workforce stationed at the site. However, due to the construction being carried out
on generally plain terrain, the soil losses will be negligible. Further, the construction
will be more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly and erection; hence the
water requirements would be small. The construction water requirement will be met
by proposed bore wells in the plant site. Temporary sanitation facilities (septic tanks
and soak pits) will be set-up for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the
workforce.
The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed
project is likely to be short term and insignificant.
4.2.6
Impact on Noise Levels

Heavy construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication and handling of
equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase in the ambient noise levels.
The areas affected are those close to the site. However, the noise will be temporary
and will be restricted mostly to daytime.
The noise control measures during construction phase include provision of caps on
the equipment and regular maintenance of the equipment.
4.2.7
Impact on Terrestrial Ecology

The initial construction works at the project site involves land clearance. During
C4-3

Chapter-4
construction vegetation may be disturbed. Greenbelt will be developed phase wise

during construction to improve the aesthetic value in the area and to screen out the
fugitive dust generated during construction.
The removal of vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally
causes soil erosion. However, such impacts will be confined to the project site and
will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling.
There are not many existing matured trees in the site. However, greenbelt will be
developed surrounding the plant facilities. The existing trees will be preserved to the
extent possible. Thus, no major adverse impacts are envisaged on terrestrial
ecology.
4.3
Impacts during Operational Phase

The proposed plant operation will involve 1200 MW of power generation. The
following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on
the environment and are considered for impact assessment:
Topography and climate;

Air environment;
Water resources and quality;
Land use;
Soil quality;
Solid waste;
Noise levels;
Terrestrial and aquatic ecology;
Demography and socio-economics; and
Infrastructural facilities.
4.3.1 Topography and Climate

Most of the area of the plant site is plain and it will be maintained even during postproject scenario. There will not be any topographical changes during operation of
the project.
Heat loss through stack will be about 6 to 7% of the total heat input to the boiler.
The quantum of heat so lost to the atmosphere is not significant. The moderate
wind speed and rainfall in the region will mitigate the adverse impacts. The
vegetation in the region will help to manage the thermal balance.
4.3.2
Impact on Air Quality Point Emission Sources

Being a coal based power project, Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Sulphur
dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be the important air pollutants
from the proposed project.
Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out by employing
mathematical model based on a steady state gaussian plume dispersion model
designed for multiple point sources for short term. In the present case, Industrial
C4-4

Chapter-4
Source Complex [ISC3] 1993 dispersion model, designed for multiple point
sources for short term and developed by United States Environmental Protection
Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from point sources.
The model simulations deal with dispersion of three major pollutants viz., Sulphur
Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)
emitted from the stacks.
4.3.2.1 Model Input Data
The air pollution modelling has been carried out representing the worst case
scenario. The stack details considered for model computations are summarized in
Table-4.1.
TABLE-4.1
PROPOSED STACK DETAILS
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
c
Parameters
Stack Height
No. of flues
Top diameter of each flue
Flue gas velocity in each flue
Flue gas temperature
Flow rate of gas in each flue
Coal Consumption
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) emission rate (Based
on 0.4 of Sulphur) in each flue
Particulate matter (SPM) emission rate in
each flue
Units
m
No.
m.
m/s
o
K
Nm3/s
TPH
g/s/flue
Stack-I
275
2
7.0
25.0
413
694.3
760.1
422.3
Stack-II
275
2
7.0
25.0
413
694.3
760.1
422.3
mg/Nm3
g/s/flue
g/s/flue
mg/Nm3
50
34.7
243.0
350
50
34.7
243.0
350
Source: SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited
Meteorological Data
The hourly meteorological data recorded at site is converted to the mean

meteorological hourly data as specified by CPCB and the same has been used in
the model. In absence of site specific mixing heights, mixing heights published in
Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depths over Indian Region by
Dr. R.N.Gupta have been used.
4.3.2.2 Presentation of Results
The model simulations were carried out for summer season. For the Short-term
simulations, the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) were estimated around 1200
receptors to obtain an optimum description of variations in concentrations over the
site in 10-km radius covering 16 directions.
The maximum incremental ground level concentrations and resultant concentrations
for SPM, SO2 and NOx are given in Table-4.2 and Table-4.3 respectively.
Similarly, the isopleths for various pollutant concentrations are enclosed. The CPCB
permissible ambient air quality standards are given in Table-4.4.
C4-5

Chapter-4
TABLE-4.2
PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS
Season
Maximum Incremental GLCs

(
g/m3)
SPM
SO2
NOx
2.3
31.5
23.9
Summer-season,
2008
Distance
(km)
Direction
2.8
SW
TABLE-4.3
RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's
(WORST CASE SCENARIO)
Pollutant
SPM
SO2
NOx
Maximum
Baseline
Concentration
g/m3)
(
139.6
13.4
15.6
Incremental
Concentrations
due to Proposed
Project (
g/m3)
2.3
31.5
23.9
Resultant
Concentration
(
g/m3)
141.9
44.9
39.5
TABLE-4.4
NAAQ/CPCB STANDARDS FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
Pollutant

(SPM)
Concentration in Ambient Air (g/m3)

Industrial
Residential, Rural &
Sensitive
Area
Other Areas
Areas
120
80
30
120
80
30
500
200
100
4.3.2.3 Discussions on Results of Assessment

A perusal of previous sub-section reveal that the maximum incremental short-term
24 hourly ground level concentrations for Particulate Matter, SO2 and NOx likely to
be encountered in the operation of the power project are 2.3, 31.5 and 23.9 g/m3
respectively occurring at a distance of about 2.8-km in the south west direction.
The maximum resultant 24 Hourly concentrations for SPM, SO2 and NOx after
implementation of the proposed project (4X300MW power project) are 141.9, 44.9
and 39.5 g/m3 respectively.
According to the above presented results, it can be stated that the impact of SPM
from proposed 4X300MW power plant would be negligible in core or buffer zone
of the project.
Even though, the incremental and resultant concentrations of SO2 and NOx are
significant to certain extent, they are well within the NAAQ limits and hence, the
AAQ levels after implementation of the proposed 4X300 MW power project will
remain within the permissible limits.
C4-6

Chapter-4
It is also to be noted that the above concentrations are for worst case scenario of
operations only. For indigenous fuel consumption, the concentrations will be much
lower. Hence, it can be stated that the AAQ of the area will be within the
permissible limits of respective zones.
Air dispersion modeling studies have been carried to assess the impact on forest
blocks and sensitive location in study area. The details are presented in Table4.5.
TABLE-4.5
DETAILS OF INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF POLLUTANTS
ON FOREST BLOCKS AND SENSITIVE LOCATIONS
Pollutant
Base
line
SPM
Rabo RF
Taraimal RF
Lotan RF
Urdana RF
Burha pahar RF
Bhalunara RF
Bargarh RF
Endu RF
Panikhet PF
Suhai RF
SO2
Rabo RF
Taraimal RF
Lotan RF
Urdana RF
Burha pahar RF
Bhalunara RF
Bargarh RF
Endu RF
Panikhet PF
Suhai RF
Nox
Rabo RF
Taraimal RF
Lotan RF
Urdana RF
Burha pahar RF
Bhalunara RF
Bargarh RF
Endu RF
Panikhet PF
Suhai RF
Concentration (
g/m3)
Incremental
Resultant
Distance
Direction
72.0
48.7
62.9
71.2
87.5
82.1
87.5
80.1
80.2
71.2
73.7
72.0
0.2
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
1.4
1.4
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
72.2
48.7
62.9
71.2
88.9
83.5
87.5
80.1
80.2
71.2
73.7
72.0
0.8
8.2
6.6
9.2
4.1
4.9
5.4
9.3
5.3
7.4
8.1
8.9
NNE
ENE
NNW
E
SW
SW
W
NE
WNW
NW
NNE
NNE
8.1
8.2
9.8
10.9
10.9
12.2
11.6
9.3
8.9
8.2
8.3
8.2
10.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
6.0
10.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
18.1
8.2
9.8
10.9
16.9
22.2
11.6
9.3
8.9
8.2
8.3
8.2
10.8
9.9
12.4
13.8
12.5
14.3
14.9
11.3
12.6
9.9
12.4
11.2
8.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
8.0
8.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
18.8
9.9
12.4
13.8
20.5
22.3
14.9
11.3
12.6
9.9
12.4
11.2
0.8
8.2
6.6
9.2
4.1
4.9
5.4
9.3
5.3
7.4
8.1
8.9
0.8
8.2
6.6
9.2
4.1
4.9
5.4
9.3
5.3
7.4
8.1
8.9
0.8
NNE
ENE
NNW
E
SW
SW
W
NE
WNW
NW
NNE
NNE
NNE
ENE
NNW
E
SW
SW
W
NE
WNW
NW
NNE
NNE
NNE
C4-7

Chapter-4
FIGURE-4.1
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SPM
C4-8

Chapter-4
FIGURE-4.2
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs of SO2
C4-9

Chapter-4
FIGURE-4.3
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs of NOx
C4-10

Chapter-4
4.3.3
Impact on Air Quality - Fugitive Emissions

The fugitive dust emissions expected are from coal storage yards, coal conveyor
belt area, ash dumping areas, transportation of fuel and solid waste.
In the proposed project coal handling plant will be properly operated with EMP
suggested in this report, no major fugitive dust emissions are envisaged.
Similarly, Lean slurry disposal system of ash stacking will be practiced and hence,
no dust emissions are envisaged from ash dump areas. The fuel will be received
through rail line and the solid waste will be sent to dyke areas through pipeline.
Hence, no dust emissions from transportation are envisaged. However, internal
roads are to be asphalted to further reduce fugitive dust emissions.
The dust emissions, if any, from the above areas will be fugitive in nature and
maximum during summer season (when the wind velocities are likely to be high)
and almost nil during the monsoon season. The dust emissions are likely to be
confined to the place of generation only. The quantification of these fugitive
emissions from the area sources is difficult as it depends on lot of factors such as
dust particle size, specific gravity of dust particles, wind velocity, moisture content
of the material and ambient temperatures etc. Also, there is a high level of
variability in these factors. Hence, these are not amenable for mathematical
dispersion modelling. However, by proper usage of dust suppression measures,
dust generation and dispersions will be reduced.
4.3.4
Impact on Water Resources and Water Quality

Water is required for various power plant operations and the water balance has
been explained in Chapter-2 under Section-2.4.3 and Section-2.7.2.
No groundwater source will be tapped for meeting the water requirements during
operation of the power plant. The water requirement of the project will be met
from Mahanadi River.
4.3.4.1 Impact on Water Resources

The required water for regular operations of the plant will be about 35 MCM
Irrigation department of Chhattisgarh govt has indicated the availability of
sufficient water in the river. It is possible to fulfil the requirement of the proposed
power plant sufficiently. The copy of the letter from the Irrigation Department is
enclosed in Annexure-III.
Similarly, as no groundwater source is proposed to be tapped for meeting the
water requirements during operation of the power plant, no impacts on
groundwater resources is envisaged.
4.3.4.2 Impact on Water Quality
The water balance and wastewater generation details have been described in
Chapter-2. Total wastewater (including domestic wastewater) generation of entire
project (4X300 MW) in the project will be about 688-m3/hr, in that treated water
C4-11

Chapter-4
will used for ash handling plant, coal handling plant and green belt.
Garland drains around the ash pond site will be provided for the collection of runoff water during monsoon season.
The storm water in the project area will be collected through storm water drains
and collected in the storm water tank, which is lined to prevent any
contamination of ground water. The stored storm water will be utilized in the
plant operation resulting in conservation of fresh water. Suitable rain water
harvesting pits will be provided along the storm water drain to recharge the
ground water table. In case the storm water tank starts overflowing, the same
will be discharged into nearby nalla.
Various types of wastewater to be generated in the proposed project with their
quantity, expected pollutants and treatment proposed are given in Table-4.6.
TABLE-4.6
TYPES OF WASTEWATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT DETAILS
All values are given in m3/hr
Sr.
No.
1
Type of Wastewater
Cooling tower blow down
Quantity
(m3/hr)
126
Expected
Pollutants
Higher TDS
Boiler blow down
40
Higher TDS
DM water treatment plant

regeneration water
Effluents from fuel storage
areas,
floor
washings,
runoff from Oil handling
area
Service water/HVAC
Domestic
consumption
colony
Domestic
consumption
plant
Loss in pre treatment
/evaporation
Total
10
O&G,
TDS,
TSS, acidity
O&G, TSS
5
6
7
8
55
40
224
16
177
TSS,
TDS,
BOD, COD
TSS,
TDS,
BOD, COD
TSS,
TDS,
BOD, COD
Treatment Proposed
278 Sent
to
central
monitoring basin, CMB; 250consumed in AHP & CHP
Sent
to
CMB
after
neutralisation
Neutralization pit and sent to
CMB
Passed through Oil water
separator and sent to CMB
Treated in STP and used for

greenbelt development
688
The expected quality of raw and treated wastewater from the power plant
including sewage water and discharge limits as specified by environment
protection rules is given in Table-4.7.
C4-12

Chapter-4
TABLE-4.7
EXPECTED QUALITY OF WASTEWATER
Sr.
No.
Parameter
Unit
Raw
wastewater
Treated
Wastewater
1
2
3
4
pH
Suspended Solids
Oil & Grease
Total
Dissolved
Solids
BOD
COD
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
5.5 to 9.0
100 to 500
10 to 200
500 to 10000
6.0 to 8.5
<100
<5
<1000
Permissible Limits as
per GSR 422 (E) for
On-land Discharge
(Irrigation)
5.5 to 9.0
200
10
--
mg/l
mg/l
250 to 350
450 to 600
<30
<100
100
-
5
6
Total wastewater (including domestic wastewater) generation of entire project

(4X300 MW) in the project will be about 688-m3/hr, in that treated water will
used for Ash handling plant, coal handling plant and green belt.
4.3.5
Impact on Land Use

The land identified for the proposed 4x300 MW power plant is about 960-acre.
About 310-acre of the land will be used for ash disposal. Greenbelt including
green cover will be developed in an area of about 137.5-acre, which works out to
about 1/3rd of the main plant area.
After commissioning of proposed plant, this land use will change to industry
category. The greenbelt proposed will have a positive impact on land. There will be
minimum changes in land use during the operational phase of the project. Hence,
no major impacts are envisaged during operational phase of the project.
4.3.6
Impact on Soil
Most of the impacts of power plant project on soils are restricted to the construction
phase, which will get stabilized during operational phase. The impact on the topsoil
will be confined to the proposed main plant area only. Further, the greenbelt
proposed will have a very positive impact on soil quality.
The probable sources of degradation of soil quality will be due to generation &
disposal of ash and fugitive dust emissions. However, the impacts due to disposal of
ash are covered under Section-4.3.8.
The airborne fugitive dust from the plant is likely to be deposited on the topsoil in
the immediate vicinity of the plant boundary. However, the fugitive emissions are
likely to be controlled to a great extent through proposed control measures like
water sprinkling and development of greenbelt development.
Hence, no major impact is envisaged on soil quality of the project site.
4.3.7
Impact of Solid Waste

Ash is the major solid waste to be generated from the proposed coal based power
C4-13

Chapter-4
plant. Coal consumption of 6.02 MTPA was considered for estimation of ash
generation. Ash will be generated as both forms viz. bottom ash and fly ash.
About 80% of the total ash generation will be fly ash and remaining 20% comes
as bottom ash. The fly ash is the important air pollutant, which emits to outside
environment through stacks attached to boilers. ESPs with >99.95% efficient
shall be provided to prevent ash dispersions into ambient air. The details of the
solid waste generation are given in Table-4.8.
TABLE-4.8
EXPECTED SOLID WASTE FROM POWER PLANT
Sr. No.
1
Plant
Ash
Bottom ash
Fly ash
Used Oil
Sludge from WTP,

ETP and STP
Domestic
Solid
waste/Municipal
Solid waste
Quantity of Generation
2.47 MTPA
0.49 MTPA
1.98 MTPA
8000 KLPA
1.75 Lakh kg/annum
1200 TPA
Mode of Disposal
Emphasis will be given for supply to
potential
users
in
dry
from.
Remaining ash will be disposed into
HDPE lined ash pond.
Will be supplied to authorized
recyclers
Sent to sludge drying beds and used
as manure
Organic portion will be dried,
composted and used as manure
It is proposed to collect fly ash from ESP hoppers in dry from and provide/supply
to potential ash users depending on the demand. The balance unutilized ash will
be disposed off using Lean Slurry Disposal technology. An area of about 310
acres has been identified for ash pond within the project premises. In view of the
proposed Lean Slurry ash disposal technology, the impact of ash pond
supernatant runoff would not be expected and the impacts on surrounding
environment would be insignificant. However, it is also proposed to provide the
ash pond with an impervious HDPE layers.
The sludge from sewage treatment plant will be dried, vermi-composted and used
as manure for greenbelt maintenance. Canteen/sanitary waste will be composted
and used as manure for greenbelt development.
With the implementation of above precautionary measures, the impacts due to
solid waste disposal will be minimum.
Impact of Ash Pond on Surface Water
In ash disposal, Lean Slurry Disposal method will be adopted. The bottom ash
slurry and fly ash slurry from the both the units will be led to common slurry sump
of the combined ash slurry disposal pump house. In view of the proposed Lean
Slurry ash disposal technology, the impact of ash pond supernatant run off would
not be expected. Hence, the impact of the ash pond on the surface water will be
insignificant.
Impact of Ash Pond on Ground Water
The possibility of groundwater contamination due to the leaching of metals from

the ash pond will be examined based on soil investigation study. The dykes around
C4-14

Chapter-4
the pond will be constructed with proper compaction at maximum dry density. The
co-efficient of permeability will be much less than the natural deposits to further
reduce the drainability. However, with the passage of time, more and more fly ash
particles will get deposited in the pore spaces of the top soil making it essentially
non-porous and impervious and in view of the above, contamination through
leaching is not envisaged. However, it is also proposed to provide the ash pond
with an impervious bottom HDPE layers.
In view of the above mitigative measures, no surface water or groundwater
pollution is anticipated from the ash disposal area. Similarly, as the other solid
wastes also used properly, no impact of solid waste is envisaged.
4.3.8 Impacts on Ecology
Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried out during study period and the
details are presented in Section-3.8 of Chapter-3. About 251 plant species were
identified and these are commonly growing plant species of the region. As per
records of forest department of Raigarh, literature survey and also from field
studies, there are no endangered, threatened and protected plants. 82 animal
species were recorded/reported from study area during study period, out of which 3
species belongs to Sch-I, 7 species belong to Sch-II, 3 species belongs to Sch-III
and rest of the species belongs to Sch-IV and Sch-V as per Wildlife Protection Act,
1972.
It is proposed to develop greenbelt with an average width of about 50-m to 100m around plant site and implementation of eco development along with local
people will enhance the greenery of the area. Hence, no significant adverse
negative impact is envisaged on terrestrial ecology.
The impacts on aquatic ecology due to proposed project would be negligible as the
treated effluents from the proposed power project will meet the prescribed
standards prior to final discharge.
Similarly, as the discharge water will not have much higher temperature than the
receiving body, no thermal effects on receiving body due to discharge are
envisaged.
Hence, minimal impact is envisaged on the ecology of the area.
4.3.9
Impact on Noise Levels

The main noise generating stationary sources from the power plant will be
pumps, compressors along with cooling tower and boilers. The noise levels at the
source for these units will be in the range of 80-90 dB(A). The noise dispersion
from the plant units has been computed based on the mathematical model. The
major noise generating sources from the proposed plant are identified and listed
in Table-4.9. These are considered as input to the noise model.
C4-15

Chapter-4
TABLE-4.9
MAJOR NOISE GENERATING SOURCES
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Sources
Turbine units
Cooling tower
Air compressors
Transformer
Boilers
Noise Level in dB(A)

[1-m away]
85
75
85
75
85
Nature of Noise
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
4.3.9.1 Presentation of Results

The incremental noise levels are computed at proposed project site at 100mX100-m grid intervals over an area of 10-kmX10-km study area. The predicted
results of incremental noise levels at each grid points are used to draw noise
contours. The predicted noise contours around proposed sources are shown in
Figure-4.4. As per the predicted results, noise levels at the plant boundaries are
given below in Table-4.10.
TABLE-4.10
PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS AT THE PLANT BOUNDARIES
Sr. No.
Direction
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW
Incremental Noise Level in dB(A)

32
<30
<30
<30
<30
<30
30
30
The predicted noise levels at the boundary due to various plant activities will be
ranging in between <30 to 32 dB (A). The incremental noise levels will be less
than 40 dB(A) at all the surrounding habitations. It is seen from the simulation
results that the incremental noise levels will be well within the CPCB standards.
4.3.9.2 Impact on Work Zone
Boilers and cooling towers are the high noise generating equipments in the
proposed power plant. However, impacts on the working personnel are not
expected to be significant on account of the high level of automation of the plant,
which means that workers will be exposed for short duration only and that too
intermittently.
The noise generation during operational phase would be at source itself through
different measures such as inspection, operation and maintenance at regular
intervals. The noise control measures as described in EMP will be fully followed.
The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of 8-hourly time
weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed OSHA standards
(<90 dB(A)). Hence, the impact on occupational health of workers would be
insignificant.
C4-16

Chapter-4
-1000
1000
-800
-600
-400
-200
200
400
600
800
1000
1000.00
800
800.00
600
600.00
400
400.00
200
200.00
0.00
-200
-200.00
-400
-400.00
-600
-600.00
-800
-800.00
-1000
-1000.00
-800.00
-600.00
-400.00
-200.00
0.00
200.00
400.00
600.00
800.00
-1000.00
1000.00
FIGURE-4.4
PREDICTED NOISE DISPERSION CONTOURS
C4-17

Chapter-4
4.3.9.3 Impact on Community

As per the location of power plant, the minimum distance available between
proposed major noise sources and the outer periphery of the project site would
be more than 500-m. The cumulative incremental impact of all noise sources at
boundary will range in between <30dB (A) to 32 dB (A). The effective increase of
incremental noise contours at the boundary would be only about 1.5 to 2.5 dB
(A). The nearest human habitations are located at about 0.6-km from the
boundary and the cumulative noise impacts would be insignificant.
4.3.10Prediction of Impacts on Socio-Economics
No shifting of human habitations is envisaged for setting of the proposed power
plant. Hence, no Resettlement activities are required to be carried out.
The requirement of unskilled manpower will be met from nearby villages during
construction phase. The project will also help in generation of the indirect
employment apart from direct employment. This will be a positive socio-economic
development for the region. There will be a general upliftment of standard of
living in the region.
4.3.11 Impacts on Public Health and Safety
The discharge of waste materials (stack emission, wastewater and solid wastes)
from process operations may have potential impact on public safety and health.
The wastewater generated from power plant will be treated before discharging
outside. It is proposed to reuse the wastewater to the maximum extent. Since,
the adverse impacts on ambient air and soil quality are predicted to be low it is
anticipated that with effective implementation of control measures suggested for
pollution control, the impact on public health will be minimum.
4.4
Environment Management Plan during Construction Phase

During construction phase, the construction activities like site levelling, grading,
transportation of the construction material cause various impacts on the
surroundings. However, the constructional phase impacts are temporary and
localised phenomena except the permanent change in local landscape and land use
pattern of the project site.
4.4.1 Land Environment Management

Preparation of site will involve excavations and fillings. The earthen material
generated during excavations and site grading periods, shall be properly dumped
and slope stabilisation shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction
shall be preserved and reused for plantations.
No nallas of water courses are present in the project site. The river is at about 0.5km from the project facilities. However, natural drainage pattern shall not be
disturbed as far as possible.
C4-18

Chapter-4
The approach road to project site shall be appropriately widened and strengthened
to facilitate vehicular movement.
The greenbelt area shall be delineated before start-up of earthwork and tree
plantation shall be taken up during construction.
4.4.2 Air Quality Management
The activities like site development, grading and vehicular traffic contribute to
increase in SPM and NOx concentration. The mitigation measures recommended to
minimize the impacts are:
Water sprinkling in construction area;

Asphalting the main approach road;
Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment; and
Tree plantation in the area earmarked for greenbelt development.
4.4.3 Water Quality Management

The soil erosion at site during heavy precipitation contributes to the increase in
suspended solids. The wastewater from vehicle and construction equipment
maintenance centre will contribute to oil and grease concentration. The wastewater
from labour colony will contribute to higher BOD concentrations. The mitigation
measures recommended to minimize the impacts are:
Sedimentation tank to retain the solids from run-off water;

Oil and grease trap at equipment maintenance centre;
Packaged STP/Septic tanks to treat sanitary waste at labour colony; and
Utilizing the wastewater in greenbelt development.
4.4.4 Noise Level Management

Operation of construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the increased
noise level. Recommended mitigation measures are:
Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment;

Restriction of construction activities to day time only;
Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise; and
Provision of earplugs and earmuffs to workers.
4.4.5 Ecological Management

During construction, vegetation in the plant premises is required to be cleared. The
measures required to be undertaken to minimise the impact on the ecology are:
4.5
The felling of trees will be kept at minimum; and

The greenbelt having vegetation density of 2500 trees/ha will be developed.
Environment Management Plan during Operation Phase

During operation phase, the impacts on the various environmental attributes should
C4-19

Chapter-4
be mitigated using appropriate pollution control equipment. The Environment

Management Plan prepared for the proposed project aims at minimizing the
pollution at source.
4.5.1 Air Pollution Management
Fugitive and stack emissions from the power plant will contribute to increase in
concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx pollutants. The mitigative measures
recommended in the plant are:
Installation of ESP of efficiency more than 99.9% to limit the SPM concentrations
below 50 mg/Nm3;
Provision of bi-flue stack of 275-m height for wider dispersion of gaseous
emissions;
Provision of water sprinkling system at raw material storage yard;

Asphalting of the roads within the plant area;
Provision of dust extraction systems at dust generating source.
Developing of Greenbelt (100-m wide towards village areas and river course, 50
to 100-m wide towards other area) around the plant to arrest the fugitive
emissions;
Design of control equipment to meet the standards stipulated by CREP;

Online flue gas monitors as well as flue gas flow rates and temperature
measurement shall be provided for all stacks; and
Usage of washed/beneficiated coal may be explored.
To control fugitive hydrocarbon emissions, the following measures shall be adopted:
Provision and periodic inspections of mechanical seals in pumps;

Preventive maintenance of valves, flanges, joints, roof vents of storage tanks;
and
Submerged filling of liquid fuel storage tanks.
The fugitive dust emissions shall be controlled by installation of closed conveyor

system along with suitable dust suppression measures.
4.5.2 Water Pollution Management
Wastewater will be generated from cooling towers, boilers in the power plant.
Besides, domestic wastewater from canteen and employees wash area, township
will also be generated. The recommended measures to minimise the impacts and
conservation of fresh water are:
Recycling of wastewater generated in cooling tower into process and ash

disposal, coal handling and service water requirements;
The plant raw water requirement shall be optimised. The COC in cooling system
shall be maximised (such as COC=6);
The effluent carrying oil spillage in the plant area shall be sent to oil-water
separator for removal of oil;
C4-20

Chapter-4
Coal stock piles and ash ponds shall be provided with garland drains and water
shall be treated for suspended / floating solids;
Adequate treatment of wastewater prior to recycling/reuse to maximum extent;
Provision of sewage treatment plant to treat domestic sewage generated from

plant and township;
Utilization of treated domestic wastewater

development and dust suppression;
Lining of effluent pond suitably to prevent any seepage into ground to avoid any
groundwater contamination;
Provision of separate storm water system to collect and store run-off water
during rainy season and utilization of the same in the process to reduce the
fresh water requirement;
Final disposal shall be through open channel with natural cascade aeration
arrangement to improve DO in treated effluent;
Treated effluents from all streams should be stored in CMB/Effluent Pond /Guard
Pond having 5 to 6 days detention time and the aquaculture may be practiced
with bioassay tests on regular basis;
The treated wastewater before disposal shall be checked for conformity of

Environment Protection rules; and
Suitable rainwater harvesting structures to be constructed.
in
toilet
flushing,
greenbelt
The wastewater from various units of the plant shall be appropriately treated and
disposed.
Type of Wastewater
Cooling tower blow down
Boiler blow down
DM plant regeneration waste
Service water
Effluents from fuel storage areas, floor washings,
runoff from Oil handling area
Sewage from township and plant
4.5.3
Treatment Proposed
Sent to central monitoring basin, CMB
Sent to CMB
Neutralization pit and sent to CMB
Treated in ETP (flocculator, settling tank)
and sent to CMB
Passed through Oil water separator and
sent to CMB
Treated in STP
Rainwater Harvesting System

Rainwater harvesting structures shall be provided to recharge the groundwater
resources in the region. The run-off water from the roof of the structures and
paved areas shall be collected through storm water drainage system and led to
rain water harvesting structure. The typical rainwater harvesting structure is
shown in Figure-4.5.
C4-21

Chapter-4
FIGURE-4.5
RAIN WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
C4-22

Chapter-4
4.5.3.1 Rainwater Harvesting Facilities

Groundwater Recharge with Rain Water Harvesting
There is generation of surface run-off from the plant facility during monsoon
season. The run-off will be of two types, i.e., run-off from the pervious area of
the facility site and run-off from the built-up area of the facility.
Run-off from the Built-up Areas
The run-off from the paved surfaces of the proposed facility will be routed
through a carefully designed storm water drainage network and collected in storm
water collection sump and excess rainwater will be discharged to bore wells
constructed on these internal drains.
Run-off from the Pervious Area
The run-off from the pervious area will be routed directly to the rainwater
harvesting structures constructed at suitable locations as per the contours.
For augmenting the ground water resources in the plant premises, number of
rainwater harvesting pits will be constructed and the internal drains where excess
rain water flowing in drain will be diverted to these pits. These structures will
facilitate percolation of water into the ground and thus augmenting the
groundwater sources. The roof top water will be routed to the storm drains. This
will result in increase in groundwater tables and to some extent the improvement
of ground water quality.
The size and the locations of rainwater harvesting pits will be decided during
detailed engineering of the project.
Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:
Q=CxIXA
Q = Run-off in m3/hr
A = Catchment Area (ha)
C = Coefficient of Run-off
I = intensity of Rainfall in mm/hr
Total area
= 388.5-ha
Intensity of Rainfall (I) = 2.5 cm/hr (1 inch/hr)
Run-off co-efficient (C) = 0.7
Q = 0.7 x (2.5/100) m/hr x (388.5 x 10000) m2
= 67987.5m3/hr
4.5.3.2 Storm Water Management
The power plant water management system will be designed to minimize the
potential for storm water contamination occurring at the site. This will be
achieved by incorporating the following features into the storm water
management system:
C4-23

Chapter-4
Run-off from upstream areas will be diverted around the plant site;
The quantity of contaminated run-off generated will be minimized by diverting
run-off from areas external to the plant to storm water discharge points;
Hazardous material and fuel storage areas will be bunded and drains will be
provided to around these facilities to prevent entering of run-off water; and
Run-off from area external to process areas of the plant will be contained
within a storage system.
4.5.4 Noise Pollution Management

In the process, various equipments like pumps, cooling tower, compressors etc
generate the noise. The recommendations to mitigate higher noise levels are:
Equipments should be designed to conform to noise levels prescribed by

regulatory authorities;
Provision of acoustic barriers or shelters in noisy workplaces;
Provision of hoods to noise generating equipments like pumps;
Provision of thick greenbelt to attenuate the noise levels;
Provision of Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) such as earplugs, earmuffs to

the workers working in high noise level area; and
Implementation of greenbelt, landscaping with horticulture at power block areas

to reduce noise impacts.
4.5.5 Solid Waste Management

Solid waste in the form of ash will be generated in a coal based thermal power
plant. The total ash generated in the plant will be 2.47 MTPA out of which 20%
will be bottom ash i.e. 0.49 MTPA and balance will be fly ash of 1.98 MTPA. The
following measures shall be taken for solid waste management:
In general ash will be given to potential ash users;
The excess ash will be disposed off using lean slurry disposal system to HDPE
lined ash pond;
The generated waste oil shall be explored to be used in boiler furnace with HFO
or shall be given to authorized recyclers;
The organic portion of solid waste generated in the Sewage Treatment Plant
(STP) will be used as manure in greenbelt development; and
Maintaining the data base on solid waste generation such as quantity, quality,
treatment/management.
C4-24

Chapter-4
4.5.5.1 Literature on Fly Ash Utilization

Fly Ash use in Cement Industries
Cement mixed with fly ash is known as Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC). As per
the Indian standards, fly ash can be used to replace 25% cement. The fly ash
cement is made by grinding with clinker. The fly ash generated from proposed
power plant will be supplied to cement plants in the region. The fly ash can be
utilized by these cement plants to manufacture PPC cement.
Fly Ash use as Micro-Nutrient in Fertilizer
Ash is a good fertilizer due to the presence of heavy metal traces, which act as
micro-nutrients to the vegetation and give good yield of agricultural produce.
It is estimated that the application of 1 to 2 tonnes of ash per hectare of land will
increase the yield of the crops by 30%. Fly ash can be applied approximately on
2000 ha of agricultural land.
Fly Ash use in Road Construction
Fly ash can be used as a component in a stabilized aggregate sub-base course. A

blend of 84% dense aggregate, 11% pond fly ash and 5% hydrated lime gives
maximum dry density, optimum moisture content and unconfined compressive
strength.
4.5.5.2 Prospective Ash Utilization
It is very much clear that the ash generated at the power plants can be
effectively used for various products. Though the acceptability of the ash-based
products may take a long time, it is always better to start on a small scale.
TABLE-4.11
PROGRESSIVE ASH UTILIZATION PLAN
Year
Ash Generation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MTPA
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46
Ash Utilization
%
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
MTPA
0.0921
0.13815
0.1842
0.23025
0.2763
0.32235
0.3684
0.41445
0.4605
Ash Diverted to
Ash Storage Yard
MTPA
0.3684
0.32235
0.2763
0.23025
0.1842
0.13815
0.0921
0.04605
0
Cumulative
Total of
Disposal
MTPA
0.09
0.14
0.18
0.23
0.28
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.46
4.5.5.3 Policy on Fly Ash Utilization

Utilization of ash produced by coal based power stations as a thrust area of its
activities and all possible actions will be taken to enhance level of ash utilization.
C4-25

Chapter-4
In the proposed power plant, various avenues for ash utilization will be explored
as delineated in the above sections. In particular, supply of quality ash for
manufacture of cement will be taken as there are some cement units. Some of
the actions planned for the project are as given below:
SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited will make efforts to motivate

and encourage entrepreneurs to set up units for manufacture of ash-based
products such as fly ash bricks, lightweight aggregates, and cellular concrete
products etc as ancillary industries in the region. SKS Power Generation
(Chhattisgarh) Limited would be providing all possible infrastructure facilities
to these entrepreneurs in accordance with its policy;
SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited would also continue to

encourage utilization of available ash based products in all its construction
activities; and
SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited will encourage the use of water
treated fly ash as a soil ameliorator and as a source of micro-nutrients and
secondary nutrients for improving agricultural productivity.
4.5.5.4 Conclusion
All efforts will be made for maximum utilization of ash. However, after reviewing
various proposals of the ash utilization, 40-70% of ash utilization is possible at
the initial period and same will be improved over the period of time in future. SKS
Power Generation Limited is committed to explore possibilities for ash utilization
considering new technologies and avenues and try to achieve the target fixed by
MoEF in this regard.
SKS Power Generation Limited is committed to comply with the Fly Ash
Utilization Notification, 1999 and as amended thereof.
4.5.5.5 Fly Ash Disposal
The balance ash after utilisation shall be disposed in ash ponds. Ash disposal system
proposed is Lean Slurry Disposal. Treated wastewater will be used in ash handling
plant. The ash pond will be provided with HDPE liners. The area provided for ash
pond is about 310-acre.
The major advantages of the Lean Slurry Disposal method are:
Very low water consumption;

The slurry can be self-setting and self limiting so that ash will deposit and dry
by itself to form a hard surface;
Considerably less area is required for ash disposal;
Specific energy consumption in pumping and transportation will be much
lower;
Pipeline diameter can be much smaller and transportation velocities could also
be considerably lower due to the fact that the slurry is non-settling. This could
also reduce wear in the pipeline;
C4-26

Chapter-4
Both bottom ash and fly ash can be disposed together if needed; and
The trenches will be constructed along the periphery of the ash pond to collect
the run-off water during rainy days. The run-off water will be routed through
sedimentation tank before discharging into nalla.
The ash will be utilized in various construction materials to the maximum extent and
100% utilization will be achieved.
4.6
Greenbelt Development
With rapid industrialization and consequent deleterious impact of pollutants on
environment, values of environmental protection offered by trees are becoming
clear. Trees are very suitable for detecting, recognizing and reducing air pollution
effects. Monitoring of biological effects of air pollutant by the use of plants as
indicators has been applied on local, regional and national scale. Trees function as
sinks of air pollutants, besides their bio-esthetical values, owing to its large
surface area.
The greenbelt development not only functions as foreground and background
landscape features resulting in harmonizing and amalgamating the physical
structures of the plant with surrounding environment, but also acts as pollution
sink. Thus, implementation of afforestation program is of paramount importance.
It will also check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complex and functionally
more stable and make the climate more conducive.
Greenbelt with a width of 50-m to 100-m will be developed around the plant site.
The total greenbelt around the power plant complex will be about (137.5-acre)
which works out to about 1/3rd of total project area including green belt in the
town ship.
In the proposed greenbelt about 343750 trees will be planted with a density of
2500 trees/acre. A capital cost of Rs. 1.0 Crore and an annual budget of Rs.2.0
Crore will be earmarked for this purpose. The plantation schedule will be
completed within five years from the construction period of the project. The
plantation schedule is given in Table-4.12.
TABLE-4.12
GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Total
Year
1st Year
2nd Year
3rd Year
4th Year
5th Year
Area (acre)
No. Saplings
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
68,750
68,750
68,750
68,750
68,750
137.5
343750
The layout plan of the greenbelt and tree cover in plant area is shown in Figure4.6.
C4-27

Chapter-4
FIGURE-4.6
GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
C4-28

Chapter-4
4.6.1
Species for Plantation

The species proposed will have broad leaves. Trees will be selected based on the
type of pollutants, their intensity, location, easy availability and suitability to the
local climate. They have different morphological, physiological and bio-chemical
mechanism/ characters like branching habits, leaf arrangement, size, shape,
surface (smooth/hairy), presence or absence of trichomes, stomatal conductivity
proline content, ascorbic acid content, cationic peroxides and sulphite oxidize
activities etc to trap or reduce the pollutants. Species to be selected will fulfil the
following specific requirements of the area:
Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to ecophysiological conditions;

Rapid growth;
Capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial
establishment;
Differences in height and growth habits;
Pleasing appearances; and
Providing shade.
Based on the above, the recommended species for greenbelt and plantation are
given in Table-4.13. Further, the already existing / native species will be given
preference.
TABLE-4.13
RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR GREENBELT
Note: S: Small, M: Medium, L: Large
Sr.
No.
Botanical Name of the Plant

with Height
Hindi
Name
Size of Plant
Type and Suitable site
Acacia
auriculaeformis
(Mimosaceae)
Height: 5m
Adina cordifolia (Rubiaceae)
Height: 20m
Aegle marmelos( Rutaceae)
Height: 12m
Anogeissus latifolia
( Combretaceae)
Artabotrys
hexapetaius
(Annonaceae)
Height: 10m
Averrhoa carambola
(Averrhoaceae Oxalidaceae)
Height: 5m
Azadirachta India (Meliaceae)
Height: 20m
Vilaiti
M; Semi-evergreen fragrant white flowers;

suitable in green belts and on road sides
Haldu
L; deciduous, a light demander, suitable

on open areas & near flares
M; deciduous, good for green belts near
temples
M; deciduous suitable for green belts
2
3
4
5
10
Bauhinia
(Caesalpiniaceae)
Height: 5m
Borassus flabellifer
Height: 20m
Boswellia serrata
(Burseraceae)
variegate
Bael
Dhaura
Hara
Champa
Kamrak
Nim
Kachanar
Tad
Kundur
S; evergreen shrub with fragrant flowers

good for gardens & inside boundary wall
and long canals
S; semi ever green good in narrow green
belts ( green belts < 50 m width)
Along channels
L; evergreen ;
Suitable in green belts and out side office
& hospital buildings
M; deciduous, good in green belts in
garden and as a second row avenue tree
L; a tall deciduous palm; can be used as
wind break when of different age
M; deciduous suitable on green belt on
shallow soils
C4-29

Chapter-4
Sr.
No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

with Height
Height: 4m
Burera serrata (Bureraceae)
Height: 4m
Buteas monosperma
(Fabaceae; Papilionaceae)
Height: 10m
Caesalpinia pulcherrima
(Leguminosae)
Height: 4m
Callistemon lanceolatus
(Myrtaceae)
Height: 5m
Careva aroborea
(Lecythidaceae)
Carrisa carandas
(Apocynaceae)
Height: 3m
Caryota urens ( Palmae)
Height: 5m
Cassia fistula
(Leguminopsaae)
Height: 12m
C. Siamea
Height: 10-12m
Casuarina eguisetifolia
(Casuarinaceae)
Height: 10m
Cedrela toona
(Meliaceae)
Height: 5-8m
Cestrum diurnum
(solanaceae)
Height: 3m
Cleistanthus collinus
(Euphorbiaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Cocus nucifera
(Palmae)
Height: 10-15m
Dalberciasisso (Leguminosae)
Height: 3-5m
Delomix regia
(Leguninosae)
Height: 15m
Dillenia India
Height: 3-5m
D. Pentagyna
Height: 5-8m
Emblica officinalis
(Euphorbiaceae)
Height: 5m
Ervthrina suberosa
(Leguminosae)
E.variegata
Height: 10m
Ficus bengalensis
Height: 20m
F. religiosa
Hindi
Name
Palas
Gulutora
Size of Plant
M; evergreen, suitable on shallow soil as a

green belt or avenue tree
M; deciduous for green belts and as a
second row avenue tree
S; a large shrub, suitable for gardens out
side offices and along channels
M; deciduous for some time, ornamental
plant in garden
Kumbi
Karaunda
Mari
Amaltas
L; deciduous, good in green belts

S; semi evergreen. Large bushy shrub,
good as a hedge to protect against noise
A lofty palm, good as a windbreak
M; deciduous, good ornamental tree in
green belts
L; evergreen, good an avenue tree
Jungli
saru
Mahanim
Din-karaja
Garari
Nariyal
Shisham
Gul Mohar
Chalta
Aggai
Amla
Dauldhak
Dadap
Bargad
Pipal
M; evergreen, suitable for covering low

lying areas & in green belt
L; deciduous, good in open spaces, in
green belts and along ponds
S; a shrub with white fragrant flowers,
suitable around boilers and waste disposal
sites
S; deciduous tree suitable in green belts
A tall stately palm suitable on sea shore

river banks and hill slopes
M; deciduous suitable on areas around
flare sites and in green belts
M; deciduous ornamental, suitable on road
sides
L; evergreen, white fragrant flowers, good
in green belts and around waste disposal
sites.
L; deciduous , good in green belts and on
site around flare
M; deciduous, good as isolated trees in
gardens.
M; deciduous, good in green belts
M; deciduous, good in gardens out side
office buildings
L; deciduous, widely spaced avenue tree
(15 m apart)
L; deciduous, widely spaced avenue tree
C4-30

Chapter-4
Sr.
No.

with Height
Hindi
Name
42
Height: 20m
Gmelina arborea
(Verbenaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Grewia tiloifolia
(Tiliaceae)
Height:3- 5m
Hamelia patents
(Rubiaceae)
Height: 3m
Hardwickia binata
(Leguminosae)
Height: 3-5m
Hibiscus mutabilis
(Malvaceae)
Height: 3-5m
H. rosa sinensis
Height: 3m
Lxora arbprea
(Rubiaceae)
Height: 1-2m
Lxora coccinea
Height: 1-2m
Jasminum sbrahmanir (Oleaceae)
43
Kydia calycina (Malvaceae)
Pula
44
Lagerstroemia speciosa
(Lythraceae)
Height: 10m
Lannea coramandelica
(Anacardiaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Lawsonia alba (Lythraceae)
Height: 3-5m
Madhuca indica
(Sapotaceae)
Height: 5-8m
Mallotus philippensis
(Euphorbiaceae)
Height: 5-8m
Melia azedarach
(Meliaceae)
Height: 5-8m
Millingtonia hortensis
( Bignoniaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Mimusops elengi
(Sapotaceae)
Height: 10m
Moringa oleifera
(Moringaceae)
Height: 10m
Murava koenigii (Rutaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Jarul
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Oreodoxa regia (Palmae)

Height: 5-8m
Sewan
Dhamim
Anjan
Sthal
kamal
Jasut
Nevari
Rangan
Moghra
Size of Plant
also as a single tree in isolated sites
M; deciduous , good in green belts
around flare sites
M; good in green belts for use as timber
S; evergreen shrub with dense attractive

foliage of greenish bronze leaves; good in
gardens
M; deciduous, good for green belts on
shallow soils
S; large bushy shrub, semi evergreen
good in green belts & in gardens, along
channels
S; evergreen woody showy shrub good for
gardens
S; much branched evergreen; good in
green belts and in gardens
gardens and in green belts
gardens and in green belts
S; deciduous, good along canals and in
green belts
M; deciduous, good along road sides and
in garden
Jhingan
L; deciduous, good on well drained green

belts and around flares
Mehndi
S; glabrous much branched shrub, good

along canal sides
M; deciduous, good in green belts
Mahua
Sindur
S; small evergreen tree, good along

canals
Bakain
M; deciduous good along small roads and

canals
Akas Nim
L; semi evergreen flowers fragrant, good

along road sides
Maulsari
M; evergreen, good for avenues
Sainjna
M; deciduous, with fragrant flowers
Mitha
Neem
S; semi evergreen good in green belts

suitable site and along small channels
Royal
palm
L; semi- evergreen good along medium

and small road sides as an ornamental
plant
C4-31

Chapter-4
Sr.
No.

with Height
Hindi
Name
55
Pandanus odoratissimus
(Pandanaceae)
Height: 1-2m
Peltophorum inerma
(Leguminosae, Caaesalpiniaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Pliumeria acuuminata
(Apocynaceae)
Height: 3-4m
Plumeria alba
(Apocynaceae)
Height: 3-4m
Plumeria rubra
Height: 3-4m
Pterocarpus
marsupium
(Leguminosae, Papilionaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Pogamia pinnata (Leguminosae,
Papilionaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Samalia malabarica (Bombaceae)
Height: 3-5m
Samanea saman (Leguminosae)
Height: 20m
Saraca
indica
(Leguminosae,
Caesalpinaceae)
Height: 5m
Spathodia campanulata
(Bignoniaceae)
Height: 12m
Syzygium cuminii (Myyrtaceae)
Height: 20m
Tabernamontana coronaria
(Apocynaceae)
Height: 2-3m
Tabebuia
pentaphylla
(Bignomiaceae)
Height: 20m
Tamarindus indica (Leguminosae,
caesalpiniaceae)
Height: 20m
Xylia
xyicarpa
(Leguminosae;Minosaceae)
Height: 2m
Zanthoxyium(Rutaceae)
Height: 2m
Kewada
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Size of Plant
S; a densely branched shrub; good in
gardens near sea shore
M; Semi evergreen, suitable on road
sides, in gardens & outside office buildings
Golainchi
M; semi evergreen, fragrant white flowers,

good in green belts
S; semi evergreen good for gardens
Golaonchi
Bija
S; semi evergreen good for gardens

M; deciduous, good on open areas with
adequate light
Karanj
M; deciduous, good along roads and

canals
Semul
M; deciduous, good for avenues
Asok
L; deciduous, a good tree along road

sides for shade
M; evergreen tree good on road sides
within campus
Ruugtoora
L; iin gardens and avenues and in green

belts, it is deciduous
Jaman
L; evergreen tree good in green belts,

and with in campus road sides
S; an evergreen shrub, good in gardens
and along cannels
Chandni
M; deciduous good in gardens
Imli
Jambu
Badrang
L; evergreen tree good along state

national highways suitable site
Good in gardens and along cannels and
streams and on waste lands
M; deciduous in green belts.
Note: S: Small, M: Medium, L: Large

4.7

It is proposed to invest about Rs. 450 crores on pollution control, treatment and
monitoring systems for proposed power plant. In addition to this, Rs.1.9 crores
per annum will be spent on greenbelt development in and around the proposed
power plant. The break-up of the investment is given in Table-4.14.
C4-32

Chapter-4
TABLE-4.14
COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description of item
Fly ash control (ESP)
SO2 control (Stacks)
Water (ETP)
Solid waste (Ash handling plant)
Ash pond
Monitoring instruments
Green Belt
Total
Capital Cost (Rs in Crores)

120
80
60
100
85
4
1
450
C4-33

Chapter-5
5.0
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT SITE
5.1
Analysis of Alternative Technology

The selection of the proper steam generator technology is a critical step in the
basic design of a new power project. The fuel to be fired and the steam cycle to
be adopted dictates the type of steam generator needed to satisfy the
requirements of the project.
5.1.1 Alternatives for Boiler Technology

The following are the general options for selection of boiler technology:
For easy to burn fuels, such as bituminous coals - Suspension firing of the
pulverized fuel in horizontal, wall-mounted burners is the configuration of choice.
For low volatile, low reactivity fuels, such as anthracite and petroleum cokes, the
down-fired arch furnace is the choice adopted world-wide.
Another option for difficult fuels, as well as for waste fuels, which cannot be
properly burned with suspension firing, is the circulating fluidized bed (CFB)
boiler. Also the flywheel of circulating solids in the CFB boiler allows a wide range
of fuels to be fired in the same unit. Super critical boilers for low colorific value
coals are yet to be established with Indian coal firing.
In the proposed project, coal will be the main fuel. Hence, pulverized sub critical
boilers are considered.
5.1.2 Alternatives for Boiler Parameters
Two options, sub-critical and supercritical parameters were examined related to
power generation of thermal power plants.
As the latest supercritical boilers are new in India, Power Consultants in our
country are yet to be geared up for consultancy services to super-critical boilers
due to inadequacy of knowledge and experience base.
The advantages of super critical boilers over sub-critical boilers are the Rankine
cycle efficiency. However, the cycle efficiency is dependent on the condenser
cooling water temperature. In Indian conditions, the cooling water temperature
generally remains on higher side. Hence, the total envisaged efficiency gained by
utilizing super-critical boilers is limited by condenser cooling water temperature.
In super critical boilers for better heat transfer, the boiler tubes are made-up of
marginal section than the sub-critical boilers. With the high ash content (42%) in
Indian coal the erosion pattern envisaged is more therefore the chances of tube
failure in super critical boilers is more as compared to sub- critical boilers
designed for Indian coals. Thus, the availability will be less. The relatively lesser
thick tubes, superior metallurgy with highest cost used in the super critical boilers
can lead to fast erosion or even abrupt damage of boiler tubes, because of
C5-1

Chapter-5
frequent tendency of imbalance in furnace heat absorption. This is consequent to

unpredictable raise in temperature at Super heater/ Reheater zones because of
the use of low and varying colorific value and volatile matter of coals used in
India. With the marginally designed metallurgy of tubes for super critical boilers,
the variation of temperature will have more damaging effect. The boilers of super
critical designs will be a new experience with Indian coals of inconsistent colorific
value, with high ash low volatile matter may lead forced outages. It will take
some time for stabilizing this new version with Indian coals. The availability of
more than 90% is more important for an IPP than the marginal raise in cycle
efficiency.
There is a scarcity of trained man power for operating power plants based on
super-critical technology. Further, the delivery schedule for super-critical boilers
is longer.
Hence, in view of the above, sub critical parameters are considered for the
proposed boiler configuration.
5.2
Analysis of Alternative Sites for Location of Power Plant

Four (4) probable locations were assessed for site selection:
Site1:
Site2:
Site3:
Site4:
Binjikot, Kharsia Tehsil, Raigarh District

Pandapani/ Dumarpali, Raigarh Tehsil, Raigarh District
Munund/ Barbaspur, Dharamjaigarh Tehsil, Raigarh District
Jamgaon, Raigarh Tehsil, Raigarh District
Site Selection Criteria:

Criteria
Site#1 (Binjkot)
Site#2
(Pandapani/
Dumarpali)
Raigarh
Site#3
(Munund/
Barbaspur)
Dharamjaigarh
Site#4
(Jamgaon)
Nearest Town/
Tehsil
Kharsia
Connectivity
Rail line: Main plant

is 1.0 km; NH-200:
5-km
Rail line: 1-km;
Rail line: 80-km;
Rail line: 1.5-km
Water Source
Mahanadi River: 40km
Mahanadi River:
30-km
Mahanadi River:
75-km
Mahanadi River:
45-km
Coal Source
Fatehpur Coal
Block: 65-km
Fatehpur Coal
Block: 75-km
Fatehpur Coal
Block: 35-km
Fatehpur Coal
Block: 85-km
Power
Evacuation
Kotra substation :
15 km
Kotra substation :
10 km
Kotra substation :
85 km
Kotra substation :
45 km
Remarks
The site is close to

railway line & power
evacuation line.
Sufficient plain land
is available.
State Govt. is not

permitting any
industry within 15
km of Raigarh.
Non-availability of
sufficient land. Site
is surrounded by
forests.
Uranium reserves
were found and
land is not
advisable for
other industries
Raigarh
C5-2

Chapter-5
Selection of the site
After evaluation, a site near Binjkot village, Kharsia tehsil, Raigarh district, having
major favorable features along with good environmental features has been
identified for the proposed project.
The Binjkot site has the following advantages:
Rail connectivity is 1.0-km away from the proposed site and power
evacuation is near to the proposed site.
Road connectivity is less than 3-Kms.
Availability of the land.
Close to Fathepur coal block.
Close to PGCIL substation fpr power evacuation (about 15-kms)
Nearest national high way (NH-200) is at about 15-Kms from the selected
site and nearest state highway (Kharsia-Raigarh) is at 1.7-km from the
proposed site.
Nearest rail way station (Robertson RS) is at about 2.4-Km away from the
proposed site.
Selected site is mix of barren land (40%) & dry agricultural land (60%).
Water source from Mahanadi River at about 30-km from the selected site.
No forest land with in the project site.
No National Parks, Wildlife sanctuaries in 15-km radius;
Availability of required plain land.
There are no human settlements, habitations or forests in the project area;
and
Least R&R issues involved in the project;
Sufficient water is available from Mahanadi river , at a distance of 30-km
from the site;
The alternative sites considered for the proposed power plant are shown in
Figure-5.1.
C5-3

Chapter-5
FIGURE-5.1
ALTERNATIVE SITES CONSIDERED FOR THE PROPOSED POWER PLANT
C5-4

Chapter-6
6.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1
Introduction
Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to
assess the status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of
baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any
deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable
taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment.
Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of
control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
Usually, as in the case of the study, an Impact Assessment study is carried over
short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the
natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the
environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the
environmental quality.
6.2
Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Monitoring shall confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the
form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as
amounts and concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for
measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets.
It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity
of a site using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring
may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even
assessment of complaints.
6.2.1 Objectives of Monitoring

The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to:
6.3
Verify effectiveness of planning decisions;

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;
Confirm statutory and corporate compliance; and
Identify unexpected changes.
Monitoring Schedule
Environmental monitoring schedules are prepared covering various phases of
project advancement, such as constructional phase and regular operational phase.
6.3.1
Monitoring Schedule during Constructional Phase

The proposed power project envisages setting up of boilers, turbines and cooling
towers, establishment of storage facilities for coal and ash. The construction
activities require clearing of vegetation, mobilisation of construction material and
equipment. The construction activities are expected to last for over three years.
C6-1

Chapter-6
The generic environmental measures that need to be undertaken during project

construction stage are given in Table-6.1.
TABLE-6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Sr.
No.
1
Potential
Impact
Air Emissions
Noise
Action to be Followed
All
equipments
are
operated within specified
design parameters.
Vehicle
trips
to
be
minimized to the extent
possible
Maintenance of DG set
emissions
to
meet
stipulated standards
Ambient air quality within
the
premises
of
the
proposed
unit
to
be
monitored.
Gaseous emissions
(SO2, HC, CO, NOx)
List of all noise generating

machinery
onsite
along
with age to be prepared.
Equipment
noise reading
Equipment
to
be
maintained in good working
order.
Night working is to be
minimized.
Generation
of
vehicular
noise
Noise to be monitored in
ambient air within the plant
premises.
Wastewater
Discharge
Soil Erosion
Drainage and
effluent
Management
Waste
Management
Parameters for
Monitoring
Random checks of
equipment
logs/
manuals
Vehicle logs
No untreated discharge to
be made to surface water,
groundwater or soil.
Protect topsoil stockpile
where possible at edge of
site.
Ensure drainage system
and
specific
design
measures
are
working
effectively.
The design to incorporate
existing drainage pattern
and avoid disturbing the
same.
Implement
waste
management
plan
that
The
ambient
air
quality will conform
to the standards for
SPM, RPM,SO2, NOx,
and CO
logs,
Working
hour
records
Maintenance
of
records of vehicles
Spot Noise recording
Frequency of
Monitoring
Periodic
Periodic
during
site clearance &
construction
activities
Periodic
emission
monitoring
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on monthly basis
whichever
is
earlier
Regular
during
construction
activities
Daily records
Daily records
Visual inspection of
drainage
and
records thereof
As
per
CPCB/SPCB
requirement or
on
quarterly
basis whichever
is earlier
Periodic
during
construction
activities
Periodic
during
construction
activities
Periodic
during
construction
activities
Comprehensive
Waste Management
Periodic
during
No discharge hoses
shall be in vicinity of
watercourses.
Effective cover in
place.
check
C6-2

Chapter-6
Sr.
No.
Potential
Impact
identifies and characterizes
every
waste
arising
associated with proposed
activities
and
which
identifies the procedures
for collection, handling &
disposal of each waste
arising.
Non-routine
events and
accidental
releases
Health
Environmental
Management
Cell/ Unit
10
6.3.2
Loss of flora
and fauna
Plan to be drawn up,

considering
likely
emergencies
and
steps
required to prevent/limit
consequences.
Employees and migrant
labour health check ups
The
Environmental
Management Cell/Unit is to
be set up to ensure
implementation
and
monitoring
of
environmental safeguards.
Re-vegetation as per Forest
guidelines
Parameters for
Monitoring
Plan should be in
place and available
for inspection onsite.
Compliance
with
MSW Rules, 1998
and
Hazardous
Wastes
(Management
and
Handling
Rules),
2003
Mock
drills
and
records of the same
Frequency of
Monitoring
construction
activities
Periodic
during
construction
activities
All
relevant
parameters including
HIV
Responsibilities and
roles will be decided
before
the
commencement
of
work.
Regular
ups
No.
of
species
During
site
clearance Phase
plants,
check
During
construction
phase
Monitoring Schedule during Operational Phase

During operational stage, continuous air emissions from power boilers,
wastewater disposal to river, non-hazardous waste such as ash, hazardous used
oily wastes are expected.
The following attributes which merit regular monitoring based
environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:
on
the
Source emissions and ambient air quality;

Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;
Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc);
Solid and hazardous waste characterisation (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes,
ETP sludge, used and waste oil);
Soil quality;
Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures
and ambient noise levels); and
Ecological preservation and afforestation.
The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in Table-6.2 shall be

implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all
environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF shall be
monitored and reported periodically.
C6-3

Chapter-6
TABLE-6.2
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE
Sr.
No.
1
Potential
Impact
Air Emissions
Stack emissions from power
boilers to be optimized and
monitored
Stack emissions from DG

set to be optimized and
monitored
Ambient air quality within
the
premises
of
the
proposed unit and nearby
habitations to be monitored.
Exhaust from vehicles to be
minimized by use of fuel
efficient vehicles and well
maintained vehicles having
PUC certificate.
Measuring onsite
data of
Meteorology
Noise
Vehicle
trips
to
be
minimized to the extent
possible
Noise
generated
from
operation
of
power
boilers/cooing towers to be
optimized and monitored
Parameters for
Monitoring
Gaseous emissions
(SPM, SO2, CO,
NOx)
Gaseous emissions
HC,
CO,
(SO2,
NOx)
SPM, RPM, SO2,
NOx, CO and HC.
Frequency of
Monitoring
Continuous
monitoring using
on-line
equipment
during operation
phase
Periodic during
operation phase
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement or
on weakly basis
whichever
is
earlier
Vehicle logs to be
maintained
Wind
speed,
direction,
temp.,
relative humidity
and rainfall.
Vehicle logs
Continuous
monitoring using
on-line weather
station
during
operation phase
Daily records
Spot Noise Level

recording;
Leq(night),
Leq(day), Leq(dn)
Periodic during
operation phase
Maintain
records
of vehicles
Regular check ups
Periodic
operation
Periodic
operation
Discharge norms
for effluents
Periodic during
operation phase
pH,
Once in a week
Noise
generated
from
operation of DG set to be
optimized and monitored
DG sets to generate less
than 75 dB(A) Leq at 1-m
from the source
Wastewater
Discharge
DG sets are to be provided

at basement with acoustic
enclosures
Generation
of
vehicular
noise
No untreated discharge to
be made to surface water,
groundwater or soil.
Take care in disposal of
wastewater generated such
that soil and groundwater
resources are protected
Compliance of wastewater
TSS,
TDS,
during
phase
during
phase
C6-4

Chapter-6
Sr.
No.
Potential
Impact
discharge to standards
Water Quality
and Water
Levels
Work zone air

contamination
Emergency
preparedness,
such as fire
fighting
Maintenance of
flora and fauna
Waste
Management
6.4
Drainage and
effluent
Management
10
Soil quality
11
Health
Compliance
of
treated
sewage to standards
Ensure drainage system and
specific design measures
are working effectively.
Design
to
incorporate
existing drainage pattern
and avoid disturbing the
same.
Monitoring
used
water
quality, groundwater quality
around
ash
pond
and
ground water levels
River
water
quality
downstream to discharge
Contaminants such as VOCs
to be reduced by providing
adequate ventilation
Fire protection and safety

measures to take care of
fire and explosion hazards,
to be assessed and steps
taken for their prevention.
Vegetation, greenbelt /
green cover development
Implement
waste
management
plan
that
identifies and characterizes
every
waste
arising
associated with proposed
activities
and
which
identifies the procedures for
collection,
handling
&
disposal of each waste
arising.
Maintenance of good soil
quality
Employees
and
migrant
labour health check ups
Parameters for
Monitoring
BOD,
COD
&
Temperature
Comprehensive as
per GSR 422(E)
Visual
inspection
of drainage and
records thereof
Frequency of
Monitoring
during operation
phase
Once
in
a
season
Periodic during
operation phase
Comprehensive
monitoring as per
IS 10500
Periodic during
operation phase
Groundwater level
in meters bgl
As per IS 2296
Monitoring
of
indoor
air
contaminants such
as CO, CO2 and
VOCs.
Mock drill records,
on site emergency
plan,
evacuation
plan
Once in a week
As per CPCB/
SPCB
requirement
Periodic during
operation phase
No.
of
plants,
species
Records of solid
waste generation,
treatment
and
disposal
Periodic
operation
Periodic
operation
during
phase
during
phase
Physico-chemical
parameters
and
metals.
All
relevant
parameters
including HIV
Periodical
monitoring
at
ash pond site
Regular
check
ups
Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environmental Monitoring

All environmental monitoring and relevant operational data will be stored in a
relational database and should be able to link to GIS system. This will enable
efficient retrieval and storage and interpretation of the data. Regular data
extracts and interpretive reports will be sent to the regulator.
C6-5

Chapter-6
6.4.1
Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis
6.4.1.1 Stack Monitoring

The emissions from all the stacks shall be monitored regularly. The exit gas
temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations shall be measured. Any
unacceptable deviation from the design values shall be thoroughly examined and
appropriate action shall be taken. Air blowers shall be checked for any drop in exit
gas velocity. Corrections are made online and continuous basis in each hourly basis
and any deviations are controlled on the spot and on line basis.
6.4.1.2 Workspace Monitoring
The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/work zone environment
shall be monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limit values
are observed, the source of fugitive emissions shall be identified and necessary
measures taken. Methane and non-methane hydrocarbons shall be monitored in
oil storage area once in a season. If the levels are high suitable measures as
detailed in EMP shall be initiated. These are controlled by the walk down checks of
the operation staff and rectify on daily basis.
6.4.1.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
The ground level concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOX in the ambient air shall be
monitored at regular intervals. Any abnormal rise shall be investigated to identify
the causes and appropriate action shall be initiated. Greenbelt shall be developed
for minimising dust propagation. The ambient air quality data should be transferred
and processed in a centralised computer facility equipped with required software.
Trend and statistical analysis should be done. These results are logged and
reviewed for correction on shift basis by HOD operation and reviewed periodically
during weekly and monthly reviews.
6.4.2
Water and Wastewater Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis

To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters shall be
installed for all major inlets. All leakages and excess shall be identified and
rectified. In addition, periodic water audits shall be conducted to explore further
possibilities for water conservation.
Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and
Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by American Public Health
Association (APHA), American Water Works Association (AWWA) is recommended.
Regular walk down checks are made within the plant on daily basis in each area
of the plant separately and is controlled through daily planning meetings.
6.4.2.1 Monitoring of Wastewater Streams

All the wastewater streams in the project area shall be regularly analysed for flow
rate and physical and chemical characteristics. Such analysis is carried out for
wastewater at the source of generation, at the point of entry into the wastewater
treatment plant and at the point of final discharge. These data shall be properly
C6-6

Chapter-6
documented and compared against the design values for any necessary corrective
action. This is checked on a daily basis and monthly reports are submitted to the
authorities concerned.
6.4.2.2 Monitoring of Groundwater
The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to test the efficiency of
ash pond performance. This is indispensable as it provides detection of the
presence of waste constituents in groundwater in case of leachate migration. In
this programme, water samples are taken at a predetermined interval and analysed
for specific pollutant expected to be in the leachate. For early detection of leachate
migration, if any, it is suggested to construct piezometers around the ash pond
site.
In addition to piezometers, monitoring wells should be installed to a depth of at
least 3-m below the maximum historic groundwater depth. Based on assumptions
and data about the characteristics of leachate to be generated, approximate
permeability of soils in the zone of aeration and direction and velocities of
groundwater flow, the maximum probable aerial extent of contaminant migration
can be estimated as a basis for establishing the position of monitoring wells.
A minimum of two ground monitoring wells should be typically installed at ash
disposal facility: one up-gradient well and one down-gradient well. It is suggested
to collect water samples and analyse. Records of analysis should be maintained.
All these observations are made on a daily & weekly basis and abnormalities are
controlled immediately.
6.4.3
Noise Levels
Noise levels in the work zone environment such as boiler house, cooling tower
area, DG house shall be monitored. The frequency shall be once in three months in
the work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels near habitations shall also be
monitored once in three months. Audiometric tests should be conducted
periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. Periodic
checks and walk down checks are made on shift basis and any abnormality is
attended immediately.
6.5
Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with
reference to the EMP should be undertaken.
The environmental monitoring cell shall co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at
site and data thus generated shall be regularly furnished to the State regulatory
agencies.
The frequency of reporting shall be on six monthly basis to the local state PCB
officials and to Regional office of MoEF. The Environmental Audit reports shall be
prepared for the entire year of operations and shall be regularly submitted to
regulatory authorities.
C6-7

Chapter-6
6.6
Infrastructure for Monitoring of Environmental Protection Measures

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items shall be provided for monitoring
of environmental parameters in the site. Alternatively, monitoring can be
outsourced to a recognized reputed laboratory.
The following equipment and consumable items shall be made available in the site
for environmental monitoring or alternatively the monitoring can be outsourced by
engaging a reputed authorised environmental laboratory.
Air Quality and Meteorology
High volume samplers, Stack monitoring kit, Personal Dust sampler, Central
Weather Monitoring Station, Spectrophotometer (visible range), Single pan
balance, Flame photometer, Relevant Chemicals as per IS:5182.
Water and Wastewater Quality
The sampling shall be done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS:2488.
The equipments and consumables required are:
BOD incubator, COD reflex set-up, Refrigerator, Oven, Stop watch, Thermometer,
pH meter, Distilled water plant, Pipette box, Titration set, Dissolved oxygen
analyser, Relevant chemicals.
Noise Levels
Noise monitoring shall be done utilising an integrating sound level meter to record
noise levels in different scales like A-weighting with slow and fast response options.
C6-8

Chapter-7
7.0
RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.1
Introduction
Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various
hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the proposed power plant operations. On
the other hand, risk analysis deals with the recognition and computation of risks,
the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due to accidents resulting
from the hazards present in the plant.
Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and
assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of
hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible
accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult
to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum
credible accident studies.
In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks in the
proposed power plant, maximum credible accident analysis, consequence analysis
are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks involved in the plant. The
Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been presented.
7.2
Approach to the Study

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of
an event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:
7.3
Identification of potential hazard areas;

Identification of representative failure cases;
Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and
explosion;
Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the
impact zones from the accidental scenarios;
Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster
mitigation point of view;
Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident
possibilities; and
Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site
Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan.
Check calls on random periodicity through dummy tests and responses.
Hazard Identification
Identification of hazards in the proposed power plant is of primary significance in the
analysis, quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving chemicals
and process. A classical definition of hazard states that hazard is in fact the
characteristic of system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident.
Hence, all the components of a system/plant/process need to be thoroughly
examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned
C7-1

Chapter-7
event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident. The following two

methods for hazard identification have been employed in the study:
7.3.1
Identification of major hazardous units based on Manufacture, Storage and

Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Government of India (GOI Rules,
1989); and
Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and storage units based
on relative ranking technique, viz. Fire-Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI).
Classification of Major Hazardous Units

Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes; namely flammable
substances, unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large
number of chemicals based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given
in NFPA Codes 49 and 345 M. The major hazardous materials to be stored,
transported, handled and utilized within the facility have been summarized in the
Table-7.1. The fuel storage details and properties are given in Table-7.2 and
Table-7.3 respectively.
TABLE-7.1
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROPOSED TO BE STORED/TRANSPORTED
Materials
Hazardous Properties
UN 1203. Dangerous Goods class 3 Flammable Liquid
Dangerous Goods class 3 - Flammable Liquid
LDO
HFO
TABLE-7.2
CATEGORY WISE SCHEDULE OF STORAGE TANKS
Sr. No.
Material
1
2
LDO
HFO
No. of
Tanks
1
2
Design Capacity
(KL)
500 (each)
1000 (each)
Classification
Non-dangerous Petroleum
Non-dangerous Petroleum
TABLE-7.3
PROPERTIES OF FUELS USED IN THE PLANT
Chemical
HFO
LDO
TLV
MP
UEL
7.3.2
:
:
:
Codes/Label
Flammable
Flammable
TLV
5 mg/m3
5 mg/m3
Threshold Limit Value

Melting Point
Upper Explosive Limit
FBP
350
400
FBP
FP
LEL
MP
c
-26
-
:
:
:
FP
UEL
LEL
%
66
98
6.0
7.5
0.5
0.6
Final Boiling Point

Flash Point
Lower Explosive Limit
Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on GOI Rules, 1989

Following accidents in the chemical industry in India over a few decades, a specific
legislation covering major hazard activities has been enforced by Govt. of India in
C7-2

Chapter-7
1989 in conjunction with Environment Protection Act, 1986. This is referred here as
GOI Rules 1989. For the purpose of identifying major hazard installations the rules
employ certain criteria based on toxic, flammable and explosive properties of
chemicals.
A systematic analysis of the fuels/chemicals and their quantities of storage has been
carried out, to determine threshold quantities as notified by GOI Rules, 1989 and
the applicable rules are identified. Applicability of storage rules are summarized in
Table-7.4.
TABLE-7.4
APPLICABILITY OF GOI RULES TO FUEL/CHEMICAL STORAGE
Sr.
No.
1
2
Chemical/ Fuel
LDO
HFO
Listed in
Schedule
3(1)
3 (1)
7.4
Hazard Assessment and Evaluation
7.4.1
Methodology
Total
Quantity
(KL)
1X500
1X1000
Threshold Quantity (T) for

Application of Rules
5,7-9,13-15
10-12
25 MT
200 MT
25 MT
200 MT
An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of identifying

and examining hazards related to feed stock materials, major process components,
utility and support systems, environmental factors, proposed operations, facilities,
and safeguards.
7.4.2
Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)

A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards
associated with storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by
consequence analysis to quantify these hazards. Finally, the vulnerable zones are
plotted for which risk reducing measures are deduced and implemented. Preliminary
hazard analysis for fuel storage area and whole plant is given in Table-7.5 and
Table-7.6.
TABLE-7.5
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR STORAGE AREAS
Unit
LDO
HFO
Capacity (KL)
1X500
2X1000
Hazard Identified
Fire/Explosion
Fire/Explosion
TABLE-7.6
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR THE WHOLE PLANT IN GENERAL
PHA
Category
Environmental
Description of
Plausible
Hazard
If there is any
leakage
and
Recommendation
Provision
--
All electrical fittings and

cables are provided as per
C7-3

Chapter-7
PHA
Category
factors
Environmental
factors
7.4.3
Description of
Plausible
Hazard
eventuality
of
source
of
ignition.
Highly
inflammable
nature of the
liquid fuels may
cause fire hazard
in the storage
facility.
Recommendation
A well designed fire

protection
including
foam, dry powder, and
CO2 extinguisher should
be provided.
Provision
the specified standards.

All motor starters are
flame proof.
Fire extinguisher of small
size and big size are
provided at all potential
fire hazard places. In
addition to the above, fire
hydrant network is also
provided.
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI) Approach

Fire, Explosion and Toxicity Indexing (FE & TI) is a rapid ranking method for
identifying the degree of hazard. The application of FE & TI would help to make a
quick assessment of the nature and quantification of the hazard in these areas.
However, this does not provide precise information.
The degree of hazard potential is identified based on the numerical value of F&EI as
per the criteria given below:
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
F&EI Range
0-60
61-96
97-127
128-158
159 and above
Degree of Hazard
Light
Moderate
Intermediate
Heavy
Severe
By comparing the indices F&EI and TI, the unit in question is classified into one of
the following three categories established for the purpose (Table-7.7).
TABLE-7.7
FIRE EXPLOSION AND TOXICITY INDEX
Category
I
II
III
Fire and Explosion Index (F&EI)

F&EI < 65
65 < or = F&EI < 95
F&EI > or = 95
Toxicity Index (TI)

TI < 6
6 < or = TI < 10
TI > or = 10
Certain basic minimum preventive and protective measures are recommended for
the three hazard categories.
7.4.3.1 Results of FE and TI for Storage/Process Units
Based on the GOI Rules 1989, the hazardous fuels used by the proposed power
plant were identified. Fire and Explosion are the likely hazards, which may occur due
to the fuel storage. Hence, Fire and Explosion index has been calculated for in plant
storage. Estimates of FE&TI are given in Table-7.8.
C7-4

Chapter-7
TABLE-7.8
FIRE EXPLOSION AND TOXICITY INDEX
Sr. No.
1
2
7.4.4
Chemical/
Fuel
LDO
HFO
Total Capacity
(KL)
1X500
2X1000
F&EI
Category
TI
Category
2.6
4.1
Light
Light
Nil
Nil
Conclusion
Results of FE&TI analysis show that the storage of LDO and HFO falls into Light
category of fire and explosion index with a Nil toxicity index.
7.4.5
Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCAA)

Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes,
causing possible damage to the surrounding area. This section deals with the
question of how the consequences of the release of such substances and the
damage to the surrounding area can be determined by means of models. Major
hazards posed by flammable storage can be identified taking recourse to MCA
analysis. MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques to identify the hazards and
calculate the consequent effects in terms of damage distances of heat radiation,
toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion etc. A host of probable or potential accidents
of the major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and handling of the
hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility. Depending upon the
effective hazardous attributes and their impact on the event, the maximum effect
on the surrounding environment and the respective damage caused can be
assessed. The reason and purpose of consequence analysis are many folds like:
Part of Risk Assessment;

Plant Layout/Code Requirements;
Protection of other plants;
Protection of the public;
Emergency Planning; and
Design Criteria.
The results of consequence analysis are useful for getting information about all
known and unknown effects that are of importance when some failure scenario
occurs in the plant and also to get information as how to deal with the possible
catastrophic events. It also gives the workers in the plant and people living in the
vicinity of the area, an understanding of their personal situation.
Selected Failure Cases
The purpose of this listing (refer Table 7.11) is to examine consequences of such
failure individually or in combination. It will be seen from the list that a vast range
of failure cases have been identified. The frequency of occurrence of failure also
varies widely.
C7-5

Chapter-7
7.4.5.1 Damage Criteria

The fuel storage and unloading at the storage facility may lead to fire and explosion
hazards. The damage criteria due to an accidental release of any hydrocarbon arise
from fire and explosion. The vapors of these fuels are not toxic and hence no effects
of toxicity are expected.
Tank fire would occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral surface of
the tank leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire would occur when
fuels collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited.
Fire Damage
A flammable liquid in a pool will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This
releases heat based on the heat of combustion and the burning rate of the liquid. A
part of the heat is radiated while the rest is convected away by rising hot air and
combustion products. The radiations can heat the contents of a nearby storage or
process unit to above its ignition temperature and thus result in a spread of fire.
The radiations can also cause severe burns or fatalities of workers or fire fighters
located within a certain distance. Hence, it will be important to know beforehand the
damage potential of a flammable liquid pool likely to be created due to leakage or
catastrophic failure of a storage or process vessel. This will help to decide the
location of other storage/process vessels, decide the type of protective clothing the
workers/fire fighters, the duration of time for which they can be in the zone, the fire
extinguishing measures needed and the protection methods needed for the nearby
storage/process vessels. The damage effect on equipment and people due to
thermal radiation intensity is given in Table-7.9. Similarly, the effect of incident
radiation intensity and exposure time on lethality is given in Table-7.10.
TABLE-7.9
DAMAGE DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITIES
Sr.
No.
1
Incident
Radiation
(kW/m2)
37.5
Type of Damage Intensity

Damage to Equipment
Damage to People
25.0
12.5
4.0
Minimum energy required to ignite

wood at indefinitely long exposure
without a flame
Minimum energy required for
piloted ignition of wood, melting
plastic tubing
--
1.6
--
Damage to process equipment
100% lethality in 1 min.,

1% lethality in 10 sec.
100% Lethality in 1 min.,
Significant injury in 10 sec.
1% lethality in 1 min.
First degree burns in 10 sec
Causes pain if duration is longer than
20 sec, however blistering is un-likely
(First degree burns)
Causes no discomfort on long
exposures
Source: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards by World Bank.
C7-6

Chapter-7
TABLE-7.10
RADIATION EXPOSURE AND LETHALITY
All values are given in KW/m2
7.4.6
Radiation Intensity
(KW/m2)
1.6
Exposure Time
(seconds)
--
Lethality (%)
Degree of Burns
4.5
4.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
12.0
12.0
12.5
25.0
37.5
20
50
20
50
60
20
50
Inst
Inst
Inst
0
0
0
<1
<1
<1
8
10
50
100
No Discomfort even
after long exposure
1st
1st
1st
3rd
3rd
2nd
3rd
----
Scenarios Considered for MCA Analysis
7.4.6.1 Fuel Storage

The details of storages in the proposed power plant are given Table-7.2 above. In
case of fuel released in the area catching fire, a steady state fire will occur. Failures
in pipeline may occur due to corrosion and mechanical defect. Failure of pipeline due
to external interference is not considered as this area is licensed area and all the
work within this area is closely supervised with trained personnel.
7.4.6.2 Modeling Scenarios
Based on the storage and consumption of various fuels the following failure
scenarios for the proposed power plant have been identified for MCA analysis and
the scenarios are discussed in Table-7.11. The fuel properties considered in
modeling are given in Table-7.12.
TABLE-7.11
SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR MCA ANALYSIS
Sr.
No.
1
2
Fuel/Chemical
Failure of LDO tank
Failure of two HFO tanks
Total Quantity
Scenarios Considered
1X500
2X1000
Pool fire
Pool fire
TABLE-7.12
PROPERTIES OF FUELS CONSIDERED FOR MODELING
Sr.
No.
1
2
Fuel
LDO
HFO
Molecular weight
(kg/kg mol)
114.24
135.0
Boiling Point
(C)
400
350
Density
(kg/m3)
880
900
C7-7

Chapter-7
7.4.7
Pool Fire Models used for MCA Analysis

Heat Radiation program RADN has been used to estimate the steady state
radiation effect from storage of fuel at different distances. The model is based on
the equations compiled from various literatures by Prof.J.P.Gupta, Department of
Chemical Engineering, IIT Kanpur.
7.4.8
Results and Discussion

The results of MCA analysis are tabulated indicating the distances for various
damages identified by the damage criteria, as explained earlier. Calculations are
done for radiation intensities levels of 37.5, 25, 12.5, 4.5 and 1.6-kW/m2, which are
presented in Table-7.13 for different scenarios. The distances computed for various
scenarios are from the center of the pool fire.
TABLE-7.13
OCCURRENCE OF VARIOUS RADIATION INTENSITIES- POOL FIRE
Radiation and Effect
Failure of one LDO tank of 500 KL

Failure of two HFO tanks of 1000 KL
each
Radiation Intensities (kW/m2)/

Distances (m)
37.5 25.0 19.0 12.5
4.5
1.6
12.1 15.2 17.8 22.6
40.4
72.8
48.1 60.6 70.9 90.0 161.1 290.5
Pool Fire Due to Failure of LDO Storage Tank (Figure-7.1)
The maximum capacity of storage of LDO in one tank will be 500 KL. The most
credible failure is the rupture of the largest pipe connecting to the storage tank.
As the worst case, it is assumed that the entire contents leak out into the dyke
forming a pool, which may catch fire on finding a source of ignition.
A perusal of the above table clearly indicates that 37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality)
occurs within the radius of the pool which is computed at 12.1-m tank on pool
fire. This vulnerable zone will damage all fuel storage equipment falling within the
pool radius.
Similarly, the threshold limit for first degree burns is 1.6 kW/m2, this vulnerable
zone in which the thermal fluxes above the threshold limit for first degree is
restricted to 72.8-m in case tank on pool fire.
Pool Fire Due to Failure of HFO Storage Tanks
The maximum capacity of storage of HFO in each tank will be 1000 KL. The most
credible failure is the rupture of the largest pipe connecting to the storage tank.
As the worst case, it is assumed that the entire contents leak out into the dyke
forming a pool, which may catch fire on finding a source of ignition.
A perusal of the above table clearly indicates that 37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality)
occurs within the radius of the pool which is computed at 48.1-m tank on pool
fire. This vulnerable zone will damage all fuel storage equipment falling within the
C7-8

Chapter-7
pool radius. Similarly, the threshold limit for first degree burns is 1.6 kW/m2, this
vulnerable zone in which the thermal fluxes above the threshold limit for first degree
is restricted to 290.5-m in case tank on pool fire.
7.4.9 Conclusions on MCA analysis
LDO Tank Farm
There will be one LDO storage tank each of 500 KL capacity will be provided in
the LDO tank farm. The results of MCA analysis indicate that the maximum
damage distances for 12.5-Kw/m2 thermal radiations extends upto 22.6-m in the
case of one full tank of 500-KL on fire during worst meteorological conditions. As
the fire resistant dyke walls will be created, no cumulative effect of one tank form
on fire to create fire on other tank farm is envisaged. The damage contours for
tank on fire of one LDO tank is shown in Figure-7.1.
HFO Tank Farm
The results of MCA analysis indicate that the maximum damage distances for
12.5-Kw/m2 thermal radiations extends upto 90.0-m in the case of two full tanks
on fire during worst meteorological conditions. As the fire resistant dyke walls will
be created, no cumulative effect of one tank farm on fire to create fire on other
tank farm is envisaged. The damage contours for tank on fire of two HFO tanks is
shown in Figure-7.2.
7.4.10 Coal Handling Plant - Dust Explosion
Coal dust when dispersed in air and ignited would explode. Crusher house and
conveyor systems are most susceptible to this hazard. To be explosive, the dust
mixture should have:
Particles dispersed in the air with minimum size (typical figure is 400
microns);
Dust concentrations must be reasonably uniform; and
Minimum explosive concentration for coal dust (33% volatiles) is 50 gm/m3.
Failure of dust extraction and suppression systems may lead to abnormal

conditions and may increase the concentration of coal dust to the explosive limits.
Sources of ignition present are incandescent bulbs with the glasses of bulkhead
fittings missing, electric equipment and cables, friction, spontaneous combustion
in accumulated dust.
Dust explosions may occur without any warnings with Maximum Explosion
Pressure upto 6.4 bar. Another dangerous characteristic of dust explosions is that
it sets off secondary explosions after the occurrence of the initial dust explosion.
Many a times the secondary explosions are more damaging than primary ones.
The dust explosions are powerful enough to destroy structures, kill or injure
people and set dangerous fires likely to damage a large portion of the Coal
Handling Plant including collapse of its steel structure which may cripple the
lifeline of the power plant.
C7-9

Chapter-7
FIGURE-7.1
DAMAGE CONTOUR FOR ONE LDO TANK (1X500 KL) ON FIRE
C7-10

Chapter-7
FIGURE-7.2
DAMAGE CONTOUR FOR TWO HFO TANKS (2X1000 KL) ON FIRE
C7-11

Chapter-7
Stockpile areas shall be provided with automatic garden type sprinklers for dust
suppression as well as to reduce spontaneous ignition of the coal stockpiles.
Necessary water distribution network for drinking and service water with pumps,
piping, tanks, valves etc will be provided for distributing water at all transfer
points, crusher house, control rooms etc. for nozzle dust suppression at the zones
like in the crusher chute below breaker plate and the consequent transfer points
will be provided with interlock provision for coal flow.
A centralized control room with microprocessor based control system (PLC) has
been envisaged for operation of the coal handling plant. Except for locally
controlled equipment like traveling tripper, dust extraction/ dust suppression /
ventilation equipment, sump pumps, water distribution system etc, all other inline equipment will be controlled from the central control room but will have
provision for local control as well. All necessary interlocks, control panels, MCCs,
mimic diagrams etc will be provided for safe and reliable operation of the coal
handling plant.
7.4.10.1 Control Measures for Coal Yards
The total quantity of coal shall be stored in separate stockpiles, with proper drains
around to collect washouts during monsoon season.
Water sprinkling system shall be installed on stocks of coal in required scales to
prevent spontaneous combustion and consequent fire hazards. The stock
geometry shall be adopted to maintain minimum exposure of stock pile areas
towards predominant wind direction.
7.4.11 Identification of Hazards
The various hazards associated, with the plant process apart from fuel storage have
been identified and are outlined in Table-7.14.
TABLE-7.14
HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR PROCESS IN POWER PLANT
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
Blocks/Areas
Coal storage in open yard
Coal Handling Plant including
Bunker area
Boilers
Steam Turbine Generator
Buildings
Hazards Identified
Fire, Spontaneous Combustion
Fire and/or Dust Explosions
Fire (mainly near oil burners), Steam Explosions,
Fuel Explosions
Fires in
a) Lube oil system
b) Cable galleries
c) Short circuits in:
i)Control rooms
ii) Switch-gears
5
6
Switch-yard Control Room

LDO Tank Farms
HFO Tank Farm
Explosion due to leakage of Hydrogen and fire

following it.
Fire in cable galleries and Switch-gear/Control Room
Fire
C7-12

Chapter-7
7.4.12 Hazardous Events with Greatest Contribution to Fatality Risk

The hazardous event scenarios likely to make the greatest contribution to the risk
of potential fatalities are summarized in Table-7.15. Onsite facility refers to the
operating site at plant site, whereas offsite facility refers to transport and
handling systems, which are away from the operating site.
TABLE-7.15
HAZARDOUS EVENTS CONTRIBUTING TO RISK AT ON-SITE FACILITY
Hazardous Event
Onsite vehicle impact on
personnel
Entrapment/struck by
Machinery
Fall from heights
Risk Rank
3
3
3
Electrocution
Storage tank rupture and

fire
Consequences of Interest
Potential for single fatalities, onsite
only
only
only
only
Potential for multiple fatalities,
impact only
impact
impact
impact
impact
onsite
7.4.13 Risk Assessment Summary

The preliminary risk assessment has been completed for the proposed power
plant and associated facilities and the broad conclusions are as follows:
There will be no significant community impacts or environmental damage

consequences; and
The hazardous event scenarios and risks in general at this facility can be
adequately managed to acceptable levels by performing the recommended
safety studies as part of detailed design, applying recommended control
strategies and implementing a Safety Management System. The equipment
are all provided with enough protection system to fail safe.
7.4.14 Risk Reduction Opportunities

The following opportunities shall be considered as a potential means of reducing
identified risks during the detailed design phase:
Buildings and plant structures shall be designed for cyclone floods and seismic
events to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing
for storage of dangerous goods;
Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and
critical process water;
Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic

and storage and stacking locations;
C7-13

Chapter-7
Installation of fit-for-purpose access ways and fall protection systems to

facilitate safe access to fixed and mobile plant;
Provision and integrity of process tanks, waste holding tanks and bunded
areas as per relevant standards;
Containment of hazardous materials;
Security of facility to prevent unauthorized access to plant, introduction of

prohibited items and control of onsite traffic; and
Development of emergency response management systems commensurate

with site specific hazards and risks (fire, explosion, rescue and first aid).
7.5
Disaster Management Plan
7.5.1
Disasters
A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into
helplessness and suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter,
medical and social care and other necessities of life.
Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are disasters resulting
from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storm surges,
cyclones, tropical storms, floods, avalanches, landslides, forest fires. The second
group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man's impact upon the
environment. Examples are armed conflict, industrial accidents, radiation accidents,
factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river
pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road transport
accidents which can reach catastrophic dimensions in terms of human loss.
There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract
since this depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social
environment in which it occurs. What would be consider a major disaster in a
developing country, ill equipped to cope with the problems involved, may not mean
more than a temporary emergency elsewhere. However, all disasters bring in their
wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local,
national or international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes
the search for the dead and injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris,
the provision of temporary shelter for the homeless, food, clothing and medical
supplies, and the rapid re-establishment of essential services.
7.5.2
Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]

The Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage
operations in this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the
Disaster Management Plan, it should be widely circulated and personnel trained
through rehearsals/drills.
C7-14

Chapter-7
The Disaster Management Plan should reflect the probable consequential severalties
of the undesired event due to deteriorating conditions or through 'Knock on' effects.
Further the management should be able to demonstrate that their assessment of
the consequences uses good supporting evidence and is based on currently
available and reliable information, incident data from internal and external sources
and if necessary the reports of out side agencies.
To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the plant or in the
immediate vicinity of the plant, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated.
The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the
combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the following:
Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;

Safeguard other people;
Minimize damage to property and the environment;
Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;
Identify any dead;
Provide for the needs of relatives;
Provide authoritative information to the news media;
Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and
Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the
cause and circumstances of the Emergency.
Rescue plans to attend any emergency to be kept ready with plant within
beyond plant and conduct regular drills on that.
In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue, rehabilitate and render

medical help and to restore normalcy.
7.5.3
Emergencies
7.5.3.1 General Industrial Emergencies

The emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant and fuel storage are as
follows:
A situation of fire at the hydrogen plant;

A situation of fire at the tank farm of all storages;
Slow isolated fires;
Fast spreading fires;
Structural failures;
Contamination of food/water; and
Sabotage/Social disorder.
7.5.3.2 Specific Emergencies Anticipated
Fire and Explosion
Fire consequences can be disastrous, since they involve huge quantities of fuel
either stored or in dynamic inventory in pipelines or in nearby areas. Preliminary
hazard analysis has provided a basis for consequence estimation. Estimation can be
C7-15

Chapter-7
made by using various pool fire, tank fire consequence calculations. During the
study of Risk Assessment, the nature of damages is worked out and probability of
occurrence of such hazards is also drawn up.
7.5.4
Emergency Organization
It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has
control over the affairs of the plant should lead the Emergency Organization. He
shall be designated as Site Controller. General Manager [O & M] can be designated
as the Incident Controller. In the case of stores, utilities, open areas, which are not
under the control of the Production Heads, Senior Executive responsible for
maintenance of utilities would be designated as Incident Controller. All the Incident
Controllers would be reporting to the Site Controller. The actions are well defined as
to what action on the spot to be taken with what devotion in option to avert any
emergency situation.
Each Incident Controller, for himself, organizes a team responsible for controlling
the incidence with the personnel under his control. Shift-in-charge would be the
reporting officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence
Controller and Site Controller. All major equipment will have periodic checks in each
shift and the action are to be follow with respect to each observatory during walk
down check specific to each equipment.
Apart from prevention, The Emergency Co-ordinators would be appointed. Each
Incident Controller, for him self, organizes a team responsible for controlling the
incidence with the personnel under his control. Shift-in-charge would be the
reporting officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence
Controller and Site Controller. All major equipment will have periodic checks in each
shift and the action are to be follow with respect to each observatory during walk
down check specific to each equipment.
In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge, and
other maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of
power or communication system failure, some of staff members in the office/plant
offices would be drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick
passing of communications. All these personnel would be declared as essential
personnel.
All major equipments will have periodic checks in each shift and the to follow up
action during walk down check specific to each equipment.
7.5.4.1 Emergency Communication

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc
should inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. A place nearer
to the Gate House Complex shall be identified as Emergency Control Center. The
person on-duty in the Emergency Control Center should appraise the Site Controller.
Site Controller verifies the situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the
Shift In-charge and takes a decision about an impending On Site Emergency. This
would be communicated to all the Incident Controllers, Emergency Co-ordinators.
C7-16

Chapter-7
Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the

instructions of the Site Controller.
7.5.5
Emergency Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below:
7.5.5.1 Site Controller

On receiving information about emergency would rush to Emergency Control Center
(ECC) and take charge of ECC and the situation. His responsibilities would be as
indicated below:
Assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of Incident Controller and
decides;
Whether the effected area needs to be evacuated;
Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated;
Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren;
Organizes announcement by public address system about location of
emergency;
Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to
be alerted;
Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the
situation in consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to
whether shutting down the plant or any section of the plant is required and if
evacuation of persons is required;
Directs personnel for rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire, brigade, medical and
other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting
emergencies;
Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control
or effects are likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs the District
Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;
Informs Inspector of Factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of Factories, MSPCB and
other statutory authorities;
Gives a public statement, if necessary;
Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and
preserves evidence; and
On completion of On Site Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all
clear and orders for all clear warning.
Keeping with the Union Government authorities to rend possible help in case
they are from the air force etc., as required.
7.5.5.2 Incident Controller
Assembles the incident control team;

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to
personnel minimize damage to the plant, property and environment and
minimize the loss of materials;
Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be
adversely affected by the emergency;
C7-17

Chapter-7
Ensures that key personnel help is sought;

Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local
Fire Services as and when they arrive;
Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas are evacuated
to the appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for casualties;
Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any
inquiry into the causes and circumstances, which caused or escalated the
emergency;
Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site;
Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members;
Keeps in touch with the team and advices them regarding the method of control
to be used; and
Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.
All checks on a shift basis is done in each shift about the operation health which
ensures no emergency of the respective equipments.
7.5.5.3 Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting
7.5.5.4
On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC;

Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency;
Ensure fire pumps are in operating condition and instructs pump house operator
to ready for any emergency with standby arrangement;
Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained plant personnel and security
staff;
Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required;
Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting as well as assesses the
requirements of outside help;
Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area;
Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency
operations under his guidance and supervision;
Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by Site
Controller;
Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them;
Assembles search and evacuation team;
Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team;
Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and
Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.
Emergency Coordinator-Medical,
Communication
Mutual
Aid,
Rehabilitation,
Transport
and
In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up
communication point and establishes contact with the ECC;
Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured
to near by hospitals;
Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary;
Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers for the plant and seeks their
assistance;
Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements;
Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team;
C7-18

Chapter-7
Assists Site Controller with necessary data to coordinate the emergency

activities;
Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills,
verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site
Controller;
Maintains liaison with Civil Administration;
Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center.
Liaises with Site Controller/Incident Controller;
Ensures transportation facility;
Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency
expenditure;
Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and
Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency
operation.
All these equipment undergo routine/random checks on daily basis to ensure
their availability in actual emergency.
7.5.5.5 Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services
Assists Site Controller and Incident Controller;

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water,
Compressed Air/Instrument Air, power supply for lighting;
Plans alternate facilities in the event of power failure, to maintain essential
services such as lighting, etc;
Organizes separate electrical connections for all utilities and emergency services
so that in the event of emergency or fires, essential services and utilities are not
affected;
Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of
certain sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and
Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other
emergency materials, spares etc. Inventory checks are done on some specific
periodicity.
7.5.5.6 General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency

During an emergency, which becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an
emergency warning is raised, the workers who are in-charge of process equipment
should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as
essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe
course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spreading
panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards meeting the
objectives of DMP. In any major emergency all the employees are trained to the
minimum capability on how to work n the most emergency conditions on the major
fire retarding work etc.
C7-19

Chapter-7
7.5.6
Emergency Facilities
7.5.6.1 Emergency Control Center (ECC)

The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency
Control Center (ECC).
Intercom, telephone;
P and T telephone;
Self contained breathing apparatus;
Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets;
Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications;
Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories (internal, P and T)
Plant layout, site plan;
Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries;
Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of
safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable
zones, escape routes;
Hazard chart;
Emergency shut-down procedures;
Nominal roll of employees;
List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency
Coordinators;
Duties of key personnel;
Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator,
essential employees; and
Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies,
neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, fuel fact sheets and
population details around the factory.
Closed circuit TV covering all the prime locations of the plant viewed at 3 to 4
strategic points in addition to unit control rooms will be available.
7.5.6.2 Assembly Point

Number of assembly points, depending upon the plant location, would be identified
wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management
would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus,
minimum facilities like water etc would be organized.
In view of the size of plant, different locations would be ear marked as assembly
points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.
7.5.6.3 Fire Fighting Facilities
First Aid and Fire fighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in
each section in the plant. This would be as per statutory requirements. However,
fire hydrant line covering major areas would be laid. It would be maintained as 6kg/cm2 pressure. Fire alarms should be located in the bulk storage areas. Fire officer
will be the commanding officer of fire fighting services.
C7-20

Chapter-7
7.5.6.4 Location of Wind Sock

Wind socks shall be installed at appropriate places in the plant to indicate direction
of wind for emergency escape.
7.5.6.5 Emergency Medical Facilities
Stretchers, gas masks and general first-aid materials for dealing with chemical
burns, fire burns etc would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the
emergency control room. Medical superintendent of the medical center will be the
head of the casualty services ward. Private medical practitioners help would be also
be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.
Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented. Names of
Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in the area would be prepared and updated.
Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Patients Burns would be
maintained.
Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided
and maintained. Also, the help of nearby industries would be taken on mutual
support basis. A mini dispensary with all first aid equipment with 24 hour availability
medical attendant will be provided.
7.5.6.6 Ambulance
Availability of an ambulance with driver in all the shifts would be ensured to
transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons would be trained in first
aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would be available. Random/Routine
checks on the ambulance vehicle/driver about attention and availability will be
checked as per procedures.
7.5.7
Emergency Actions
7.5.7.1 Emergency Warning

The emergency would be communicated both to the personnel inside the plant and
the people outside. An emergency warning system shall be established for this
purpose.
7.5.7.2 Emergency Shutdown
There are number of facilities, which can be provided to help deal with hazardous
conditions, when a tank is on fire. The suggested arrangements are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stop feed;
Dilute contents;
Remove heat;
Deluge with water; and
Transfer contents.
Whether a given method is appropriate depends on the particular case.

C7-21

Chapter-7
7.5.7.3 Evacuation of Personnel

There could be a number of persons in the storage area and other areas in the
vicinity. The area would have adequate number of exits, staircases. In the event of
an emergency, unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators
have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office shall maintain
a copy of deployment of employees in each shift at ECC. If necessary, persons can
be evacuated by rescue teams.
7.5.7.4 All Clear Signal
Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and
Emergency Co-ordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it
becomes essential, the Site Controller communicates to the District Emergency
Authority, Police, Fire Service personnel regarding help required or development of
the situation into an Off-Site Emergency. The on-site emergency organization chart
for various emergencies is shown in Figure-7.3.
7.5.8
General
7.5.8.1 Employee Information

During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific
pattern. Employees would be given training of escape routes and taking shelter.
Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and
first aid measures. Those who would be designated as key personnel and essential
employees should be given training for emergency response.
7.5.8.2 Public Information and Warning
The industrial disaster effects related to this plant may mostly be confined to the
plant area. The detailed risk analysis has indicated that the pool fire effects would
not be felt outside. However, as an abundant precaution, the information related to
fuels in use would be furnished to District Emergency Authority for necessary
dissemination to general public and for any use during an off site emergency. Plants
of this size and nature have been in existence in our country for a long time.
7.5.8.3 Co-ordination with Local Authorities
Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are
proposed. In the case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization
would be mobilized and in the event extreme emergency local authorities help
would be sought.
In the event of an emergency developing into an off site emergency, local authority
and District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and
under his supervision, the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised.
For this purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport,
personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organizations etc would be mustered.
Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock drills would be organized.
C7-22

Chapter-7
Site Controller
Safety Officer
Incident Controller
Emergency Control
Room
Emergency Coordinaror
(Rescue,Fire Fighting)
(Medical,Mutual,Aid
Rehabilitation,Transport
and Communication)
Shift Incharge
Shift Incharge
Operator
(Essential Services)
Electrician,
Pump Operator
First Aid,
Transport-Driver
Telephone-Operator
Electrician
Pump Operator
FIGURE-7.3
ON-SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION CHART
C7-23

Chapter-7
7.5.8.4 Mutual Aid

Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective
equipment, transport vehicles, communication facility etc would be sought from the
neighboring industries.
7.5.8.5 Mock Drills
Emergency preparedness is an important part of planning in Industrial Disaster
Management. Personnel would be trained suitably and prepared mentally and
physically in emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures.
Similarly, the key personnel and essential personnel would be trained in the
operations.
7.5.8.6 Important Information
Once the Plant goes on stream, important information such names and addresses of
key personnel, essential employees, medical personnel outside the plant,
transporters address, address of those connected with Off Site Emergency such as
Police, Local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority would be
prepared and maintained.
7.6
Off-site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The task of preparing the Off-Site Emergency Plan lies with the District Collector;
however the off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district
authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines.
7.6.1
Introduction
Off-site emergency plan would follow the on-site emergency plan. When the
consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it
becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site emergency is essentially the responsibility
of the public administration. However, the plant management will provide the public
administration with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and
probable consequences on the neighboring population.
The off-site plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to
occur, but other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be
considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small
probability of occurrence would also be considered during the preparation of the
plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility in its
application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of
the plan.
The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an offsite plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility
for the off-site plan would either rest with the plant management or with the local
authority. Either way, the plan would identify an emergency coordinating officer,
who would take the overall command of the off-site activities. As with the on-site
C7-24

Chapter-7
plan, an emergency control center would be setup within which the emergency
coordinating officer can operate.
An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to
people living "within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be
evacuated or told to go indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be
reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident. Consideration of evacuation
may include the following factors:
In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank),
only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe
smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically; and
If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it

might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if
insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield
themselves from the fire. This later case particularly applies if the installation at
risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal radiation effects.
Although the plan will have sufficient flexibility built in to cover the consequences of
the range of accidents identified for the on-site plan, it will cover in some detail the
handling of the emergency to a particular distance from each major hazard works.
Power plant fire fighting system do have an extra fire fighting machine which will be
on the order of the shift in charge can proceed to any fire fighting work in a
neighborhood plant or any village or town etc.
7.6.2
Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan

The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan are:
Organization
Detail of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures,

emergency control centers.
Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies
and other key personnel.
Communications
Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list

of telephone numbers.
Specialized Knowledge
Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call
e.g. those with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories.
Voluntary Organizations
Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc

C7-25

Chapter-7
Fuel Information
Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated
with them.
Meteorological Information
Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions

prevailing at that time
Humanitarian Arrangements
Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid,

ambulances and temporary mortuaries.
Public Information
Arrangements for (a) Dealing with the media press office; (b) Informing relatives,
etc
Assessment of Emergency Plan
Arrangements for:
(a) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency; and
(b) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.
7.6.3
Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer

The various emergency services would be co-ordinated by an Emergency
Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO
would liaison closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local
arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged off-site
consequences, the external control would be passed to a senior local authority
administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state
government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of
important agencies.
7.6.4
Role of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency
planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole
range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should
liaison with the plant, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan.
This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept upto date.
It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which
will be involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able
to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to
cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be
organized by the EPO.
C7-26

Chapter-7
7.6.5
Role of Police
Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property
and controlling traffic movements.
Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public,
identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or
injury.
7.6.6
Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade
officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller
on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar
responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region
should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water
and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in onsite emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of
exercises involving only site personnel.
7.6.7
Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on,
should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an
integral part of the emergency plan.
For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a
varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme
cases may be generally available in most hospitals.
Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities
additional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid scheme should exist
to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an
emergency.
7.6.8
Role of Government Safety Authority

This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to
satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan
has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including
major emergencies. They may wish to see well-documented procedures and
evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan.
In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory
inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close
involvement in advising on operations.
The action plan suggested for control of the off-site emergencies is given in Table7.16.
C7-27

Chapter-7
TABLE-7.16
OFF-SITE ACTION PLAN
Sr.
No.
Action Required to be taken to

Mitigate Disaster by Aid giving
agency
Arrangements for evacuation/ rescue of
persons from zone of influence to
predetermined camps
Caution to public by announcement
Traffic and Mob control by cordoning of
the area
Law & order
Request to railway authority for keeping
the nearest by railway gate open & to
stop the up & down trains at the nearest
railway station
Control of fire
Scrubbing of the flashed off gas cloud
with water curtain
To rescue trapped persons
If fire is big, keep surrounding area cool
by spraying water
Communication to State Electricity Board
to continue or cut off electric supply
Communication
to
water
supply
department for supplying water
Responsible
Agencies for
taking action
Police
Department
Medical facilities for affected persons (first

aid and treatment)
Hospital and
public health
Identification of concentration of gas in

zone of influence
Removal
of
debris
and
damaged
structures
Monitor the incoming and out going
transports
Arrange emergency shifting of affected
persons and non affected person to
specified area
Arrange diesel/petrol for needed vehicles
Pollution Control
Board
Municipal
corporation
Transport
department
Give
all
information
related
to
meteorological aspects for safe handling
of affected area for living beings
Forecast important weather changes, if
any
Meteorological
Department
Provide wind direction and

velocity
instruments
with
temperature measurements
Mobile van for meteorological
parameter measurements
Representatives of all departments are in

the local crisis group; therefore they are
expected to render services available with
them. Since it is a group of experts with
authority, the mitigating measures can be
implemented
speedily.
The
representatives from locals are also there
so that communication with local people
is easy and quick.
The district emergency or disaster control
Local Crises
Group
Must have all resources at

hand,
specially
disaster
management plan and its
implementation method.
All
relevant
information
related to hazardous industry
shall available with crisis
group
Newspaper editor shall be a
part of the group so that
A 1
2
3
4
5
B
1
2
3
4
5
E
F1
2
3
G1
H1
Equipments/Material
facilities required at site
to mitigate Emergency
Self Breathing apparatus with
spare cylinder
Chemical gas
spare canister
mask
with
Vehicle with PA system

Transportation for evacuation
of people
District Fire
Brigade
Self breathing apparatus with

spare cylinders
Foam/water fire tenders
Gas
mask
with
spare
canisters
Lime water
Neck
to
toe
complete
asbestos suit, PVC hand
gloves,
gumboots,
safety
goggles
Mobile
scrubbing
system
along
with
suction
arrangement.
Ambulance
with
onboard
resuscitation unit, first aid,
stretchers
Gas detector
Provide bulldozers
Provide cranes
Provide traffic police at site
Provide emergency shifting
vehicles at site
Provide stock of fuel for
vehicles
C7-28

Chapter-7
Sr.
No.
I1
7.7
Action Required to be taken to

Mitigate Disaster by Aid giving
agency
officer / collector shall be the president
and he shall do mock drill etc so that
action can be taken in right direction in
time
Collector shall be the President of District
Crisis
Group
therefore
all
district
infrastructure facilities are diverted to
affected zone
All other functions as mentioned for local
crisis group
Responsible
Agencies for
taking action
Equipments/Material
facilities required at site
to mitigate Emergency
right
and
timely
media
release can be done
District Crisis
Group
All
necessary
facilities
available at district can be
made available at affected
zone
Control of
situation
law
and
order
Occupational Health and Safety

For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction,
erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance; the men, materials
and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally
brings several problems like occupational health and safety.
The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take steps to minimize
the impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health and
safety including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified under
construction and erection, and operation and maintenance.
7.7.1
Occupational Health
Occupational health needs attention both during construction and erection and
operation and maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude
and variety in the above phases.
Construction and Erection
The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to
constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to
arrangements to reduce it within TLV's, necessary protective equipments shall be
supplied to workers.
Operation and Maintenance
Remote observations of all people into & going out of gate through CCTV.The
problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily
due to noise which could affect hearing. The necessary personal protective
equipments will be given to all the workers. The working personnel shall be given
the following appropriate personnel protective equipments.

Industrial Safety Helmet;

Crash Helmets;
Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;
Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;
Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;
Welders equipment for eye and face protection;
C7-29

Chapter-7

Cylindrical type earplug;

Ear muffs;
Canister Gas mask;
Self contained breathing apparatus;
Leather apron;
Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves;
Boiler suit;
Safety belt/line man's safety belt;
Leather hand gloves;
Asbestos hand gloves;
Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;
Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;
Lead hand glove;
Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and
Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.
Remote observations of all people into & going out of gate through CCTV.
Fire resistant suits covering complete body to walk through fire.
Full-fledged hospital facilities shall be available round the clock for attending
emergency arising out of accidents, if any. All working personnel shall be medically
examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of employment.
This is in addition to the pre-employment medical examination.
7.7.2
Safety Plan
Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of
concern. Safety plan shall be prepared and implemented in the proposed power
plant. The preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is
known as emergency plan. The disaster in the plant is possible due to collapse of
structures and fire/explosion etc.
Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and
maintenance phases, the power plant would formulate safety policy with the
following regulations:
To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;

To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in
the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and
equipment;
To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;
To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and
clothing and to ensure their proper use;
To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their
work which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;
To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and
upto date knowledge;
To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and
illness at work;
To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to
C7-30

Chapter-7
7.7.3
employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is
given to these matters;
To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate
fire fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this
service;
To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness
and incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking
corrective, remedial and preventive action;
To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and
safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;
To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language
of employees;
To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved
in a plant; and
To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals
of all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
A book with fill fledged micro- details of all safety equipment system in the plant
will be available at all vital points of the plant. The same is duplicated in control
rooms; shift in charges room and the O & M head as well.
Safety Organization
Construction and Erection Phase
A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of

the safety officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts
of workers and advise on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training
programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to
occupational safety and health. He is also responsible to ensure compliance of
Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions. In addition to employment of safety officer by
industry, every contractor, who employs more than 250 workers, shall also employ
one safety officer to ensure safety of the worker, in accordance with the conditions
of contract.
Operation and Maintenance Phase
When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in

accordance with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and
responsibilities shall be as defined there of.
7.7.4
Safety Circle
In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of
hazardous processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be
constituted in each area of work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from
that area. The circle normally shall meet for about an hour every week.
7.7.5
Safety Training
A full-fledged training center shall be set up at the plant. Safety training shall be
C7-31

Chapter-7
provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called from
Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees,
limited contractor labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety
awareness safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.
Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires
are:
7.7.6
Compartmentation of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable

passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the
area of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire
fighting operations;
Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for
cable shafts;
Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and
interlocks for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;
Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and

regular fire watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and
Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.
Health and Safety Monitoring Plan

The health of all employees shall be monitored once in a year for early detection of
any ailment due to exposure to heat and noise.
C7-32

Chapter-8
Project Benefits
8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
Proposed power plant will result in considerable growth of stimulating the
industrial and commercial activities in the state. Small and medium scale
industries may be further developed as a consequence.
Proposed power plant would be beneficial in reducing the existing and ever
escalating demand of electricity in eastern part of the country.
In operation phase, the proposed plant would require significant workforce of
non-technical and technical persons. Migration of persons with better education
and professional experience will result in increase of population and literacy in the
surrounding villages.
8.1
Availability of Quality Power

The proposed power plant would be generating about 1200-MW of energy and will
contribute to govt of Indias target of adding 100,000-MW power generation
capacity by 2012. The project will be beneficial in govts target of providing power
access to all people.
8.2
Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

The beneficial impact of proposed power plant on the civic amenities will be
substantial after the commencement of project activities. The basic requirement
of the community needs will be strengthened by extending healthcare,
educational facilities to the community, building/strengthening of existing roads in
the area. SKS Power Generation (Chhattisgarh) Limited a 100% subsidiary of SKS
Ispat and Power Ltd., amenities either by providing or by improving the facilities
in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.
The construction of new roads /strengthening of roads in the project area will
enhance the transportation facilities. With improved transportation facilities there
is always a scope for development.
8.3
Improvement in the Social Infrastructure
Generation of employment: The project will create opportunities for direct and
indirect employment;
Increase in purchasing power and improved standard of living of the area;
Further development of small and medium scale industries may be developed

as consequence;
Increased revenue to the state by way of royalty, taxes and duties;
Overall Growth of the neighboring area viz.:
Agriculture and animal husbandry;
C8-1

Chapter-8
Project Benefits
Health and family welfare;

Watershed development;
Sustainable livelihood and strengthening of village Self Help Groups; and
Infrastructure development.
In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants:
8.4
There shall be significant change in the socio-economic scenario of the area;
The proposed project shall enhance the prospects of employment;
Recruitment for the unskilled and semiskilled workers for the proposed project
will be from the nearby villages;
The basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, proper sanitation,

educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment etc will be developed
as far as possible; and
Overall the proposed project will change living standards of the people and
improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.
Employment Potential
The impact of the project on the economic aspects can be clearly observed. The
proposed project activities will provide employment to persons of different skills
and trades. The local population will be given preference to employment. The
employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families
directly and provide employment to many other families indirectly who are
involved in business and service oriented activities.
The employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project shall
upgrade the prosperity of the region. This in-turn will improve the socio-economic
conditions of the area.
During construction phase of the project, this project will provide temporary
employment to many unskilled and semi-skilled laborers in nearby villages.
This project will also help in generation of indirect employment to those
people who render their services for the personnel directly working in the
project; and
During operational phase, considerable number of people will be benefited by

provision of services to the residents. Thus, the direct and indirect
employment generation by this project.
The trend of out migration for employment, if any, is likely to be reduced due to
better economic opportunities available in the area.
About 2000 people will be deployed temporarily during construction of the project
and about 400 people will be employed during operational stage of the project.
C8-2

Chapter-9
9.0
ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS
9.1
Institutional Arrangements for Environment Protection and Conservation

Environment Management will be headed by a senior manager and will constitute
environmental engineer, scientists, chemists and supervisors. The Organizational
Structure of Environment Management is presented in Figure-9.1.
The Manager (Env) will be responsible for Environment management activities in
the proposed project. Basically, this department will supervise the monitoring of
environmental pollution levels viz. source emission monitoring, ambient air quality,
water and effluent quality, noise level either departmentally or by appointing
external agencies wherever necessary.
In case the monitored results of environmental pollution found to exceed the
allowable limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial action
and get these suggestions implemented through the concerned authorities.
The Environmental Management Cell also co-ordinate all the related activities such
as collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the region,
afforestation and greenbelt development.
C9-1

Chapter-9
GENERAL MANAGER
(SERVICES)
DY. GENERAL MANAGER

(SERVICES)
MANAGER
(ENVIRONMENT)
SAFETY OFFICER
ENVIRONMENT
ENGINEER
ECOLOGIST/
HORTICULTURIST
CHEMISTS
SUPPORT STAFF
FIGURE-9.1
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
C9-2

Chapter-10
10.0
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
VIMTA LABS LIMITED is a leading multi-disciplinary testing and research
laboratory in India. VIMTA provides contract research and testing services in the
areas of clinical research, pre-clinical (animal) studies, clinical reference lab
services, environmental assessments and analytical testing of a wide variety of
products.
The Quality Policy:
VIMTA is committed to good professional practices and quality of operations in

its testing, validation and research services.
VIMTA shall ensure customer satisfaction by maintaining independence,
impartiality and integrity in its operations.
VIMTA shall provide the services in accordance with national and international
norms.
VIMTA shall implement quality system as per ISO/IEC 17025 and applicable
GLPs & GCPs, to generate technically valid results/data.
VIMTA shall ensure that all its personnel familiarize with the policies and
procedures of the quality system and implement the same in their work.
Milestones and Accreditations:
1984 - Registered with an initial investment of Rs.2 lakhs

1985 - Recognized by ISI (now known as Bureau of Indian Standards)
1987 - Qualified by the criteria of Ministry of Environment and was notified as
one of the 14 standard Environmental Laboratories published in the Gazettee
of India
1988 - Licensed for carrying out tests on Drugs and Pharmaceuticals
1990 - Cherlapally land purchased with plans of larger, more comprehensive
facility
1991 - Accredited by NCTCF, DST, Government of India (the forerunner of
NABL)
1992 - Laboratories shifted to new facility at Cherlapally
1993 - State-of-the-art equipment worth Rs.60 million procured
1995 - Accredited by NABL under its revised scheme, certified by Standards
Australia, Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC Guide 25 and ISO 9002
1996 - GLP Compliance
1997 - Restructing of Vimta from 165 to 100 associates with same
performance
1998 - Accreditation by GOSSTANDART and joint venture for certification of
Food Exports with ROSTEST, Russia
World Bank Recognition
2002 - ANVISA Brazil certification
2003 - USFDA accepts Vimta Bioequivalence study report. Showcased Vimta
at AAPS (USA) and ICSE-CPHI (Germany)
2003 - Vimta VHS Research Center inaugurated at Chennai, Launched district
laboratories at Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada, Patient service centers
C10-1

Chapter-10
launched at 160 locations across the country

2003 Vimta Labs Recognized by Saudi Arabian Standards Organization
2004 - Vimta increases people strength from 225 in 2003 to 400 in 2004.
Vimta achieves export turnover of $ 2.5 million
2004 - Vimta releases its first fortnightly medical newsletter Vaidyalekha,
Vimta enters Gulf market - bags a contract for Environmental Consultancy in
Kuwait
2004 - Vimta acquires 10.7 acres of land in S.P.Biotech Park Genome
Valley, Hyderabad, to create a world class Research Laboratory of 150000
sq.ft by July 2005.
2004 Vimta starts a new state of the art speciality services in Molecular
Diagnostics at TICEL Bio-Tech Park at Chennai.
Services Offered:
Spread over the 70,000 Sq.ft lush green garden premises at Cherlapally,
Hyderabad (India), the scientifically designed and meticulously groomed
infrastructural facility of the Central laboratory of VIMTA has the most
sophisticated instruments backed by an excellent team of professionals. The
40,000 Sq.ft, three-storied, 120 roomed, centrally air conditioned state-of-the-art
Laboratory equipped with Rs.100 million worth analytical instruments and
computerized data management systems, all under one roof is perhaps the only
one of its kind in South Asia in the contract testing and research sector.
Vimta offers various services under the following divisions:
Environment
Analytical
Clinical Reference Lab
Clinical Research
The environment division of VIMTA Labs Limited (VLL) has its presence all over
India including a strong association with international consultants like Japan Bank
for International cooperation (JBIC), Kennametal Inc. - USA, BBL - UK, Rudal
Blanchard UK, E&E Solutions Japan, NEPESCO & KNPC Kuwait and others.
Vimta Laboratory has the following credentials:
Recognitions by BIS;
Recognitions by Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by State Pollution Control Boards;
Recognitions by Department of Science & Technology, Govt. of India (NABL) ;
Recognitions by Ministry of Defense, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by APEDA, Ministry of Commerce, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by Saudi Arabia Standard Organization (SASO), Saudi Arabia;
Accreditations by NCTCF;
Accreditations by GOSSTANDART;
Certification from Standard Australia;
Recognition from ANVISA Brazil;
Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC 17025; and
Quality Assurance Services as per ICH Guidelines
C10-2

Chapter-10
VIMTA-Environment Division has been in the forefront of its vision to provide

better environment through guiding and assisting the industry for sustainable
development. A stalwart in the mission to protect and preserve the natural
resources on earth for future generations, Vimta offers extensive research and
consultancy services in the field of Environment. With its rich experience, multidisciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-art analytical
equipment, the services offered by Vimta are wide ranging and encompasses
entire gamut of Environmental Management and Monitoring Services. With its
emphasis on quality services, Vimta, over the years, has evolved itself into a
single reference point in India for Comprehensive Environmental Services.
Services
Environment essentially being a multi-disciplinary science, the range of services
offered by the Division are also comprehensive and caters to the needs of
industry, pollution control agencies, regulatory authorities and in a larger pursuit
of a green globe. The services under Environmental Assessments include:
Site Selection and Liability Studies;

Environmental Impact Assessments;
Environment Management Plans;
Carrying Capacity based Regional Studies;
Environmental Audits;
Solid and Hazardous Waste Management;
Risk Assessment (MCA,HAZON,HAZOP) & DMP;
Occupational Health and Safety, Industrial Hygiene;
Environmental Monitoring for Air, Meteorology, Water, Soil, Noise, Ecology
and Socio-Economic;
Industrial Emission Source Monitoring;
Offshore Sampling and Analysis of Marine Water and Sediments;
Marine Ecological Studies;
Marine Impact Assessment;
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies;
Forestry and Ecological Studies;
Geological and Hydro-geological Studies;
Land Use /Land Cover Studies based on Remote Sensing;
Socio-Economic Studies;
Due Diligence Studies;
Epidemiological Studies;
Wasteland Management Studies; and
Study on Bio-indicators.
The services under Environmental Chemistry include:

Analysis of Water, Wastewater, Soil, Solid Waste, Hazardous waste as per

Indian and International Codes;
Source Emissions and Work Zone Air/Noise quality monitoring;
Analysis of SVOCs, VOCs, PAH, BTEX, AOX, PCBs, TCLP metals, TOC etc;
Categorization of Hazardous Waste; and
Pesticide Residue Analysis.
C10-3

Chapter-10
Facilities
Vimta-Environment Division is located in scientifically designed Central Laboratory

with the state-of the-art modern facilities to offer wide range of services in indoor
and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization in the field of
Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team
of professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social
Planning, Geo & Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning.
Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers,
Automatic
Weather
Monitoring
Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal
Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable Water Kits etc, the other major specialized
equipment include:
Monostatic SodarDesigned by National Physical Laboratory, GOI;

Integrated Noise Level MeterQuest, U.S.A;
Flue Gas AnalyzersTesto, Germany;
113-A Gravimetric Dust Sampler-Casella, London;
ICP AES Varian, USA;
Gas Liquid Chromatographs with FID, ECD & pFPDVarian, USA;
Gas Chromatograph with Mass DetectorVarian, USA;
Atomic Absorption Spectrometer [AAS]Varian, USA;
Quality Systems
The fact that Environment division and its supporting Site Laboratories are
accredited by NABL (IS0-17025) and Ministry of Environment and Forests and by
other international bodies such as Asian Development Bank (ADB) and World
Bank stands testimony to its emphasis on Quality Systems.
Achievements
Being the first laboratory to be recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act
by GOI in 1986, Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial
knowledge competency that allows it to compare with the best in the business.
The Environment Division till date has executed about 350 Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environment Management Studies with Risk
Assessment and Disaster Management Plans and obtained statutory
approvals.
Supported by the strong modern laboratory support and experienced hands,

Environment division is well equipped in conducting Due Diligence, Phase-I
and Phase-II studies.
Undertaken specialized studies such as Regional Environmental Impact

Assessment on Carrying Capacity Principle; Upper Air Meteorological studies
using SODAR for major Industrial Complexes.
Associated with prestigious studies such as Environmental Pollution

monitoring around Taj Trapezium, Pre and Post Satellite launch studies for
C10-4

Chapter-10
SHAR, ISRO and monitoring for offshore Oil & Gas exploration for deep-sea
water and sediment sampling.
The services offered include wide spectrum of industries covering Power,

Chemical, Cement, Mining, Steel & Alloys, Metallurgical, Dye & Intermediates,
Bulk Drugs, Pesticides, Agro-Chemicals, Petro-Chemicals, Refineries, Pulp &
Paper, Oil & Gas Exploration & Production, Asbestos, Infrastructure, River
valley, Foundries etc.
The Environment division has also offered its services to major infrastructure
projects such as Ports, Oil & Gas Pipelines, Green field Air Ports, Roads and
Highways.
Vimta Labs Ltd have a strong team of qualified environmental engineers,

scientists and planners, all of whom have worked on EIA/EMP studies and are
hence familiar with the requirements of the study. The key personnel deployed
for the project are listed below.
C10-5
Chapter-10
DETAILS OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN CURRENT EIA/EMP REPORT

Sr. No.
1
Name
Mr. M.Janardhan
Qualification
M.Tech (Env)
Position
Vice President
(Environment)
Contribution
Co-ordination
Mr. E.Shyam Sundar
M.Sc., M.Phil (Chem)

PGDES
Assoc. Vice President

(Env. Projects)
Project Manager
Dr.M.V.R.N.Acharyulu
Group Leader
Expert
Mr. K.V.Kishore Babu
M.Sc., Ph.D
(Ecology)
M.Tech (Env)
Env. Engineer
Expert
Mr. S. Karunakar
M.Tech (Env)
Env. Engineer
Expert
Mr. KV Suryanarayana
M.Sc., M.Tech (Env)
Scientist
Expert
Mr. Vijay Krishna
M.Tech (Env)
Env. Engineer
Expert
Mr. Aditya Srinivas
M.Sc. (Env)
Scientist
Expert
Ms. P. Bhavna
M.Tech (Env)
Env. Engineer
Expert
10
Dr. Mary Sukanya
M.Sc., Ph.D
Scientist
Expert
11
Mr. P.Niranjan Babu
B.Com
Asst Manager
Secretarial
12
Mr. P.Krishna
I.T.I (Civil)
Draftsman
Cartography
13
Mr. J.Rama Krishna
I.T.I (Civil)
Draftsman
Cartography
14
15
Ms. Sireesha
Mr. Ram Kumar Kalyan
B.Sc.
Intermediate
Lab Assistant
Lab Assistant
Secretarial
Secretarial
Experience
About 15 years of experience in the field of air quality
impacts, environmental management and environmental
engineering
About 15 years of experience in the field of Water and
Wastewater Quality & Impacts, Environmental Chemistry
and Monitoring
About 16 years of experience in the field of Terrestrial,
Aquatic and Marine Ecology
About 7 years of experience in the field of Environmental
Impact Assessments, Risk Assessment and Wastewater
Management
Impact Assessments, Risk Assessment and Wastewater
Management
Chemical Analysis and Baseline Monitoring
Impact Assessment studies
Chemical Analysis
Impact Assessment studies
Teaching and Quality Control
Monitoring and secretarial assistance
About 8 years experience in the field of Environmental
and Civil Drawings
About 7 years experience in the field of Environmental
and Civil Drawings
About 2 years of experience in Secretarial Assistance
About 4 years of experience in Secretarial Assistance
C10-6
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
No. J-13012/164/2007-IA.II(T)
Government of India
Ministry of Environment & Forests
AI-1
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Paryavaran Bhavan,
C.G.O. Complex, Lodi Road,
New Delhi-110003.
Telefax.: 2436 2434
Dated the 9th July, 2008
To
M/s SKS Ispat and Power Ltd.
501 B, Elegant Business Park,
Andheri Kurla Road,
J.B. Nagar, Andheri (E),
Mumbai ? 400 059.
Sub:
1200 MW Coal based Thermal Power Project at Kharsia Tehsil, District

Raigarh, Chhattisgarh of M/s SKS Ispat and Power Ltd - Prescribing of
TOR - Regarding.
The
undersigned
is
directed
to
refer
to
your
communication
no.SKSIPL/IPP/TOR/RGH/005 dated 6.5.2008 regarding the subject mentioned above.
2.
The proposal is for setting up of a 1200 MW (4x300 MW) coal based thermal power
project at village Binjkote, Darramura, badejampally, Gindola villages in Kharsia Tehsil,
District Raigarh, Chhattisgarh. The land requirement is 1200 acres. The coordinates of the
project area are 220 00? 06?N, 830 12? 10? E; 220 00? 26?N, 830 12 51? E ; 220 01? 32?N,
830 11? 23? E; 220 01? 52?N, 830 12? 03?E. The coal requirement is 6.02 Million TPA (90%
PLF), which will be obtained from SECL mine and transported through road/rail. Water
requirement is estimated as 4500 m3/hr and will be met from river Mahanadi. Closed circuit
cooling will be provided. Two bi-flue stack of height 275 m will be provided.
3.
The Expert Appraisal Committee for environmental appraisal of Thermal Power

and Coal Mine projects considered the project during its meeting held on June 1112, 2008. Based on the consideration of the documents submitted and the
presentation made by the project proponent, the Committee prescribed the
following Terms of Reference (TORs) for preparing draft EIA report for the above
mentioned project:
(i)
Comparison of alternate sites considered and the reasons for selecting the
proposed site. Conformity of the site with the prescribed guidelines in
terms of distance HFL of the river, highways may also be shown.
AI-2
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
(ii)
All the coordinates of the plant site as well as ash pond demarcated on the
toposheet (1:50000 Scale).
(iii)
Explore the possibility of having 2x600 MW/ 2x660 MW and examine the
adoption of super critical technology.
(iv)
The study area should cover an area of 10 km radius around the proposed
site.
(v)
Land use of the study area as well as the project area shall be given.
(vi)
Location of any National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve

(existing as well as proposed), migratory routes, if any, within 10 km of
the project site shall be specified and marked on the map duly
authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State.
(vii)
Land requirement for the project to be optimized. Item wise break up of

land requirement and its availability to be furnished. The norms
prescribed by CEA should be kept in view.
(viii)
Topography of the area should be given clearly indicating whether the site
requires any filling. If so, details of filling, quantity of fill material
required, its source, transportation etc. should be given.
(ix)
Impact on drainage of the area and the surroundings.
(x)
Information regarding surface hydrology and water regime and impact of

the same, if any, due to the project.
(xi)
One season site-specific meteorological data shall be provided.
(xii)
One complete season AAQ data (except monsoon) to be given along with
the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall include SPM,
RSPM, SO2 NOx and Ozone (ground level). The location of the
monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration
the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive
receptors including reserved forests. There should be at least one
monitoring station in the upwind direction.
(xiii) Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of the model used
and the input data used for modelling should also be provided. The air
quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing the location of
project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. The wind roses
AI-3
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
should also be shown on this map. It may be kept in view that SPM
emissions are to be restricted to 50 mg/Nm3.
(xiv)
Fuel analysis to be provided (sulphur, ash content and mercury). Details

of auxillary fuel, if any including its quantity, quality, storage etc should
also be given.
(xv)
Quantity of fuel required, its source and transportation. A confirmed fuel

linkage should be provided.
(xvi)
Source of water and its availability. Commitment regarding availability of

requisite quantity of water from the competent authority.
(xvii) Details of rainwater harvesting and how it will be used in the plant.
(xviii) Examine the feasibility of zero discharge. In case of any proposed
discharge, its quantity, quality and point of discharge, users downstream
etc. should be provided.
(xix)
Optimization of COC for water conservation. Other water conservation

measures proposed in the project should also be given.
(xx)
Details of water balance taking into account reuse and re-circulation of

effluents.
(xxi)
Details of greenbelt i.e. land with not less than 1500 trees per ha giving
details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. About 1/3rd
of the area should be covered under greenbelt.
(xxii)
Detailed plan of ash utilization / management.
(xxiii) Details of evacuation of ash.

(xxiv) Details regarding ash pond impermeability and whether it would be lined,
if so details of the lining etc.
(xxv) Detailed R&R plan/compensation package for the project affected people
shall be prepared taking into account the socio economic status of the area,
homestead oustees, land oustees, landless laboureres.
(xxvi) Details of flora and fauna, with list of the schedule of the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972, duly authenticated should be provided. In case of
any scheduled fauna, conservation plan should be provided.
(xxvii) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom
AI-4
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the

casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
(xxviii)Details of water requirement during construction phase and its availability
and source with time schedule should be provided.
(xxix) Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on
the same. An action plan to address the issues raised during public hearing
and the necessary allocation of funds for the same should be provided.
(xxx) Measures of socio economic influence to the local community proposed to
be provided by project proponent. As far as possible, quantitative
dimension to be given.
(xxxi) Impact of the project on local infrastructure of the area such as road
network and whether any additional infrastructure would need to be
constructed and the agency responsible for the same with time frame.
(xxxii) EMP to mitigate the adverse impacts due to the project along with item
wise cost of its implementation.
(xxxiii) Risk assessment should be carried out. It should take into account the
maximum inventory of storage at site at any point in time. The risk
contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which
of the proposed activities would be affected in case of an accident taking
place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures should be
provided. Measures to guard against fire hazards should also be provided.
(xxxiv) Details of the industries existing and/or proposed within 10 Km radius of
the project boundary should also be provided.
(xxxv) Any litigation pending against the project and /or any direction /order
passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.
4.
Besides the above, the following general points will be followed:a) All documents to be properly referenced with index, page numbers and
continuous page numbering.
b) Where data is presented in the report especially in table, the period in which
the data was collected and the source should invariably be indicated.
c) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an
English translation should be provided.
d) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of thermal power projects as
devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.
AI-5
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
In addition to the above, information on the following may also be incorporated in the
EIA report.
1.
Is the project intended to have CDM-intent?

(i) If not, then why?
(ii) If yes, then
(a) Has PIN (Project Idea Note) {or PCN (Project Concept Note)} submitted to
the ?NCA? (National CDM Authority) in the MoEF?
(b) If not, then by when is that expected?
(c) Has PDD (Project Design Document) been prepared?
(d) What is the ?Carbon intensity? from your electricity generation projected
(i.e. CO2 Tons/MWH or Kg/KWH)
(e) Amount of CO2 in Tons/year expected to be reduced from the baseline data
available on the CEA?s web-site (www.cea.nic.in)
2. Notwithstanding 1(i) above, data on (d) & (e) above to be worked out and reported.
3. After preparing the draft EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III
of the EIA Notification, 2006) covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will
get the public hearing conducted and take further necessary action for obtaining
environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA
Notification, 2006.
(Om Prakash)
Deputy Director
Copy to:1.
2.
3.
4.
The Secretary, Department of Environment, Mantralaya Chhattisgarh, Raipur-492001.

The Chairman, Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board, Nanak Niwas, Civil
Lines, Raipur-492 001.
The Chief Conservator of Forests (C), Regional Office (WZ), Ministry of
Environment & Forests, Kendriya Paryavaran Bhawan, Link Road No.-3, E-5, Arera
Colony, Bhopal ? 462 016.
Guard File.
(Om Prakash)
Deputy Director
COMPLIANCE TO TOR ISSUED BY MOEF FOR PREPARATION OF EIA

Sr.
No
Terms Of Reference given by MoEF
Compliance
AI-6
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
1. Comparison of alternate sites considered
and the reasons for selecting the
proposed site. Conformity of the site
with the prescribed guidelines in terms of
distance HFL of the river, highways may
also be shown.
Compliance
Four (4) probable locations
assessed for site selection:
were
Site1: Binjikot, Kharsia Tehsil, Raigarh

District.
Site2: Pandapani/ Dumarpali, Raigarh
Tehsil, Raigarh District.
Site3:
Munund/
Barbaspur,
Dharamjaigarh Tehsil, Raigarh District.
Site4: Jamgaon, Raigarh Tehsil, Raigarh
District.
After evaluation, a site near Bijkot

village, Kharsia Tehsil, Raigarh district,
having major favorable features along
with good environmental features has
been identified for the proposed
project.
2. All the coordinates of the plant site as

well as ash pond demarcated on the topo
sheet (1:50000) scale.
Refer Chapter-1,Table-1.1,
Page no: C1-5
PLANT
A : 220140N to 831209E
B : 220045N to 831139E
C : 215958N to 831204E
D : 220056N to 831315E
ASH POND
1 : 220123N to 831236E
2 : 220117N to 831223E
3 : 220026N to 831258E
4 : 220032N to 831310E
The Latitudes/ Longitudes of the
extreme boundaries of plant site and
ash pond are given above.
The map showing the plant site, ash
pond and colony is given as figure-1.2
of Chapter -1, page- C1-4
AI-7
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
3. Explore the possibility of having 2X600
MW and 2X660 MW and examine the
adoption of super critical technology
4. The study area should cover an area of

10 km radius around the proposed site.
5. Land use of the study area as well as the
project area shall be given.
6. Location of any National Park, Sanctuary,
Elephant / Tiger Reserve (existing as
well as proposed), migratory routes, if
any, within 10 km of the project site
shall be specified and marked on the
map duly authenticated by the Chief
Wildlife Warden of the state.
7. Land requirement for the project to be
optimized. Item wise break up of land
requirement and its availability to be
furnished. The norms prescribed by CEA
should be kept in view.
8. Topography of the area should be given
clearly indicating whether the site
requires any filling.
If so, details of
filling, quantity of fill material required,
its source, transportation etc. should be
given.
Compliance
After
exploration
of
various
technologies SKSPGCL finalized the
3X400 MW capacity sub critical boilers
based on the techno commercial
evaluation.
10 km radius study area considered for
the EIA study.
Land use studies has been carried out
in the study area, and are presented in
Annexure-VIII
No
National
Parks,
Sanctuaries,
Elephant / Tiger Reserve (existing as
well as proposed), migratory routes,
ecologically sensitive areas presented in
within 10 km of the project site.
The land requirement details are
presented in Chaper-2, Section-2.4.1
Break-up of land use is presented in
Table-2.2, page-C2-5
The proposed project premise is a
generally plain land with a general
elevation of about 230-m above MSL.
Most of the buffer zone of the project is
flat land.
It is proposed to level the project area
and to use the earthen material
excavated from the proposed reservoir
sites inside the premises. There will be
no tall structures except stacks. Also,
the contours of natural drainage will not
be disturbed.
9. Impact on drainage of the area and the

surroundings.
No nallas of water courses are present in

the project site. The river is at about
600-m from the project facilities.
However, natural drainage pattern shall
not be disturbed as far as possible
AI-8
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
10.Information regarding surface hydrology
and water regime and impact of the
same, if any due to the project.
Compliance
Mand River, is passing through 2.3-km
away from the proposed plant site.
Ground water is not using for the
project. No impact was envisaged.
11.One season site-specific meteorological

data shall be provided
Details are Presented in Chapter3,section-3.3.3.2, page No: 26 and 27
12.One complete season AAQ data (except

monsoon) to be given along with the
dates of monitoring.
Ambient air quality monitoring has been

carried out at 12 locations from 1st
March to 31st May, representing Premonsoon season.
The parameters to be covered shall

include SPM, RSPM, SO2 NOx and Ozone
(ground level).
The location of the monitoring stations

should be so decided so as to take into
consideration
the
pre-dominant
downwind direction, population zone and
sensitive receptors including reserved
forests.
There should be at least one monitoring
station in the upwind direction.
13.Impact of the project on the AAQ of the
area. Details of the model used and the
input data used for modelling should also
be provided. The air quality contours
may be plotted on a location map
showing the location of project site,
habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if
any. The wind roses should also be
shown on this map. It may be kept in
view that SPM emissions are to be
restricted to 50 mg/Nm3
14.Fuel analysis to be provided (sulphur,
ash content and mercury). Details of
auxillary fuel, if any including its
quantity, quality, storage etc should also
be given.
The predominant wind direction from

NE followed by SW. The monitoring
network has been designed such that
predominant downwind directions are
covered.
The summary of AAQ results are
presented in chapter-3, under section3.4.6. Table-3.4.5
Page No-41 to 43.
Details presented in Annexure-IV
The air quality impacts are assessed
using ISCST3 air dispersion model. The
impacts has been carried out for the
entire power plant and the model
details along with results are presented
in chapter- 4 under Section- 4.3.2.
page C4-6
Air quality Contours are presented in
figure- 4.1 to 4.4
The Coal sourced from SECL coal

mines.
The expected range of fuel analysis are
presented in chapter-2, section-2.4.2,
page-C2-5
AI-9
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
15.Quantity of fuel required, its source and
transportation. A confirmed fuel linkage
should be provided.
Compliance
The quantity of coal required is 6.02
MTPA.
Coal for the plant would be linked to
SECL coal mines
Secondary fuels, LDO and HFO will be
brought to plant site by road/rail.
16.Source of water and its availability.

Commitment regarding availability of
requisite quantity of water from the
competent authority.
17.Details of rainwater harvesting and how

it will be used in the plant.
18.Examine the feasibility of zero discharge.
In case of any proposed discharge, its
quantity, quality and point of discharge,
users downstream etc. should be
provided
Details are presented in chapter-2,

section-2.4.2, page-C2-5.
Source of water from Mahanadi River.
Details are presented in chapter-2,
under section-2.4.3, page-C2-7.
Water allocation letter presented in
Annexure-III
Rain
water
harvesting
measures
presented in chapter-4, under section4.5.3, page-C4-22 to 23
The water balance and waste water
generation details have been described
in chapter-2.
Table-2.7.page.No:C2-22.
Total waste water generated is 688
m3/hr, This water will be treated and
used for green belt.
19.Optimization
of
COC
for
water
conservation. Other water conservation
measures proposed in the project should
also be given.
20.Details of water balance taking into
account reuse and re-circulation of
effluents.
It is envisaged to design the system for

6 Cycle of concentration (COC).
21.Details of greenbelt i.e. land with not

less than 1500 trees per ha giving details
of species, width of plantation, planning
schedule etc. About 1/3 rd of the area
should be covered under greenbelt.
22.Detailed plan of ash utilization /
management.
Green belt details are presented in

chapter- 4 under section 4.6, page-C426 to 33.
The water balance and waste water

generation details have been described
in chapter-2.
Table-2.7.page.No:C2-22.
Presented in chapter-4, under section4.5.5, page-C4-24
AI-10
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
23.Details of evacuation of ash.
24.Details
regarding
ash
pond
impermeability and whether it would be
lined, if so details of the lining etc.
25.Detailed
R&R
plan/compensation
package for the project affected people
shall be prepared taking into account the
socio economic status of the area,
homestead
oustees,
land
oustees,
landless laboureres.
26.Details of flora and fauna with list of
schedule of the wild life (Protection Act
1972) duly authenticated should be
provided.
In case of any scheduled
fauna, conservation plan should be
provided.
27.Details regarding infrastructure facilities
such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to
be provided to the labour force during
construction as well as to the casual
workers including truck drivers during
operation phase.
28. Details of water requirement during

construction phase and its availability
and source with time schedule should be
provided.
29.Public
hearing
points
raised
and
commitment of the project proponent on
the same. An action plan to address the
issues raised during public hearing and
the necessary allocation of funds for the
same should be provided.
30.Measures of socio economic influence to
the local community proposed to be
provided by project proponent. As far as
possible, quantitative dimension to be
given.
31.Impact
of
the
project
on
local
infrastructure of the area such as road
network and whether any additional
infrastructure
would
need
to
be
constructed and the agency responsible
for the same with time frame.
Compliance
The total ash generated in the plant will
be 2.47 MTPA out of which 20% will be
bottom ash i.e. 0.49 MTPA and balance
will be fly ash of 1.98 MTPA
Details are presented chapter-4 under
section-4.5.5.5, page-C4-26
Details given in Annexure-IX
The details of flora & fauna are

presented in chapter-3 under section3.8, page-C3-62 to 72
For
construction
force
temporary
sanitation facilities (septic tanks and
soak pits) will be set-up for disposal of
sanitary sewage generated by the work
force. Similarly, rest rooms and canteen
facilities will be provided for truck
drivers.
The construction water requirement will
be around 7 MLD. This water will be
supplied through storage reservoir and
distribution network. Water is available
at site or from near by area.
Public hearing yet to be conducted.
Details will be incorporated in final EIAReport.
About 2000 people will be deployed

temporarily during construction of the
project and about 400 people will be
employed during operational stage of
the project.
The project site is located about 15.0km away from the nearest national
highway, NH-200. The existing road
network is adequate for the project.
AI-11
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Sr.
No
32.EMP to mitigate the adverse impacts due
to the project along with item wise cost
of its implementation.
33.Risk assessment should be carried out. It
should take into account the maximum
inventory of storage at site at any point
in time. The risk contours should be
plotted on the plant layout map clearly
showing which of the proposed activities
would be affected in case of accident
taking
place.
Based
on
the
same,proposed
safeguard
measures
should be provided. Measures to guard
against fire hazards should also be
provided.
34.Details of industries existing and/or
proposed within 10 km radius of the
project
boundary
should
also
be
provided.
35.Any litigation pending against the project
and /or any direction /order passed by
any Court of Law against the project, if
so, details thereof.
Compliance
The Environmental Management plan is
detailed in chapter-4 under section-4.4,
page-C4-19 to 20
Risk
assessment
and
Disaster
management plan is detailed in
Chapter-7, section-7.0, page- C7-17
Monet ISPAT & power limited (3-km,

SE)
No
AI-12
ANNEXURE-II
ADMINISTRATIVE AND LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND
The legal framework is covered under several legislations. Brief details of the
same are given below:
Legislative Framework
This section provides a brief summary of India's environmental legislation.
Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) is the nodal agency for drafting the
new environmental legislations and giving the environmental clearance to the
new projects. State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) are responsible for
implementing environmental legislation and issuing local Rules, Regulations and
Notifications.
Regulatory Control of the Project
The proposed project is covered under the Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) Notification, 1994 and amendments promulgated under Environment
(Protection) Act (EPA), 1986.
The key environmental legislations pertaining to the proposed operations include:
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980;

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974;
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981;
The Environment Protection Act, 1986, Rules there under (with amendments);
The Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules 2000;
Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006;and
Mines Legislation Pertaining to Environmental Protection.
These key instruments and all subsequent and relevant amendments to them are
discussed in further details as below.
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980
Specified activities in forest areas are controlled under the Forest (Conservation)
Act 1980 and clearances are required for such activities. The diversion of
forestland for non-forestry purposes is not encouraged and clearances for such
activities are difficult to obtain. Seismic surveys, are however, exempted from the
provisions of the Forest Act providing these activities are restricted to clearing of
undergrowth and lopping of tree branches and do not involve the felling of trees.
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
This Act introduced the State Pollution Control Boards to grant Consent For
Establishment (CFE) and Consent For Operation (CFO) to the industries. The
investor intending to set up an industry is required to apply to the SPCB to obtain
a CFE followed by CFO. While granting the consent, SPCB can stipulate conditions
pertaining to the effluents arising from the process. The consent to operate is
granted for a specific period (usually one year) after which conditions attached
are reviewed by the SPCB before renewal.
AII-1
ANNEXURE-II
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
This Act is very similar in scope to the Water Act, 1974. The Act stipulates the
establishment of State Boards for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution. In
States where a water pollution board had already been established under the
earlier Water Act, the two boards were combined to form SPCBs. The
establishment or operation of any industry cannot be undertaken without the
prior consent of the SPCB. A decision on any application for consent must be
made by the SPCB within four months of receipt of the application.
Environment Protection (EP) Act and Rules, 1986
EP Act was enacted to provide for the protection and improvement of

environment and for matters connected there with. A decision was taken by India
to protect and improve the human environment at the United Nations Conference
on Human Environment held at Stockholm in June 1972. It is considered
necessary to prevent the hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants
and property.
This Act is an umbrella act and gave birth to many sub acts and rules. The EP Act
call for procedural requirements for:
o
o
Obtaining Environmental Clearance; and

Submission of Environmental Statement.
The main Rules pertinent here are indicated below:
o
o
The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 (with

amendments upto 2000);
Environmental Impact Assessment Notification; and
Public Hearing Notification.
E.I.A Notification, 2006 and Subsequent Amendments
The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of

Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi. MoEF formulates environmental
policies
and
accords
environmental
clearance
for
the
proposed,
expansion/modernization of projects.
As per the Notification of the MoEF dated 14.09.2006 and its amendment,
Environmental Clearance (EC) needs to be obtained from the MoEF for various
identified industries. Any expansion or modernization of any activity shall not be
undertaken in any part of India unless it is accorded environmental clearance by
the central government in accordance with the procedures specified in this
Notification. As per the procedure, anybody who desires to undertake any project
in any part of India or expansion or modernization of any existing industry, a
Detailed Project Report, which shall inter alia include an Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) report, needs to be submitted.
In addition to the above requirements, the MoEF can notify certain areas as
ecologically sensitive/fragile and all developmental projects which are to be
located in these notified areas need to obtain EC. Areas so far notified include
some coastal areas identified under the Coastal Regulation Zone Notification,
forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, wetlands and mangroves.
AII-2
ANNEXURE-II
The Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules 2000
These rules make the occupier and the occupier of a facility responsible for proper
collection, reception, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes listed
in schedule-1, 2, and 3.
This rule also recommends to obtain and renew the authorization to collection,
reception, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes from state
pollution control board (SPCB) by filing Form-1.
Mines and Marine Legislation Pertaining to Environmental Protection
The environmental protection provisions covered under different legislation

pertaining to petroleum up-stream (exploration, production and transport) are
defined in the following subsections:
Mines & Minerals (Regulation & Development)
The Mines & Minerals (Regulation & Development) bill recognizes the need for
providing greater stability of tenure to leaseholders. As such, for the first time, a
minimum period of lease of 20 years, has been made mandatory. The maximum
period for grant of lease has been increased to 30 years. There is a provision of
renewal of a mining lease for a period of 20 years. Further renewals are possible
with approval of the Central Government. These amendments would be of
particular benefit to the captive coal mines in the Power Sector, where a number
of projects have been approved, and also to other mines attached to mineral
processing industries like steel, cement etc. where an assured supply of raw
material is essential.
The period for which prospecting licence can be granted has been increased to
three years and these licences can be renewed at the discretion of the State
Governments so that the total period does not exceed five years
The bill has deleted 15 minerals hitherto listed in the First Schedule of the Act
requiring prior approval of the Central Government before the State Government
could grant a prospecting licence or a mining lease. The minerals so deleted are
Apatite and phosphatic ores, Barytes, Dolomite, Gypsum, Kyanite, Magnesite,
Molybdenum, Nickel, Platinum and other precious metals. Sillimanite, Silver,
Sulpher and its ores, Tin, Tungsten and Vanadium Ore. With this deletion
(excepting the atomic minerals and fuel minerals) there would only be 11
minerals left for which the State Government would require prior approvals of the
Central Government. These are Asbestos, Bauxite, Chrome ore, Copper Ore,
Gold, Iron ore, Lead, Limestone except where it is used in Kilns for the
manufacture of lime as building material, Manganese ore, Precious stones and
Zinc.
Prohibition of Mining Operation in Ecologically Fragile Areas
Government of India has identified a number of areas/eco-systems as ecologically
fragile areas where mining is not allowed without prior permission from Ministry
of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi, by specifying interalia the details
of the area and the proposed process or operation duly supported by an EIA &
AII-3
ANNEXURE-II
EMP and such other information as may be required by the Central Government.
There are few ecologically sensitive areas where mining has been prohibited
either by the court's order or by a MoEF Notification.
Directorate of Mines Safety
Under the Constitution of India, safety, welfare and health of workers employed
in mines are the concern of the Central Government (Entry 55 - Union List; Article
246). The objective is regulated by the Mines Act, 1952 and the rules and
regulations framed thereunder. These are administered by the Directorate
general of Mines Safety (DGMS), under the union Ministry of Labour. Apart from
administering the Mines Act and subordinate legislation thereunder, DGMS also
administers a few other allied legislation, including the Indian Electricity Act
The pieces of legislation administered by DGMS are,
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
The Mines Act, 1952

Rules & Regulations framed under the Act,
Metalliferous Mines Regulations, 1961
Mines Rules, 1955
Mines Vocational Training Rules, 1966
Mines Rescue Rules, 1985
Mines Crche Rules, 1966
Applicable Environmental Standards

The MoEF has the overall responsibility to set policy and standards for the
protection of environment along with Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).
Ambient Air Quality Standards
The existing standards for National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ), as prescribed by
CPCB vide Gazette Notification S.O.384 (E) dated 11th April, 1994, which are
applicable for land-based applications for onshore areas. The prescribed
standards are presented below in Table-1.
TABLE-1
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Pollutant

Suspended Particulate
Matter (SPM)
Respirable Particulate
Matter (Size less than 10
microns)
Lead (Pb)
Carbon monoxide (CO)
Time Weighted
Average
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
8 Hours
Concentration in Ambient Air (

g/m3)
Industrial
Residential,
Sensitive
Area
Rural & Other
Areas
Areas
80
60
15
120
80
30
80
60
15
120
80
30
360
140
70
500
200
100
120
60
50
150
100
75
1.0
1.5
5000
0.75
1.0
2000
0.50
0.75
1000
AII-4
ANNEXURE-II
Pollutant
Ammonia
Time Weighted
Average
1 Hour**
Annual Average*
24 Hours**
Concentration in Ambient Air (

g/m3)
Industrial
Residential,
Sensitive
Area
Rural & Other
Areas
Areas
10000
4000
2000
100
100
100
400
400
400
Note:
*
Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken
twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.
**
24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year.
However 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.
Noise Limits and Guidelines for Diesel Generators
Noise from DG set shall be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by

treating the room acoustically, at the users end;
The acoustic enclosure or acoustic treatment of the room shall be designed for
minimum 25 dB (A) insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards,
whichever is on the higher side (if the actual ambient noise is on the higher
side, it may not be possible to check the performance of the acoustic
enclosure/acoustic treatment. Under such circumstances the performance
may be checked for noise reduction upto actual ambient noise level,
preferably, in the nighttime). The measurement for Insertion Loss may be
done at different points at 0.5 m from the acoustic enclosure/room, and then
averaged;
These limits shall be regulated by the State Pollution Control Boards and the
State Pollution Control Committees;
The manufacturer shall offer to the user a standard acoustic enclosure of 25
dB (A) insertion loss and also a suitable exhaust muffler with insertion loss of
25 dB (A);
The user shall make efforts to bring down the noise levels due to the DG set,
outside his premises, within the ambient noise requirements by proper siting
and control measures;
Installation of a DG set must be strictly in compliance with the
recommendations of the DG set manufacturer; and
A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set should
be set and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer which would
help prevent noise levels of the DG set from deteriorating with use.
Ambient Noise Standards

Ambient standards with respect to noise have been notified by the Ministry of
Environment and Forests vide gazette notification dated 26th December 1989
(amended in February, 2000). It is based on the A weighted equivalent noise level
(Leq). The ambient noise standards are presented in Table-2.
AII-5
ANNEXURE-II
TABLE-2
AMBIENT NOISE STANDARDS
Area Code
Category of Area
A
B
C
D
Industrial Area
Commercial Area
Residential Area
Silence Zone**
Noise Levels dB(A) Leq

Day time*
Night Time
75
70
65
55
55
45
50
40
Note:
*
**
Daytime is from 7 am to 10 pm.

Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of
hospitals, educational
institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud
speakers and bursting of crackers are
banned in these zones.
Permissible Standards for Vibrations During Blasting

As per DGMS mines, depending on the type of structure and the dominant
excitation frequency, the peak particle velocity (ppv) on the ground adjacent to the
structure shall not exceed the values given in the Table-3.
TABLE-3
PERMISSIBLE PPV AT THE FOUNDATION LEVEL
OF STRUCTURES IN MINING AREAS
Type of structure
Dominant excitation Frequency,

Hz
<8 Hz
8-25 Hz
>25 Hz
I. Buildings/structures not belong to the owner

A. Domestic houses/structures
(Kuchha, Brick, & Cement)
B. Industrial buildings
(R.C.C & Framed structures)
C. Objects of historical importance & sensitive
structures
II. Buildings belonging to owner with limited span of life
A. Domestic houses/structures
(Kuchha, Brick, & Cement)
B. Industrial buildings
(R.C.C & Framed structures)
10
15
10
20
25
10
10
15
25
15
25
50
Noise Standards for Occupational Exposure

Noise standards in the work environment are specified by Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA-USA) which in-turn are being enforced by
Government of India through model rules framed under Factories Act. These are
given in Table-4.
TABLE-4
STANDARDS FOR OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE
Total Time of Exposure per Day in Hours
(Continuous or Short term Exposure)
8
6
4
3
Sound Pressure Level in dB(A)

90
92
95
97
AII-6
ANNEXURE-II
Total Time of Exposure per Day in Hours
Sound Pressure Level in dB(A)
(Continuous or Short term Exposure)
2
100
3/2
102
1
105
107
110
115
Never
>115
Note:
No exposure in excess of 115 dB(A) is to be permitted.
For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as
indicated in column (1), the permissible level is to be determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate scale.
1.
2.
Wastewater Discharge Standards

The wastewater discharge standards as per EPA Notification (GSR 176 (E), April
1996) are given in Table-5.
TABLE-1.5
WASTE WATER DISCHARGE STANDARDS
Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
List of Parameters
Suspended Solids
Particle size of Suspended
Solids
pH value
Temperature
mg/l
--
Oil and grease, Max.

Total residual chlorine,
Max.
Ammonical nitrogen (as
N), Max.
Total Kjeldhal nitrogen
(as N),Max
Free ammonia (as NH3),
Max.
Biochemical oxygen
demand (3 days at
27C), Max.
Chemical oxygen
demand, Max.
Arsenic (as As), Max.
Mercury (as Hg), Max.
Lead (as Pb), Max.
Cadmium (as Cd), Max.
Hexavalent chromium (as
Cr+6), Max.
Total chromium (as Cr),
Max.
Copper (as Cu), Max.
Zinc (as Zn), Max.
Selenium (as Se), Max.
Nickel (as Ni), Max.
mg/l
mg/l
10.0
Not Specified
Standard
(Surface Waters)
All efforts should be made to
remove colour and
unpleasant odour as far as
practicable.
100.0
Shall pass 850 micron IS
Sieve
5.5 to 9.0
Shall not exceed 5 oC above
the receiving water
temperature.
10.0
1.0
mg/l
Not Specified
50
mg/l
Not Specified
100
mg/l
Not Specified
mg/l
100.0
30.0
mg/l
Not Specified
250
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
0.2
Not
Not
Not
Not
0.2
0.01
0.1
2.0
0.1
mg/l
Not Specified
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Not
Not
Not
Not
Colour and Odour
Units
--
---
Standard
(On land Irrigation)
All efforts should be
made to remove colour
and unpleasant odour
as far as practicable.
200.0
Shall pass 850 micron
IS Sieve
5.5 to 9.0
Not Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
Specified
2.0
3.0
5.0
0.05
3.0
AII-7
ANNEXURE-II
Sr.
No.
23
24
25
List of Parameters
Units
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Not Specified
Not Specified
28
A]
B]
29
Cyanide (as CN), Max.

Fluorides as F
Dissolved phosphates (as
P),Max
Sulphides as (S), Max.
Phenolic compounds (as
C2H5OH),
Radioactive Materials
Alpha Emitters, Max.
Beta Emitters, Max.
Bio-assay test
Standard
(On land Irrigation)
0.2
Not Specified
Not Specified
30
31
32
33
Manganese (as Mn)

Iron (as Fe)
Vanadium (as V)
Nitrate nitrogen
26
27
C/ml
C/ml
--
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
10-7
10-7
90% survival of fish
after 96 hours in 100%
effluent.
Not Specified
Not Specified
Not Specified
Not Specified
Standard
(Surface Waters)
0.2
2.0
5.0
2.0
1.0
10-7
10-6
90% survival of fish after 96
hours in 100% effluent.
2.0
3.0
0.2
10.0
AII-8
ANNEXURE-III
COPY OF WATER ALLOCATION AND AVAILABILTY LETTER
AIII-1
ANNEXURE-III
AIII-2
ANNEXURE-III
AIII-3
ANNEXURE-IV
EMISSION CALCULATIONS
1.0
General Calculations
Area Calculations
Area(m2 ) =
3.142
(Top Stack Diameter)2

= 3.14 X (7.0)2/4 =38.49 m2
4
Temperature Correction
Temperature correction is calculated based on standard ambient temperature of

25 C.
273 + 25 0 C
Temperature Correction =
= 298/413=0.7215
273 + StackTemperature 0 C
Volumetric Flow Rate
Volumetric flow (
Nm 3
) = Area (m 2 ) x Exit Velocity (m / s ) x Temperature Correction
s
= 38.49 X 25 X 0.7215 = 694.3Nm/s
1.1
Emission Calculations for Proposed Power Plant at 80% PLF
(a)Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Coal Consumption
=
=
=
6.02 MTPA (@ 90% PLF)

18242.4 TPD (330 working days)
760101 kg/hr
Sulphur content in coal

Sulphur emission factor
=
=
0.4%
(0.4/100) x (64/32) = 0.008
SO2 emission rate
=
=
=
=
Emission factor x consumption of coal in kg/hr

0.008 x 760101 = 6080.8 kg/hr
1689 g/sec
422.3 g/sec/flue
1.1.2 Particulate Matter Emissions

Emission rate = 50 mg/Nm3 X 694.3Nm3/s X 1/1000 = 34.7 g/s
1.1.3 NOx Emissions
1) NOx emission is calculated based on Design limit of 350 mg/Nm3
= 350 mg/Nm3 X 694.3 Nm/s X 1/1000 = 243.0 g/s
AIV-1
ANNEXURE-IV
2) NOx emission is calculated based on of 9 kg/tonne of coal burnt basis
= 760.1tone/hr X 9 kg/tonne
= 6840.9 kg/hr
= 1900.3 g/sec
= 475 g/sec /flue
Minimum stack height calculations

1. Based on sulphur dioxide emissions:
Stack height (m) = 14 (Q) 0.3
Where Q= emission rate of sulphur dioxide in kg/hr
2. based on particulate matter (PM) emissions
Stack height (m) = 74 (Q) 0.27
Where Q= emission rate of Particulate matter in tons/hr
When stacks are emitting both the pollutants i.e. SO2 and PM, the
stack height is calculated based on SO2 emissions
Q= 6080.8 kg/h (SO2 emission rate )

Stack height= 14 (6080)0.3
Stack height= 191.1 m
However, two twin flue stacks of 275 m height each are proposed for
4X300 MW coal based Thermal power plant.
AIV-2
ANNEXURE-IV
24 HOURLY MEAN METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Wind
Direction
47
45
225
45
48
315
46
315
215
50
47
225
315
45
45
55
45
50
225
225
228
315
325.5
319
Wind
Speed
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.6
1.4
0.7
1.8
1.9
1.2
1.1
0.9
1.8
2.6
2.4
1.5
1.9
1.2
1.5
1.4
0.3
1.2
0.4
0.2
1.1
Temp
304.3
303.9
303.4
303
303
303.3
304.3
305.8
307.3
308.5
309.6
310.8
312
313.4
312.9
311.9
310.6
309.3
307.8
306.8
306
305.3
304.7
304.5
Stability
Class
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
Mixing
Height
200
200
300
300
400
400
700
800
800
950
1100
1200
1800
1500
1500
1300
950
900
800
800
500
400
200
200
AIV-3
ANNEXURE-V
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY LEVELS
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ1
TSPM
Plant Site
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
59.5
16.4
5.0
6.1
260
210
289
1.8
04.03.2008
75.6
25.2
8.9
10.2
299
304
266
1.5
10.03.2008
80.3
26.8
8.2
11.0
306
310
301
2.3
11.03.2008
72.1
27.4
9.5
10.3
290
319
261
2.9
17.03.2008
87.4
24.8
8.4
10.6
283
299
253
2.4
18.03.2008
91.2
25.6
8.9
12.3
310
293
302
2.7
24.03.2008
81.2
23.4
8.8
9.3
299
311
274
3.1
25.03.2008
64.0
19.8
9.1
10.2
294
299
279
31.03.2008
74.3
24.8
9.2
12.4
310
290
272
2.9
10
01.04.2008
55.3
26.3
5.2
12.3
291
279
299
2.4
11
07.04.2008
64.7
19.1
9.4
11.3
281
269
317
1.8
12
08.04.2008
79.8
23.8
9.0
10.9
299
302
311
1.7
13
14.04.2008
82.1
26
8.9
12.2
317
291
302
1.2
14
15.04.2008
68.0
20
9.0
9.8
287
308
282
1.6
15
21.04.2008
59.7
26.2
7.3
11.6
278
284
308
1.9
16
22.04.2008
76.4
25.4
7.4
9.8
273
292
297
2.2
17
28.04.2008
80.3
24
8.4
10.8
289
280
294
2.7
18
29.04.2008
63.0
19.2
9.2
12.2
311
311
2.9
19
05.05.2008
82.0
23.4
8.2
9.7
266
307
289
1.8
20
06.05.2008
85.4
26.4
8.8
12.6
262
277
280
1.5
21
12.05.2008
76.2
21.1
9.4
9.6
292
302
272
1.7
22
13.05.2008
82.6
24.7
9.5
10.7
313
283
298
2.3
23
19.05.2008
77.7
22.4
8.3
11.4
281
309
252
2.6
24
20.05.2008
84.4
24.6
9.1
12.0
288
303
264
2.8
25
26.05.2008
71.2
21.3
8.8
11.7
303
286
273
3.1
26
27.05.2008
83.4
55.3
21.3
16.4
8.5
5.0
11.6
6.1
308
300
210
291
2.6
1.2
Min
Max
91.2
27.4
9.5
12.6
319
3.1
Avg
75.3
89.3
23.4
27.1
8.5
9.5
10.9
12.5
290.1
317.0
2.3
3.1
98th
All units are in g/m3
AV-1
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ2(Near Forest Boundry)

TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
53.4
14.5
6.3
7.9
179
183
173
1.6
04.03.2008
58.3
15.3
7.0
8.4
184
187
177
2.2
10.03.2008
57.6
16.5
8.0
9.3
181
184
175
2.6
11.03.2008
59.4
14.2
7.4
8.8
187
191
181
2.9
17.03.2008
54.3
15.0
6.7
8.0
185
188
179
2.6
18.03.2008
66.8
16.8
6.8
9.0
178
182
172
1.9
24.03.2008
73.4
19.7
8.2
9.9
176
179
171
1.8
25.03.2008
72.1
18.8
7.4
8.6
185
187
181
2.4
31.03.2008
64.0
17.0
6.1
7.9
179
184
174
2.7
10
01.04.2008
74.7
19.2
7.2
9.0
177
181
175
2.3
11
07.04.2008
68.1
17.3
7.9
9.7
183
188
181
1.8
12
08.04.2008
76.5
27.8
7.5
8.9
185
191
182
1.9
13
14.04.2008
65.4
15.7
5.8
7.7
182
189
178
2.1
14
15.04.2008
68.4
17.5
6.6
8.4
179
184
176
2.5
15
21.04.2008
74.3
19.1
6.9
9.4
181
187
179
2.2
16
22.04.2008
66.7
17.8
6.0
7.3
185
189
181
2.3
17
28.04.2008
75.6
20.3
7.6
8.4
233
255
250
1.6
18
29.04.2008
44.4
14.5
5.8
6.4
184
189
181
1.8
19
05.05.2008
60.1
15.0
6.4
8.6
195
205
189
1.9
20
06.05.2008
75.7
18.3
7.0
9.4
202
216
223
2.4
21
12.05.2008
65.4
18.3
7.7
9.0
183
185
176
2.7
22
13.05.2008
73.4
18.7
8.2
9.2
185
191
180
2.1
23
19.05.2008
63.4
17.4
7.8
9.0
179
183
175
2.3
24
20.05.2008
72.1
18.2
7.1
8.5
185
187
178
2.6
25
26.05.2008
74.0
16.8
7.6
8.9
184
190
180
2.7
26
27.05.2008
68.1
44.4
19.3
14.2
8.1
5.8
9.4
6.4
179
186
171
174
2.6
1.6
Min
Max
76.5
27.8
8.2
9.9
255
2.9
Avg
66.4
76.1
17.7
24.1
7.1
8.2
8.7
9.8
186.1
240.8
2.3
2.8
98th
AV-2
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ3
TSPM
Gindola Village
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
75.9
23.5
7.8
10.8
286
04.03.2008
89.2
25.9
8.2
11.3
292
288
285
3.0
10.03.2008
98.6
30.4
9.7
12.5
288
284
280
2.4
11.03.2008
110.2
36.4
10.1
13.8
282
276
268
1.6
17.03.2008
82.7
23.1
7.9
9.7
273
267
263
3.1
18.03.2008
104.3
30.2
10.2
13.2
280
273
269
2.9
24.03.2008
74.3
20.9
8.9
10.6
284
280
275
2.4
25.03.2008
116.5
32.8
10.1
14.5
288
284
278
2.2
31.03.2008
59.8
18.3
5.9
7.2
293
291
286
2.4
10
01.04.2008
112.4
35.4
9.9
13.8
298
295
288
3.0
11
07.04.2008
98.2
28.9
8.9
10.2
294
284
274
2.2
12
08.04.2008
110.5
31.5
10.8
12.4
298
292
289
2.1
13
14.04.2008
86.9
26.4
11.1
13.8
299
296
287
2.5
14
15.04.2008
98.5
28.4
9.6
10.7
295
289
284
2.3
15
21.04.2008
109.7
32.4
10.6
11.9
290
284
276
2.1
16
22.04.2008
115.4
35.6
8.9
14.9
280
275
270
1.7
17
28.04.2008
98.5
28.9
9.7
12.2
282
278
273
2.9
18
29.04.2008
86.4
26.7
8.3
11.1
282
274
266
2.6
19
05.05.2008
93.4
30.8
10.8
13.3
273
267
264
2.3
20
06.05.2008
78.6
23.5
7.6
9.8
282
275
273
2.1
21
12.05.2008
89.8
27.6
8.8
10.7
288
285
282
2.9
22
13.05.2008
107.8
32.2
11.6
12.6
302
294
290
2.1
23
19.05.2008
116.4
33.3
10.1
13.1
286
277
270
2.2
24
20.05.2008
99.7
29.8
10.1
12.8
296
290
285
2.4
25
26.05.2008
87.9
25.5
9.1
11.9
290
284
278
2.7
26
27.05.2008
34.6
18.3
9.8
5.9
13.7
7.2
297
292
286
Min
106.5
59.8
263
2.8
1.6
Max
116.5
36.4
11.6
14.9
302
3.1
Avg
96.5
116.5
29.0
36.0
9.4
11.4
12.0
14.7
282.9
298.5
2.4
3.1
98th
282
273
2.1
AV-3
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ4- Nawapara Village

TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
9.6
10.6
303
296
312
Ozone (O3)
1.5
9.8
11.8
340
288
353
1.7
CO
03.03.2008
106.2
38.6
04.03.2008
95.2
35.6
10.03.2008
110.1
40.2
10.2
12.6
331
315
330
2.0
11.03.2008
88.6
42.3
10.4
13.2
319
326
321
2.5
17.03.2008
100.4
38.9
9.8
11.7
299
307
309
2.8
18.03.2008
96.5
38.2
10.2
12.8
325
309
299
3.3
110.6
129.8
39.2
9.8
13.6
335
355
295
1.6
41.2
10.2
12.6
319
349
290
3.1
24.03.2008
25.03.2008
31.03.2008
9.8
12.4
342
335
335
2.4
01.04.2008
115.9
98.4
36.6
10
36.2
9.7
11.5
326
349
331
2.7
11
07.04.2008
85.2
37.2
9.8
10.8
349
362
321
1.8
12
08.04.2008
95.6
37.7
9.6
11.6
323
341
329
2.2
13
14.04.2008
120.3
38.1
10.2
13.8
299
319
327
1.8
14
15.04.2008
75.6
37.9
12.2
14.2
342
331
318
1.6
15
21.04.2008
12.9
335
329
298
2.6
22.04.2008
38.4
39.2
10.9
16
128.5
116.2
9.8
11.3
307
300
347
2.9
17
28.04.2008
122.1
37.8
11.1
14.3
335
352
375
3.1
18
29.04.2008
86.5
38.6
8.6
9.9
317
339
293
2.0
19
05.05.2008
12.8
326
317
323
2.1
06.05.2008
37.8
37.8
10.0
20
120.2
95.4
11.6
13.9
314
326
334
2.5
21
12.05.2008
127.0
39.1
10.1
12.4
301
303
320
2.8
22
13.05.2008
105.2
37.6
12.2
13.2
327
307
315
2.3
23
19.05.2008
117.5
38.8
9.8
12.8
339
352
325
1.8
24
20.05.2008
125.2
36.2
11.5
13.8
307
335
331
2.0
25
26.05.2008
97.1
38.6
10.1
12.2
342
341
314
2.6
26
27.05.2008
89.6
39.8
333
292
75.6
35.6
10.8
9.9
330
Min
8.9
8.6
288
2.3
1.5
Max
129.8
42.3
12.2
14.3
375
3.3
Avg
106.1
129.2
38.4
41.8
10.2
12.2
12.4
14.3
324.2
358.2
2.3
3.2
98th
AV-4
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ5
TSPM
Kurabhata village
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
110.6
28.6
8.7
10.6
343
346
372
2.0
04.03.2008
81.4
21.3
6.5
8.7
324
314
338
2.3
10.03.2008
129.2
32.8
12.5
14.6
357
320
342
2.8
11.03.2008
120.4
30.8
7.7
10.4
318
321
351
2.6
17.03.2008
102.5
26.6
6.9
8.7
338
314
340
1.9
18.03.2008
113.8
29.2
7.3
9.9
334
348
337
2.8
24.03.2008
103.4
27.2
8.1
10.7
324
314
338
3.2
25.03.2008
128.2
31.7
10.4
12.3
357
320
342
1.7
31.03.2008
114.5
29.5
8.1
10.5
318
321
351
2.2
10
01.04.2008
107.2
27.1
7.7
9.4
338
314
340
2.4
11
07.04.2008
126.9
32.4
9.8
11.5
338
314
340
2.9
12
08.04.2008
96.9
25.2
6.8
10.2
378
386
346
3.1
13
14.04.2008
122.2
31.5
11.7
13.4
386
376
370
3.3
14
15.04.2008
125.2
32.2
10.6
11.2
360
366
374
2.1
15
21.04.2008
95.5
24.6
8.2
12.7
354
342
385
2.6
16
22.04.2008
106.1
26.7
7.5
10.8
373
369
395
2.4
17
28.04.2008
139.6
48.6
13.4
15.6
389
372
370
2.2
18
29.04.2008
117.8
29.4
7.8
10.9
353
394
392
3.3
19
05.05.2008
100.1
25.2
7.2
12.6
343
346
372
3.1
20
06.05.2008
110.3
28.2
7.3
11.0
337
321
359
3.4
21
12.05.2008
107.8
24.2
8.3
11.7
346
322
317
2.6
22
13.05.2008
101.4
26.6
6.7
8.8
335
316
339
3.1
23
19.05.2008
104.2
26.5
7.5
9.7
378
386
346
3.3
24
20.05.2008
113.1
29.3
8.2
10.8
360
366
374
1.9
25
26.05.2008
110.3
28.4
7.5
10.2
354
342
375
2.6
26
27.05.2008
31.1
21.3
7.8
6.5
11.3
8.7
373
369
314
389
Min
121.1
81.4
2.1
1.7
Max
139.6
48.6
13.4
15.6
395
3.4
Avg
111.9
134.4
29.0
40.7
8.5
13.0
11.1
15.1
350.3
392.9
2.6
3.4
98th
AV-5
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ6 Bade Jampali Village

TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
60.2
18.5
5.3
7.2
296
04.03.2008
99.8
28.4
6.9
8.1
302
10.03.2008
112.5
32.6
7.5
10.6
308
315
296
2.3
11.03.2008
98.6
29.6
6.7
7.9
295
300
289
1.9
17.03.2008
110.2
32.4
7.1
8.3
302
307
295
3.0
18.03.2008
98.5
29.7
6.6
8.0
305
311
300
1.3
24.03.2008
87.5
27.1
5.8
6.9
308
318
302
2.0
25.03.2008
74.3
22.4
6.1
7.3
301
315
298
3.1
31.03.2008
89.7
26.7
6.5
8.2
296
305
292
2.7
10
01.04.2008
69.7
22.1
5.5
7.7
300
312
295
1.7
11
07.04.2008
123.7
35.4
7.6
8.7
305
313
297
3.4
12
08.04.2008
112.4
32.2
8.0
10.8
299
306
293
1.9
13
14.04.2008
126.3
36.5
10.9
12.5
303
316
290
2.8
14
15.04.2008
117.3
33.6
10.1
11.9
304
312
297
3.4
15
21.04.2008
87.6
24.7
8.8
10.4
310
322
305
2.5
16
22.04.2008
92.5
28.8
9.2
10.8
305
340
296
2.9
17
28.04.2008
78.8
26.1
7.2
9.5
290
315
281
3.4
18
29.04.2008
97.5
30.7
8.6
10.4
295
280
275
3.3
19
05.05.2008
100.5
32.4
8.9
11.1
300
336
292
2.6
20
06.05.2008
108.8
32.5
9.2
12.2
315
328
302
2.7
21
12.05.2008
95.5
28.7
8.1
11.3
299
310
293
1.7
22
13.05.2008
88.7
38.8
8.7
12.4
321
332
314
2.4
23
19.05.2008
118.6
35.4
9.2
13.8
300
306
292
1.8
24
20.05.2008
99.2
32.7
7.9
9.8
311
319
305
2.2
25
26.05.2008
86.5
25.4
8.5
10.5
324
331
310
2.3
26
27.05.2008
23.3
18.5
7.4
5.3
8.7
6.9
316
345
298
Min
75.6
60.2
275
2.9
1.3
Max
126.3
38.8
10.9
13.8
345
3.4
Avg
96.6
125.0
29.5
37.7
7.8
10.5
9.8
13.2
305.3
337.8
2.4
3.4
98th
303
290
1.7
311
301
1.6
AV-6
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ-7 (Daramurra village)

TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
75.6
20.6
6.6
9.5
305
314
321
04.03.2008
51.3
15.4
5.4
10.0
275
285
292
1.7
10.03.2008
79.8
24.3
6.9
9.7
304
310
316
2.8
11.03.2008
86.5
27.4
8.8
10.3
268
281
300
2.6
17.03.2008
86.0
24.1
8.4
11.2
274
287
294
2.2
18.03.2008
85.8
26.4
8.0
9.3
271
285
303
2.6
24.03.2008
66.5
19.4
5.6
9.8
273
292
309
2.9
25.03.2008
90.1
28.4
9.0
10.9
266
281
294
3.2
31.03.2008
76.1
20.5
6.1
8.9
262
272
278
2.5
10
01.04.2008
81.2
22.6
6.3
7.9
305
312
319
2.6
11
07.04.2008
89.2
25.4
7.8
10.9
262
276
293
2.3
12
08.04.2008
92.4
29.5
8.4
9.6
282
288
296
3.1
13
14.04.2008
90.1
27.6
9.3
10.8
298
307
316
2.7
14
15.04.2008
87.8
25.4
7.6
10.6
272
279
286
1.9
15
21.04.2008
68.7
18.5
6.9
9.3
293
299
307
2.1
16
22.04.2008
75.4
21.4
8.2
9.5
266
279
287
1.5
17
28.04.2008
79.7
23.4
8.9
10.5
280
291
297
2.3
18
29.04.2008
82.9
24.6
7.7
9.7
299
311
317
1.7
19
05.05.2008
89.9
25.6
8.1
11.3
280
291
297
3.1
20
06.05.2008
84.2
23.4
6.5
8.3
303
314
320
3.3
21
12.05.2008
68.9
18.6
5.9
7.6
299
309
322
2.6
22
13.05.2008
87.8
25.4
7.7
10.6
292
297
306
2.5
23
19.05.2008
75.1
20.3
6.9
9.8
273
282
296
1.8
24
20.05.2008
72.1
20.4
7.6
10.0
295
307
316
2.2
25
26.05.2008
86.8
24.5
8.2
10.5
295
303
310
2.1
26
27.05.2008
81.2
51.3
25.4
15.4
7.9
5.4
8.7
7.6
287
298
262
305
2.8
1.5
Min
1.9
Max
92.4
29.5
9.3
11.3
322
3.3
Avg
80.4
91.3
23.4
29.0
7.5
9.2
9.8
11.3
293.9
320.6
2.4
3.3
98th
AV-7
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ8(near Chotta Dumarpali village)

NOX
TSPM
RPM
SO2
Ozone (O3)
CO
03.03.2008
96.2
26.9
7.0
8.9
258
251
267
2.5
04.03.2008
91.5
25.4
6.6
7.8
295
243
308
1.7
10.03.2008
85.4
23.1
6.9
7.6
286
270
285
1.8
11.03.2008
105.9
33.4
8.1
9.2
274
281
276
2.4
17.03.2008
90.4
25.6
7.2
8.5
254
262
264
2.2
18.03.2008
94.5
26.5
8.3
9.4
280
264
254
2.8
98.6
119.8
28.9
7.2
8.6
290
310
250
1.7
33.6
8.7
9.9
274
304
245
1.5
24.03.2008
25.03.2008
31.03.2008
7.2
8.7
297
290
290
2.1
01.04.2008
87.6
110.4
24.5
10
29.7
7.1
8.5
281
304
286
2.6
11
07.04.2008
59.7
16.7
7.3
8.9
304
317
276
1.4
12
08.04.2008
85.6
24.4
7.7
6.6
278
296
284
1.5
13
14.04.2008
99.7
27.4
8.3
9.9
254
274
282
3.1
14
15.04.2008
115.6
37.9
9.6
10.2
297
286
273
3.3
15
21.04.2008
10.9
290
284
253
2.1
22.04.2008
28.4
30.1
8.9
16
96.5
106.2
9.8
11.8
262
255
302
2.6
17
28.04.2008
117.1
35.4
10.2
12.2
290
307
330
2.5
18
29.04.2008
114.4
32.2
9.7
10.9
272
294
248
2.1
19
05.05.2008
24.6
32.4
9.4
281
272
278
2.4
06.05.2008
86.5
120.0
7.4
20
10.9
12.5
269
281
289
2.7
21
12.05.2008
81.2
25.1
7.5
8.6
256
258
275
2.3
22
13.05.2008
114.8
32.6
9.8
10.7
282
262
270
2.9
23
19.05.2008
78.6
21.6
7.2
8.8
294
307
280
2.2
24
20.05.2008
115.2
33.4
8.9
9.9
262
290
286
2.3
25
26.05.2008
96.4
27.5
7.5
8.7
297
296
269
2.6
26
27.05.2008
118.1
34.6
288
247
59.7
16.7
11.6
6.6
285
Min
10.9
6.6
243
2.3
1.4
Max
120.0
37.9
10.9
12.5
330
3.3
Avg
99.5
119.9
28.5
36.7
8.3
10.9
9.6
12.4
279.2
313.2
2.3
3.2
98th
AV-8
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ-9 (Pamgarh Village)

TSPM
RPM
SO2
03.03.2008
90.6
04.03.2008
107.4
31.3
8.6
NOX
Ozone (O3)
CO
26.3
7.3
8.4
273
260
266
2.3
9.3
278
258
263
2.6
10.03.2008
87.1
25.2
6.6
7.4
276
259
264
2.1
11.03.2008
113.5
32.1
8.9
10.2
274
261
267
1.9
17.03.2008
93.9
26.9
7.6
8.6
272
263
269
2.3
18.03.2008
110
32.3
8.3
9.4
280
266
273
3.1
24.03.2008
90.4
26.5
7.4
8.7
272
259
265
2.4
25.03.2008
102.3
29.0
7.7
8.8
269
258
262
2.6
31.03.2008
94.6
28.7
8.5
9.2
274
258
268
2.4
10
01.04.2008
80.3
20.1
9.2
10.4
279
257
261
1.8
2.1
11
07.04.2008
88.2
26.0
6.9
8.7
272
260
259
12
08.04.2008
108.5
30.3
8.1
9.4
273
263
263
2.6
13
14.04.2008
86.6
25.4
6.7
8.2
276
259
267
2.5
14
15.04.2008
91.1
27.2
7.1
8.8
278
258
269
2.2
15
21.04.2008
100
29.0
9.2
274
256
266
2.6
16
22.04.2008
90.6
26.4
9.3
9.9
275
254
263
2.4
17
28.04.2008
96.3
29.7
7.8
9.0
284
258
273
2.6
18
29.04.2008
82.6
23.4
6.9
8.5
294
269
314
2.7
19
05.05.2008
103.4
26.4
9.4
273
257
272
2.9
20
06.05.2008
110.4
33.3
8.9
10.6
280
249
264
2.6
21
12.05.2008
90.7
26.4
8.4
274
255
258
2.6
22
13.05.2008
101
28.3
8.3
9.5
276
257
259
2.4
23
19.05.2008
72.6
20.6
5.2
6.5
273
258
264
2.2
2.6
24
20.05.2008
90.2
27.4
6.8
8.6
279
260
268
25
26.05.2008
103.5
30.0
8.5
9.6
277
263
305
2.7
26
27.05.2008
94.6
26.2
9.1
10.3
271
256
261
Min
72.6
20.1
5.2
6.5
249
2.9
1.8
Max
113.5
33.3
9.3
10.6
314
3.1
Avg
95.4
112.0
27.5
32.8
7.8
9.3
9.0
10.5
267.8
299.1
2.5
3.0
98th
AV-9
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ-10 (Jhinti pali village)

TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
CO
Ozone (O3)
03.03.2008
91.6
27.2
5.6
6.5
256
309
269
1.8
04.03.2008
97.4
32.2
6.1
8.3
233
246
256
2.1
10.03.2008
98.9
29.7
9.0
10.7
256
234
229
2.1
11.03.2008
106.1
33.4
8.7
10.2
218
263
246
2.9
17.03.2008
82.2
27.1
7.0
10.9
235
229
246
3.3
18.03.2008
105.0
30.8
7.2
7.1
226
298
321
3.4
24.03.2008
59.9
17.6
8.6
9.1
275
286
254
2.3
25.03.2008
72.4
23.9
9.0
9.5
240
298
263
2.1
31.03.2008
92.0
30.4
7.3
8.1
269
254
247
3.1
10
01.04.2008
103.9
28.7
9.8
12.4
300
309
240
3.3
11
07.04.2008
95.4
30.4
9.4
10.2
278
236
241
2.3
12
08.04.2008
101.9
28.5
8.6
9.7
230
215
240
2.5
13
14.04.2008
93.6
29.8
7.3
8.3
275
295
321
2.6
14
15.04.2008
80.5
26.6
9.0
9.7
286
252
263
2.9
15
21.04.2008
104.6
33.4
8.9
10.1
240
221
230
3.3
16
22.04.2008
87.6
23.9
9.4
11.1
256
324
275
2.6
17
28.04.2008
81.7
25.8
8.0
8.9
235
216
226
2.3
18
29.04.2008
102.7
29.1
8.4
9.5
240
256
275
2.1
19
05.05.2008
101.6
27.6
8.7
10.1
226
259
321
2.8
20
06.05.2008
97.9
28.4
8.1
8.6
240
252
286
2.4
21
12.05.2008
97.2
31.3
8.6
10.2
265
321
309
2.8
22
13.05.2008
102.0
30.6
7.4
9.4
254
296
284
3.4
23
19.05.2008
105.9
34.9
8.5
10.1
269
309
332
3.2
24
20.05.2008
92.7
25.6
9.4
11.6
26.05.2008
64.5
17.4
7.3
9.8
240
246
221
275
2.3
25
235
265
26
27.05.2008
23.4
17.4
8.2
5.6
10.7
6.5
254
249
267
Min
84.9
59.9
Max
106.1
34.9
9.8
Avg
92.5
106.0
28.0
34.2
8.2
9.6
98th
1.8
215
2.3
1.8
12.4
332
3.4
9.6
12.0
261.7
322.4
2.6
3.4
AV-10
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ11(Binjkot village)
TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
CO
Ozone (O3)
03.03.2008
18.9
7.6
9.1
04.03.2008
77.0
85.0
288
267
293
24.2
7.9
10.3
307
257
273
1.8
2.3
10.03.2008
66.4
24.6
7.1
8.8
261
256
259
2.3
11.03.2008
78.7
8.0
9.6
295
244
265
2.5
17.03.2008
80.7
19.4
20.5
7.5
9.8
273
274
277
1.4
18.03.2008
85.3
25.4
7.7
9.3
277
257
288
1.3
24.03.2008
89.3
27.4
7.4
9.9
263
277
273
1.9
25.03.2008
70.1
26.5
7.0
9.1
287
278
278
2.5
31.03.2008
83.9
22.2
6.8
9.2
268
298
243
1.6
10
01.04.2008
90.2
24.5
7.2
9.3
269
273
273
2.2
11
07.04.2008
87.2
7.6
9.0
265
267
260
1.8
12
08.04.2008
74.6
27.6
24.5
7.8
10.2
257
277
283
1.8
13
14.04.2008
24.6
8.0
9.7
272
270
283
1.9
14
15.04.2008
85.7
68.5
18.9
7.0
9.4
266
273
263
2.4
15
21.04.2008
64.6
17.7
6.6
8.4
267
279
261
1.8
16
22.04.2008
88.2
26.2
6.7
9.2
308
261
265
2.6
17
28.04.2008
105.6
27.2
6.8
7.8
276
267
310
2.2
18
29.04.2008
101.9
33.6
7.9
10.0
260
248
273
2.5
19
05.05.2008
99.4
30.4
6.7
9.4
242
293
265
2.1
20
06.05.2008
97.2
28.6
7.5
8.7
293
288
293
1.8
21
12.05.2008
29.5
5.8
7.2
277
257
233
2.9
22
13.05.2008
54.5
100.9
27.5
8.1
9.9
294
249
257
2.1
23
19.05.2008
96.2
26.5
7.6
10.8
248
310
293
2.9
24
20.05.2008
62.5
29.9
7.8
9.0
254
255
259
2.7
25
26.05.2008
86.7
26.2
8.1
7.9
273
269
243
1.7
26
27.05.2008
25.4
17.7
6.7
5.8
8.2
7.2
254
283
273
Min
93.8
54.5
233
1.7
1.3
Max
105.6
33.6
8.1
10.8
310
2.9
Avg
83.6
103.8
25.3
32.0
7.3
8.1
9.2
10.6
271.2
308.9
2.1
2.9
98th
AV-11
ANNEXURE-V
Sr. No.
Date
AAQ12(Dengurchua village)
TSPM
RPM
SO2
NOX
CO
03.03.2008
64.1
16.9
6.3
9.9
286
04.03.2008
70.4
18.7
7.0
10.6
292
Ozone (O3)
270
254
1.9
260
269
1.7
10.03.2008
85.8
22.3
6.6
8.5
285
285
261
1.5
11.03.2008
9.2
280
289
260
1.7
17.03.2008
24.6
16.6
6.6
80.3
60.4
5.1
8.2
275
294
254
1.6
18.03.2008
63.8
17.2
5.4
7.6
264
296
246
1.4
24.03.2008
67.0
18.5
5.6
8.1
252
305
224
2.3
25.03.2008
70.4
19.1
5.8
8.6
248
310
226
3.6
31.03.2008
91.6
23.6
6.0
10.5
300
300
286
1.8
10
01.04.2008
92.8
25.5
7.3
11.2
292
290
280
1.5
11
07.04.2008
89.1
23.1
6.2
8.5
280
271
264
1.6
12
08.04.2008
90.3
24.1
6.4
7.4
275
304
262
1.5
13
14.04.2008
95.2
26.4
8.2
9.9
287
287
266
2.3
14
15.04.2008
93.9
24.3
6.5
7.6
277
283
254
1.9
15
21.04.2008
90.0
25.6
5.4
8.1
252
269
239
1.4
16
22.04.2008
103.5
29.8
8.9
10.2
246
291
300
2.5
17
28.04.2008
93.6
26.4
5.7
8.7
262
298
238
1.8
18
29.04.2008
74.4
20.4
6.9
9.4
261
305
236
1.3
19
05.05.2008
80.0
5.2
7.7
266
293
237
2.6
20
06.05.2008
82.7
22.5
23.4
6.8
8.4
246
281
238
1.9
21
12.05.2008
87.1
24.7
5.9
9.1
280
304
298
1.6
22
13.05.2008
92.6
26.4
7.5
9.8
310
292
295
1.3
23
19.05.2008
85.8
22.6
6.6
9.7
300
309
266
1.7
24
20.05.2008
80.0
5.7
8.7
290
303
260
1.3
25
26.05.2008
7.1
8.4
294
299
280
2.2
26
27.05.2008
90.8
93.7
20.8
25.5
6.3
5.1
10.6
7.4
300
302
270
16.6
224
2.3
1.3
26.4
Min
60.4
Max
103.5
29.8
8.9
11.2
310
3.6
Avg
83.4
99.4
22.9
28.1
6.4
8.6
9.0
10.9
276.3
309.5
1.9
3.1
98th
AV-12
ANNEXURE-VI
METHODOLOGY FOR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
1.0
Meteorology
The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the
standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS : 8829) and India
Meteorological Department (IMD).
1.1
Methodology of Data Generation

The Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring
equipment was installed at site at a height of about 10-m above ground level to
record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and temperature. The
meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way that it is free from
any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS:8829. Cloud cover
was recorded by visual observation. Rainfall was monitored by rain gauge.
The continuous recording meteorological instrument of Dynalab, Pune (Model
No.WDL1002) has been used for recording the met data. The sensitivity of the
equipment is as given in Table-1.
TABLE-1
SENSITIVITY OF METEOROLOGY MONITORING STATION
Sr. No.
1
2
3
Sensor
Wind speed Sensor
Wind direction Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Sensitivity
0.02 m/s
3 degrees
0.2oC
Hourly maximum, minimum and average values of wind speed, direction and
temperature were recorded continuously with continuous monitoring equipment.
All the sensors were connected to filter and then logged on to datalogger. The
readings were recorded in a memory module, which was attached to datalogger.
The memory module was downloaded in computer through Dynalab software. The
storage capacity of memory module was 256 KB. Data was downloaded every
fortnight into the computer. The data was recorded continuously. The recovery of
data was about 98%. The rest of 2 % data gaps were filled by referring to IMD
data and daily weather reports in the local newspapers. However, Relative
Humidity and Rainfall were recorded manually.
1.2
Ambient Air Quality
1.2.1
Method of Analysis
The air samples were analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB), IS: 5184 and American Public Health Association
(APHA).
1.2.2
Instruments used for Sampling

Respirable Dust Samplers APM-451 instruments have been used for monitoring
Total Suspended Particulate Matter (TSPM), Respirable fraction (<10 microns) and
gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NOx. Charcoal filled glass tubes were deployed for
collection of carbon monoxide. Gas Chromatography techniques have been used for
the estimation of CO.
AVI-1
ANNEXURE-VI
1.2.3
Instruments used for Analysis

The make and model of the instruments used for analysis of the samples collected
during the field monitoring are given in Table-2.
TABLE-2
INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES
1.2.4
Sr.
No
1
Instrument Name
Make
Model
Spectrophotometer
HACH
Electronic Balance
Metler
DR 2000; Sl. No.

911016344
AE 200S; Sl. No M10774
Gas Chromatograph
With FID, pFPD,
ECD
GC-3,
VARIAN
CP- 3800-44; Sl. No.

8094
Parameters
SO2, NOx, O3
TSPM, SPM,
RPM
CO
Sampling and Analytical Techniques

1]
Total Suspended Particulate Matter TSPM, RPM, SO2 and NOx
SPM (>10 ) and RPM (<10 ) present in ambient air is drawn through the
cyclone. Coarse and non-respirable dust (>10) is separated from the air stream
by centrifugal forces acting on the solid particles. These separated particulates fall
through the cyclone's conical hopper and collect in the sampling cup placed at the
bottom of the cyclone. The fine dust (<10 microns) forming the respirable
fraction passes the cyclone and is retained by the filter paper. The TSPM is
estimated by summing up the SPM and RPM fractions collected separately as
above.
A tapping is provided on the suction side of the blower to provide suction for
sampling air through a set of impingers. Samples of gases are drawn at a flow
rate of 0.2 Liters Per Minute (LPM).
TSPM and RPM have been estimated by Gravimetric method (IS: 5182, Part IV).
Modified West and Gaeke method (IS-5182 Part-II, 1969) has been adopted for
estimation of SO2. Jacobs-Hochheiser method (IS-5182 Part-VI, 1975) has been
adopted for the estimation of NOx.
Calibration:
Calibration charts have been prepared for all gaseous pollutants. The calibration is
carried out whenever new absorbing solutions are prepared. All the Resirable Dust
Samplers are calibrated as per ASTM D-4096. The rotameter is calibrated using
soap bubble meter.
2]
Carbon Monoxide
Charcoal filled glass tubes have been used for collecting the samples of Carbon
monoxide. The CO levels were analyzed through Gas Chromatography techniques.
The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimum detectable
level are given in Table-3.
AVI-2
ANNEXURE-VI
TABLE-3
TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Sr.
No.
Parameter
Technique
Total Suspended
Particulate Matter
Respirable
Particulate Matter
Sulphur dioxide
Oxide of Nitrogen

(Gravimetric method)
(Gravimetric method)
Modified West and
Gaeke
Jacob & Hochheiser
Carbon Monoxide
Gas Chromatography
Ozone (O3)
Spectro photo meter
Technical
Protocol
IS-5182
(Part-IV)
IS-5182
(Part-IV)
IS-5182
(Part-II)
IS-5182
(Part-VI)
IS-5182
(Part-X)
ASTM-D
5011-92
Minimum
Detectable Limit
(
g/m3)
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
12.5
1.0
Analysis of Collected Matter

Analysis was carried out at central laboratory. The pH of the water was measured
by pH meter. The weight of the total un-dissolved matter was obtained after
filtration. The weight of ash was obtained by combustion of the undissolved matter.
The weight of the total dried soluble matter obtained from the residue from a
measured portion of filtrate after evaporation to dryness.
1.3
Water Analysis
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples
collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the
existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature,
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection.
The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as
per the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table-4.
TABLE-4
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)
FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER SAMPLING
Parameter
pH
Electrical
Conductivity
Total suspended
solids
Total
Dissolved
Solids
BOD
Hardness
Sample Collection
Grab sampling
Plastic /glass container
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Sample Size
50 ml
Storage/ Preservation
On site analysis
50 ml
On site parameter
100 ml
Refrigeration,
can be stored for 7 days
Refrigeration,
can be stored for 7 days
Refrigeration, 48 hrs
100 ml
500 ml
100 ml
Add
HNO3
to
pH<2,
refrigeration; 6 months
AVI-3
ANNEXURE-VI
Parameter
Chlorides
Sulphates
Sodium,
Potassium
Nitrates
Fluorides
Alkalinity
Ammonia
Sample Collection
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Plastic container
Sample Size
50 ml
Storage/ Preservation
Not required; 28 days
100 ml
Refrigeration; 28 days
100 ml
Not required; 6 months
Plastic containers
Plastic containers only
Plastic/ glass containers
Plastic/ glass containers
100
100
100
100
Refrigeration; 48 hrs
Not required; 28 days
Refrigeration; 14 days
Add
H2SO4
to
pH>2,
refrigeration, 28 days
Grab sample; refrigeration; 24
hrs
Filter, add HNO3 to pH>2;
Grab sample; 6 months
ml
ml
ml
ml
Hexavalent
Plastic/ Glass rinse with 1+1 100 ml
Chromium, Cr+6
HNO3
Heavy Metals (Hg, Plastic/ Glass rinse with 1+1 500 ml
Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, HNO3
Zn, Pb etc.)
Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By APHA, AWWA,
WEF 19th Edition, 1995
1.3.1
Analytical Techniques
The analytical techniques used for water and wastewater analysis is given in the
Table-5.
TABLE-5
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER ANALYSIS
Parameter
pH
Colour
Odour
Temperature
Dissolved Oxygen
BOD
Turbidity
Chlorides
Fluorides
Total dissolved solids
Total suspended solids
Total hardness
Sulphates
Arsenic
Calcium
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
APHA-4500-H+
APHA-2120 C
IS: 3025, Part-4
APHA-2550 B
APHA-4500 O
APHA-5210 B
APHA-2510 B
APHA-2130 B
APHA-4500 ClAPHA-4500 FAPHA-2540 C
APHA-2540 D
APHA-2340 C
APHA-4500 SO4-2
APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114
Method
Manganese
Mercury
Selenium
Lead
Copper
Cadmium
Iron
Zinc
Boron
Coliform organisms
Alkalinity
APHA-3120
APHA-3112
APHA-3120
APHA-3120
APHA-3120
APHA-3120
APHA-3120
APHA-3120
APHA-4500
APHA-9215
APHA-2320
B/
B/
B/
B/
B/
B/
B/
B/
B
D
B
APHA-3500
APHA-3500
APHA-3114
APHA-3500
APHA-3500
APHA-3500
APHA-3500
APHA-3500
B/ APHA-3500 As
Ca
Mg
Na
K
Mn
Hg
B/ APHA-3500 Se
Pb
Cu
Cd
Fe
Zn
AVI-4
ANNEXURE-VI
1.4
Soil Quality
At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 30
cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are homogenized. This is in line with
IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American
Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America). The homogenized
samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples
were collected and analyzed once in each season.
The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for
physico-chemical parameters. The heavy metals have been analyzed by using
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer and Inductive Coupled Plasma Analyzer.
The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table-6.
TABLE-6
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR SOIL ANALYSIS
Parameter
Grain size distribution
Textural classification
Infiltration capacity
Bulk density
Porosity
Sodium absorption ratio
PH
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Potassium
Copper
Iron
Zinc
Boron
Chlorides
Fluorides
1.5
Method (ASTM number)

Sieve analysis (D 422 63)
Chart developed by Public Roads Administration
Infiltrometer
Sand replacement, core cutter
Void ratio
Flame colourimetric (D 1428-82)
pH meter (D 1293-84)
Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)
Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)
Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82)
Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
AAS (D 1688-84)
AAS (D 1068-84)
AAS (D 1691-84)
Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79)
Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)
Fusion followed by distillation and estimation by Ion
selective electrod.
Noise Levels
1.5.1 Method of Monitoring

Noise level monitoring was carried out continuously for 24-hours with one hour
interval starting at 0030 hrs to 0030 hrs next day. The noise levels were monitored
on working days only and Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays were not
monitored. During each hour Leq were directly computed by the instrument based
on the sound pressure levels. Lday (Ld), Lnight (Ln) and Ldn values were computed
using corresponding hourly Leq of day and night respectively. Monitoring was
carried out at A response and fast mode.
Parameters Measured During Monitoring
For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to
describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated
using the percent of the time certain noise levels exceeds the time interval. The
notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below:
AVI-5
ANNEXURE-VI
Hourly Leq values have been computed by integrating sound level meter.
Lday: As per the CPCB guidelines the day time limit is between 07:00 hours to
22.00 hours as outlined in Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification S.O.
123 (E) dated 14/02/2000.
Lnight: As per the CPCB guidelines the night time limit is between 22:00 hours to
07.00 hours as outlined in Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification S.O.
123 (E) dated 14/02/2000.
A rating developed by Environmental Protection Agency, (US-EPA) for specification

of community noise from all the sources is the Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn).
Ldn: It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except that during night time
period (10 pm to 07 am) a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the
instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. This nighttime
penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night when people usually
sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during the daytime.
The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leqs,
by the following equation.
15
[
Ldn = 10Log
i =1
10
(Leq i / 10)
10
(Leq i + 10 / 10)
i =1
24
AVI-6
ANNEXURE-VII
FLORA AND FAUNA
TABLE-1
PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA
Sr. No.
Technical Name
Family
I. Agricultural crops
II. Commercial crops
1.
Hordium vulgare
Poaceae
2.
Sorghum vulgare
Poaceae
3.
Triticum vulgare
Poaceae
4.
Zea mays
Poaceae
5.
Oryza sativa
Poaceae
6.
Pennisetum typhoideum
Poaceae
II
Commercial crops( including vegetables)
7.
Abelomoschus indicus
Malvaceae
8.
Allium cepa
Liliaceae
9.
Allium sativum
Liliaceae
10.
Annona squamosa
Annonaceae
11.
Arachis hypogia
Fabaceae
12.
Beta vulgaris
Chenopodiaceae
13.
Brassica oleracea var botrydis
Cruciferae
14.
Brassica oleracea var capitata
Cruciferae
15.
Cajanus cajan
Fabaceae
16.
Carica papaya
Caricaceae
17.
Catharanthes pusillus
Compositae
18.
Cicer arietinum
Fabaceae
19.
Citrus lemon
Ruataceae
20.
Colacasia esculenta
Areaceae
21.
Coreandrum sativum
Umbelliferae
22.
Daucus carota
Umbelliferae
23.
Lycopersicum esculentus
Solanaceae
24.
Mangifera indica
Anacardiaceae
25.
Memordia charantia
Cucurbitaceae
26.
Psidium guava
Myrtaceae
27.
Raphanus sativa
Cruciferae
28.
Solanum tuberosum
Solanaceae
III. Plantations
29.
Acacia nilotica
Mimosaceae
30.
Albizia lebbeck
Mimosaceae
31.
Albizia odorattissima
Mimosaceae
32.
Albizia procera
Mimosaceae
33.
Bauhinia variegata
Caesalpinaceae
34.
Bauhinia purpuria
Caesalpinaceae
35.
Bambusa arundanaceae
Poaceae
36.
Butea superba
Caesalpinaceae
37.
Eucalyptus sp
Myrtaceae
38.
Delonix regia
Caesalpinaceae
39.
Pongamia pinnata
Ceasalpinaceae
Natural Vegetation/Forest Tyepe
40.
Abutilon indicum
Malvaceae
41.
Acacia Arabica
Mimosaceae
42.
Acacia auriculiformis
Mimosaceae
43.
Acacia leucophloe
Mimosaceae
44.
Acanthospermum hispidum
Compositae
45.
Achras sapota
Sapotaceae
46.
Achyranthes aspera
Amaranthaceae
47.
Adina cordifolia
Rubiaceae
Life form
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Geophyte
Geophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Geophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Geophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Geophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Geophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
AVII-1
ANNEXURE-VII
FLORA AND FAUNA
Sr. No.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
Technical Name
Aegle marmelos
Agave wightii
Ageratum conyzoides
Ailanthes excela
Aloe barbedensis
Alstonia scholaris
Alysicarpus hamosus
Alysicarpus monilifer
Ammania baccafera
Antidesma diandrum
Argemone mexicana
Asparagaus racemosus
Atalantia monophylla
Azadirachta indica
Barleria prionoites
Bidens biternata
Blepharis asperima
Blepharis madaraspatens
Blumea lacera
Boerheavia chinensis
Boerheavia diffusa
Borreria hispida
Borreria stricta
Caesalpina pulcherima
Calotropis gigantia
Calotropis procera
Canna indicda
Cannabis sativa
Canthium diddynum
Careya arborea
Carissa carandus
Cassia absus
Cassia auriculata
Cassia obtuse
Cassia occidentalis
Cassia pumella
Cassia tora
Cayratia terifolia
Ceiba pentandra
Cestrum diurnum
Cestrum noctrunum
Chloris varigata
Chrysanthemum sp
Cissus quadrangularis
Citrus liminoites
Citrus media
Cleome gynandra
Cleome viscose
Clitoria ternate
Cocculus villosa
Combretum ovalifolium
Commelina benghalensis
Cordia dichotoma
Crotalaria medicagenia
Croton bonplandinum
Family
Rutaceae
Agavaceae
Compositae
Simaroubaceae
Agavaceae
Apocyanaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Lytharaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Papevaraceae
Liliaceae
Rutaceae
Meliaceae
Acanthaceae
Compositae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Compositae
Nycataginaceae
Nyctaginaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Asclipiadaceae
Cannaceae
Cannabinaceae
Rubiaceae
Palmae
Apocyanaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Vitaceae
Bombacaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Poaceae
Compositae
Vitaceae
Rutaceae
Rutaceae
Capparidaceae
Capparidaceae
Fabaceae
Cucurbiataceae
Rubiaceae
Commelinaceae
Rubiaceae
Fabaceae
Amaryllidaceae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Theophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
AVII-2
ANNEXURE-VII
FLORA AND FAUNA
Sr. No.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
Technical Name
Cuscuta reflexa
Daemia extensa
Datura alba
Datura metal
Dendrophthe falcate
Desmodium triflorum
Eichhornia cressipes
Emblica officinale
Erythrina indica
Euphorbia geniculata
Euphorbia hirta
Euphorbia hyperocifolia
Euphorbia nerifolia
Euphorbia nivula
Euphorbia piluliflora
Euphorbia tricauli
Evolvulus alsinoides
Fagonia cretica
Feronia elephantum
Ficus benghalensis
Ficus carica
Ficus glomerata
Ficus hispida
Ficus racemosus
Ficus relisiosa
Ficus gibbosa
Flacourtia indica
Flacourtia Montana
Fumaria indica
Gardenia latifolia
Garuga pinnata
Gmelina arborea
Grewia abutifolia
Grewia subinaqualis
Haplanthus tentaculatus
Helictris isora
Heliotropium indicum
Hemidesmus indicus
Hibiscus gibbosa
Hibiscus micronthus
Hibiscus ovalifolia
Hibiscus rosa-cianensis
Hibsicus caesus
Hyptis suavalens
Ipomea aquatica
Ipomea carnea
Ixora parviflora
Ixora singapuriens
Jacarandra jacquimontii
Jasmimum arborens
Jatropha gossypifolia
Justia simplex
Jussiaea suffraticosa
Justia diffusa
Justicia diffusa
Family
Cuscutaceae
Fabaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Loranthaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Pontederiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Papillionaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Convolvulaceae
Zygophyllaceae
Rutaceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Flacourtiaceae
Flacourtiaceae
Papillionaceae
Rubiaceae
Burseraceae
Rubiaceae
Tiliaceae
Tiliaceae
Acanthaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Labiatae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Bignoniaceae
Oleaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Acanthaceae
Onagraceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Life form
Epiphyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
AVII-3
ANNEXURE-VII
FLORA AND FAUNA
Sr. No.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
Technical Name
Kyllinga trceps
Lannea grandis
Lantana camara
Lathyrus sativus
Lawsonia inermis
Lemna minor
Leucas aspera
Leucas longifolia
Leucas stelligera
Lycopersicum esculentus
Madhuca latifolia
Mallotus philippinus
Malvastrum coramandalicum
Marselia quadrifolia
Medicago aureus
Memordica diocea
Memycelon edule
Mentha piperata
Merremia emerginata
Mesua ferrea
Millingtonia hartensis
Mimosa hamata
Moringa olerifera
Murraya exotica
Murraya koenigii
Musa paradisica
Nelumbium nuciferum
Nerium indicum
Nicotiana plubigera
Nymphia sp
Ocimum americanum
Ocimum basillum
Ocimum sanctum
Oldenlandiua corymbosa
Opuntia dillinii
Oxalis corniculata
Panicum milliria
Panicum notatum
Parthenium hysterophorus
Passiflora foetida
Peltophorum ferrusinum
Peristrophe bicalculata
Phoenix aculis
Phyllanthes asperulatus
Phyllanthes emblica
Phyllanthes nirurii
Phyllanthes reticulates
Physalis minima
Pithocolobium dulce
Polyalthia longifolia
Polygala ererptera
Prosopis cineraria
Prosopis juliflora
Prosopis spicegera
Saccharum munja
Family
Cyperaceae
Anacardiaceae
Verbinacaee
Papillionaceae
Lythraceae
Lemnaceae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Solanaceae
Sapotaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Malvaceae
Marseliaceae
Papillionaceae
Cucurbitaceae
Melastonellaceae
Labiatae
Convolvulaceae
Guttiferae
Bignoniaceae
Mimosaceae
Moringaeae
Rutaceae
Rutaceae
Musaceae
Magnoliaceae
Apocyanaceae
Solanaceae
Magnoliaceae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Rubiaceae
Opuntiaceae
Oxalidaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Compositae
Passifloraceae
Caesalpinaceae
Acanthaceae
Palmae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Solanaceae
Mimosaceae
Annonaceae
Polygalaceae
Mimosaceae
Mimosaceae
Mimosaceae
Poaceae
Life form
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanrophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
AVII-4
ANNEXURE-VII
FLORA AND FAUNA
Sr. No.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.
242.
243.
Technical Name
Salmalia malabarica
Sapindus emerginatus
Schleichera oleosa
Sesamum indicum
Shorea robusta
Sida cordifolia
Sida vernanifolia
Solanum nigrum
Solanum suratensis
Solanum xanthocarpum
Sterculia villosa
Sygygium cumini
Tamarindus indica
Tecomella undulate
Tectona grandis
Tephrosia purpuria
Thespesia populanea
Thespesia lampas
Tinospora cordifolia
Tragus biflorus
Trapa bispinosa
Trapa natans
Tridax procumbens
Trigonella cornuculata
Vicoa indica
Vitex negungo
Wrightia tomentosa
Yucca gloriosa
Zizyphus jujube
Zizyphus mauritiana
Zornia gobbosa
Family
Salmaliaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapindaceae
Pedaliaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Tiliaceae
Myrtaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Bignoniaceae
Verbinaceae
Fabaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Rhamnaceae
Poaceae
Trapaceae
Trapaceae
Compositae
Fabaceae
Compositae
Verbinaceae
Apocyanaceae
Agavaceae
Rhamnaceae
Rhamanaceae
Compositae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanreophyte
Therophyte
Phanrophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hydrophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanrophyte
Therophyte
Grasslands
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
251.
Cenchurus ciliaris
Apluda mutica
Chloris dolichosta
Cyanodactylon sp
Dichanthium annulatum
Cyperus aristatus
Eragrostis japonica
Themeda ciliata
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Cyperaceae
Poaceae
Cyperaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Geophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Endangered plants
No endangered plant species observed

during study period and also from
records of Botanical Survey of India(
Red data of Books of Indian Plants)
AVII-5
ANNEXURE-VIII
LANDUSE PATTREN
Village Name
Dist - Raigarh
0-3km Tehisil - KHARSIA
Pamgarh
Jabalpur
Chhote Dumarpali
Bade Dumarpali
Jhinti Pali
Darramuda
Gindola
Bade Jampali
Kurru Bhantha
Binjkot
Bhagoradih
Naharpali
Chaple
Sendripali
Tehsil-Gharghoda
Tharakpur
Darama
Sub Total
3-7Km Tehsil - UDAIPUR
Baheramuda
Adukala
Tehsil-Kharsia
Kukricholi
Gurda
Tendumudi
Adpathra
Chodha
Banipathar
Bhalunara
Bhelwadih
Nawagaon
Kunkuni
Kukri Jhariya
Rajghata
Ranisagar
Karranara Alias Naurangpur
Rasiyamuda
Bendo Jhariya
Temtema
Kanmura
Amapali
Khairpali
Singhanpur
Saliha Bhantha
Raksapali
Mura
Lodhajhar
Bilaspur
Rajpur
Ful Bandhiya
Pandripani
Tehsil- Gharghoda
Bagchaba
Amapali
Jamchunwa
Jevri
Bagbuda
Sub Total
Area
Forest
land
Total
Irrigation
Land
UnIrrigated
land
Cultivable
waste land
Area not
avilable for
cultivation
268
350
198
349
174
260
262
218
303
536
43
591
434
151
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
59
0
27
0
0
18
12
3
4
10
3
10
13
7
14
1
21
4
3
135
171
128
188
111
181
193
144
181
327
20
412
258
87
54
107
43
94
15
18
30
12
54
24
3
39
99
17
61
60
24
63
38
58
29
49
61
112
19
92
73
44
361
339
4837
19
19
124
1
0
124
260
229
3025
54
68
731
27
23
833
481
650
128
173
9
7
199
323
86
97
59
50
214
449
378
299
289
208
244
258
165
923
63
218
229
424
90
163
195
228
131
164
178
164
336
384
317
207
72
164
258
37
0
2
0
0
0
22
0
0
0
0
0
0
157
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
0
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
3
0
5
0
20
9
6
3
1
1
0
1
6
0
0
0
0
5
20
0
11
0
18
0
91
268
196
89
186
125
85
192
111
332
27
128
124
100
36
101
129
95
92
113
139
117
250
240
247
133
57
97
171
41
53
81
111
69
46
93
29
39
363
9
56
88
72
20
42
43
61
17
33
15
37
43
52
46
12
9
29
46
45
128
99
98
30
34
44
32
15
208
18
28
14
94
33
20
22
66
22
18
13
10
38
72
24
30
6
20
41
427
491
80
481
99
10121
0
7
0
0
0
558
4
6
1
1
0
142
200
244
49
324
87
5497
178
191
20
123
4
2354
45
43
10
33
8
1570
AVIII-1
ANNEXURE-VIII
LANDUSE PATTREN
7-10 KmTehsil - Udaipur

Chitapali
406
86
6
299
Khedapali
174
9
27
131
Chandrasekharpur
479
75
62
272
Puslda
967
460
11
491
Kataipali See
495
0
29
279
Lotan
517
271
30
111
Tehsil-Kharsia
Kharsia
2000
Agasmar
164
16
0
83
Dehjari
358
0
0
144
Barbhauna
347
9
0
161
Jamjhor
201
0
2
136
Dusekela
336
0
10
261
Bansmuda
83
0
4
58
Telikot
321
0
4
244
Bramhanpali
222
0
1
162
Mauhapali
280
0
4
202
Adajhar
174
8
8
131
Karpipali
275
0
26
169
Karumauha
193
0
28
118
Gidha
336
2
25
249
Bhainapara
356
29
47
237
Sonbarsa
233
10
20
162
Basnajhar
371
0
52
224
Bhaluchuwa
123
0
2
63
Jaimuda
265
0
20
166
Darri
186
0
8
147
Bhupdeopur
147
3
74
21
Kiritmal
253
0
0
214
Nawapara
175
0
0
150
Basanpali
183
0
11
119
Sondka
286
0
0
225
Jaimura
432
0
2
291
Tayang
225
0
2
121
Tehsil - Raigarh
Kushwabahari
157
8
60
63
Kodtarai
313
0
141
131
Garhkurri
248
35
19
70
Dongitarai
207
0
89
88
Kachhar
734
0
35
540
Charbhatha
191
0
10
152
Hardijhariya
184
0
10
141
Bayang
469
0
44
280
Dist - JANJGIR - CHAMPA
Tehsil - Dabhra
Kanwali
656
0
30
511
Badadarha
459
0
13
311
Tundri
1076
0
19
860
Sub Total
16257
1021
985
8988
TOTAL(0-10 Km)
31215
1703
1251
17510
Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Raigarh-2001
10
3
50
2
163
73
5
4
20
3
24
32
45
131
122
41
34
13
50
23
21
10
24
27
13
15
24
33
49
30
15
31
24
10
39
35
61
47
2000
20
83
55
22
31
8
23
36
53
17
56
20
47
28
17
62
9
49
16
18
15
15
14
26
78
55
5
13
39
14
50
15
11
72
21
28
85
16
109
14
22
73
84
93
64
1728
4813
31
42
133
3535
5938
AVIII-2
ANNEXURE-IX
DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS
NAME
No_HH
Dist - Raigarh
0-3km Tehsil - KHARSIA
Pamgarh
214
Chhote Dumarpali
136
Bade Dumarpali
228
Kurru Bhantha
130
Gindola
130
Jabalpur
135
Jhinti Pali
73
Darramuda
172
Bade Jampali
106
Binjkot
196
Bhagoradih
40
Naharpali
278
Chaple
468
Sendripali
109
Tehsil-Gharghoda
Tharakpur
99
Darama
160
Sub Total
2674
3-7Km Tehsil - UDAIPUR
Baheramuda
172
Adukala
184
Tehsil-Kharsia
Kukricholi
46
Gurda
158
Tendumudi
131
Adpathra
122
Chodha
181
Banipathar
324
Bhalunara
115
Bhelwadih
200
Nawagaon
132
Kunkuni
295
Kukri Jhariya
23
Rajghata
185
Ranisagar
147
Karranara Alias Naurangpur
83
Rasiyamuda
14
Bendo Jhariya
91
Temtema
101
Kanmura
84
Amapali
59
Khairpali
126
Singhanpur
107
Saliha Bhantha
115
Raksapali
202
Mura
298
Lodhajhar
209
Bilaspur
289
Rajpur
105
Ful Bandhiya
130
Pandripani
139
Tehsil- Gharghoda
Bagchaba
117
Amapali
180
Jamchunwa
32
Jevri
183
Bagbuda
46
Sub Total
5125
TOT_P
TOT_M TOT_F
P_06
M_06
F_06
P_SC
M_SC
F_SC
P_ST
M_ST
F_ST
P_LIT
M_LIT
F_LIT
MAIN
MARG
TOT_W MAINW WORK_ MAINW WORK_ MARGW MARGW NON_W
ORK_P ORK_P
M
ORK_F
P
ORK_M ORK_F ORK_P
1029
669
1176
710
651
588
326
857
534
1006
172
1195
2366
566
529
325
564
344
306
292
160
437
259
511
89
591
1188
276
500
344
612
366
345
296
166
420
275
495
83
604
1178
290
165
107
186
123
120
108
57
129
85
172
27
198
356
91
99
47
100
67
53
60
32
67
36
92
18
96
162
44
66
60
86
56
67
48
25
62
49
80
9
102
194
47
36
212
164
30
106
36
23
14
75
53
65
115
119
14
19
102
75
14
47
19
12
6
34
22
37
50
63
9
17
110
89
16
59
17
11
8
41
31
28
65
56
5
176
170
240
169
326
199
178
42
151
435
73
610
195
5
92
81
103
84
149
94
86
21
76
228
33
302
101
2
84
89
137
85
177
105
92
21
75
207
40
308
94
3
675
442
839
463
453
371
207
536
398
660
113
740
1790
420
387
250
425
249
230
209
113
318
213
374
60
432
994
218
288
192
414
214
223
162
94
218
185
286
53
308
796
202
570
249
425
271
398
312
143
382
260
519
81
667
982
280
443
215
376
23
296
257
62
261
189
445
40
404
549
143
253
149
255
20
166
146
53
213
142
268
37
251
463
122
190
66
121
3
130
111
9
48
47
177
3
153
86
21
127
34
49
248
102
55
81
121
71
74
41
263
433
137
40
22
25
159
19
17
38
21
15
18
7
79
187
30
87
12
24
89
83
38
43
100
56
56
34
184
246
107
459
420
751
439
253
276
183
475
274
487
91
528
1384
286
522
744
13111
253
363
6487
269
381
6624
106
145
2175
58
63
1094
48
82
1081
60
42
1164
30
25
564
30
17
600
203
520
3692
100
245
1797
103
275
1895
366
408
8881
181
237
4890
185
171
3991
316
450
6305
247
248
4198
133
224
2895
114
24
1303
69
202
2107
21
7
705
48
195
1402
206
294
6806
852
826
426
394
426
432
174
132
87
66
87
66
5
8
2
5
3
3
797
404
396
190
401
214
407
513
262
281
145
232
346
363
299
363
229
218
70
145
47
0
17
0
30
0
506
463
220
808
534
492
975
1453
540
1012
710
1593
136
898
755
395
71
411
494
440
247
632
545
560
949
1325
1176
1236
416
630
697
107
404
246
243
471
749
267
518
358
793
87
451
361
190
33
202
238
225
115
322
251
304
479
677
590
620
212
318
351
113
404
288
249
504
704
273
494
352
800
49
447
394
205
38
209
256
215
132
310
294
256
470
648
586
616
204
312
346
38
140
101
80
195
324
108
186
141
276
11
167
156
55
9
74
88
74
28
114
96
85
132
192
140
179
51
106
88
20
75
44
45
97
168
58
100
72
137
3
91
75
26
4
40
39
40
17
67
39
35
68
107
75
93
29
50
42
18
65
57
35
98
156
50
86
69
139
8
76
81
29
5
34
49
34
11
47
57
50
64
85
65
86
22
56
46
6
48
13
46
118
118
83
21
91
272
2
19
64
37
8
101
56
5
0
23
91
119
219
52
238
292
10
316
104
4
19
6
23
59
60
35
11
47
141
2
12
29
16
3
52
21
3
0
11
38
64
107
28
118
155
3
167
52
2
29
7
23
59
58
48
10
44
131
0
7
35
21
5
49
35
2
0
12
53
55
112
24
120
137
7
149
52
190
527
398
394
551
350
275
37
257
870
49
242
138
257
48
99
105
86
61
0
262
280
292
184
94
286
40
185
146
92
267
184
192
261
177
142
18
131
431
37
115
62
127
23
45
50
46
31
0
123
147
153
93
50
137
21
93
74
98
260
214
202
290
173
133
19
126
439
12
127
76
130
25
54
55
40
30
0
139
133
139
91
44
149
19
92
72
131
537
377
233
651
729
311
683
396
789
110
432
354
239
44
267
307
265
186
446
378
405
703
922
806
924
327
444
409
78
316
195
163
345
465
180
392
254
502
78
298
210
144
26
145
173
156
90
242
187
260
377
518
462
495
175
256
236
53
221
182
70
306
264
131
291
142
287
32
134
144
95
18
122
134
109
96
204
191
145
326
404
344
429
152
188
173
116
438
288
268
479
801
236
366
360
794
68
496
301
129
22
117
247
191
76
192
277
244
397
606
440
423
206
284
194
27
153
267
89
442
784
232
309
295
638
35
493
276
106
21
106
145
132
67
145
118
149
246
247
381
346
200
149
182
14
124
143
70
238
437
141
193
192
406
20
244
188
95
17
95
131
120
59
133
104
86
170
181
244
284
106
124
168
13
29
124
19
204
347
91
116
103
232
15
249
88
11
4
11
14
12
8
12
14
63
76
66
137
62
94
25
14
89
285
21
179
37
17
4
57
65
156
33
3
25
23
1
11
102
59
9
47
159
95
151
359
59
77
6
135
12
45
92
0
62
10
10
1
54
7
55
16
0
13
3
0
3
12
5
1
18
42
38
81
171
16
17
3
25
12
44
193
21
117
27
7
3
3
58
101
17
3
12
20
1
8
90
54
8
29
117
57
70
188
43
60
3
110
0
104
370
246
224
496
652
304
646
350
799
68
402
454
266
49
294
247
249
171
440
268
316
552
719
736
813
210
346
503
530
772
145
789
205
24469
255
380
76
391
89
12193
275
392
69
398
116
12276
85
117
18
114
28
4102
43
51
11
58
12
2084
42
66
7
56
16
2018
61
25
0
97
65
2833
30
12
0
43
31
1409
31
13
0
54
34
1424
368
555
145
416
8
9396
178
271
76
204
3
4640
190
284
69
212
5
4756
322
458
97
511
163
15276
187
287
56
291
73
8855
135
171
41
220
90
6421
291
464
89
433
121
11163
291
392
66
319
121
8631
152
202
41
195
54
5618
139
190
25
124
67
3013
0
72
23
114
0
2532
0
41
9
32
0
911
0
31
14
82
0
1621
239
308
56
356
84
13306
AIX-1
ANNEXURE-IX
DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS
7-10 KmTehsil - Udaipur

Chitapali
148
673
335
338
129
Khedapali
190
909
475
434
200
Chandrasekharpur
382
1675
896
779
311
Puslda
246
1259
589
670
195
Kataipali See
216
1047
541
506
195
Lotan
105
443
229
214
75
Tehsil-Kharsia
Kharsia (NP)
3196
17388
8874
8514
2406
Agasmar
82
344
160
184
80
Dehjari
157
714
361
353
132
Barbhauna
157
741
369
372
130
Jamjhor
88
439
199
240
107
Dusekela
441
1896
945
951
310
Bansmuda
138
653
327
326
131
Telikot
516
2633
1299
1334
422
Bramhanpali
166
736
347
389
130
Mauhapali
461
2354
1201
1153
408
Adajhar
110
537
265
272
88
Karpipali
129
598
301
297
86
Karumauha
106
589
304
285
98
Gidha
338
1577
793
784
322
Bhainapara
241
1259
635
624
247
Sonbarsa
71
302
153
149
49
Basnajhar
267
1349
675
674
213
Bhaluchuwa
117
529
260
269
85
Jaimuda
125
571
288
283
70
Darri
149
713
366
347
97
Kiritmal
201
925
451
474
149
Bhupdeopur
112
554
275
279
77
Nawapara
141
644
337
307
96
Basanpali
113
514
260
254
59
Sondka
217
993
492
501
141
Jaimura
289
1287
634
653
212
Tayang
145
640
316
324
81
Tehsil - Raigarh
Kushwabahari
118
515
263
252
78
Kodtarai
290
1255
637
618
150
Garhkurri
91
378
190
188
51
Dongitarai
164
799
393
406
113
Kachhar
393
1692
829
863
242
Charbhatha
85
412
199
213
66
Hardijhariya
113
603
294
309
109
Bayang
345
1711
866
845
254
Dist - JANJGIR - CHAMP
Tehsil - Dabhra
Kanwali
449
2059
1019
1040
376
Badadarha
230
1140
554
586
189
Tundri
655
2865
1434
1431
409
Sub Total
12493 60914 30630 30284 9568
TOTAL(0-10 Km)
20292 98494 49310 49184 15845
Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Raigarh-2001
69
111
153
83
114
37
60
89
158
112
81
38
77
476
361
29
31
11
41
241
195
10
15
6
36
235
166
19
16
5
1268
41
72
70
48
144
66
205
60
205
38
50
53
164
126
26
120
49
35
57
84
34
51
26
61
115
37
1138
39
60
60
59
166
65
217
70
203
50
36
45
158
121
23
93
36
35
40
65
43
45
33
80
97
44
1806
9
149
39
29
279
231
601
43
585
14
48
110
170
76
78
174
84
75
57
232
62
43
60
192
189
56
890
0
71
19
12
121
124
309
19
301
7
24
58
90
40
34
86
39
38
27
114
27
22
33
101
95
30
916
9
78
20
17
158
107
292
24
284
7
24
52
80
36
44
88
45
37
30
118
35
21
27
91
94
26
33
80
28
51
120
42
51
145
45
70
23
62
122
24
58
109
55
54
99
113
110
99
44
251
26
28
48
52
58
48
18
124
195
90
211
4918
8096
181
99
198
4650
7749
163
135
210
7809
11806
90
62
115
3908
5881
432
49
684
1053
765
169
223
25
341
503
393
85
209
24
343
550
372
84
405
598
1059
589
490
285
235
343
668
366
322
171
170
255
391
223
168
114
346
234
506
529
615
241
136
232
405
367
439
148
108
198
390
285
276
121
28
34
15
82
163
27
210
2
101
162
176
93
82
2
69
64
21
11
128
0
32
98
155
82
327
675
1169
730
432
202
753
291
134
296
274
307
284
134
265
500
0
24
149
520
152
134
498
221
112
275
48
39
151
149
123
243
230
396
136
73
140
126
153
139
65
123
253
0
15
79
253
76
69
244
111
54
141
22
23
73
71
60
126
108
357
155
61
156
148
154
145
69
142
247
0
9
70
267
76
65
254
110
58
134
26
16
78
78
63
117
122
12234
242
516
387
249
1166
447
1367
455
1510
360
363
329
754
593
143
710
299
308
473
588
390
447
324
688
889
470
6919
116
275
247
131
685
240
856
236
904
199
207
214
500
379
93
438
174
181
280
329
221
254
200
395
465
261
5315
126
241
140
118
481
207
511
219
606
161
156
115
254
214
50
272
125
127
193
259
169
193
124
293
424
209
5512
177
252
396
230
687
213
992
313
827
286
274
284
755
594
153
747
226
330
341
258
250
361
195
272
533
221
5346
104
188
372
202
477
162
407
66
705
184
9
122
385
368
68
487
66
117
209
252
227
282
171
197
426
211
4477
61
137
207
115
398
140
312
61
577
122
6
114
300
292
43
268
56
113
161
221
144
172
131
179
254
146
869
43
51
165
87
79
22
95
5
128
62
3
8
85
76
25
219
10
4
48
31
83
110
40
18
172
65
166
73
64
24
28
210
51
585
247
122
102
265
162
370
226
85
260
160
213
132
6
23
79
24
75
107
10
79
27
28
9
0
116
19
297
115
41
31
125
30
88
20
36
107
77
55
38
5
15
16
10
46
79
6
46
36
15
28
94
32
288
132
81
71
140
132
282
206
49
153
83
158
94
1
8
63
14
29
28
4
29
26
51
61
52
51
26
127
250
196
165
188
534
0
136
429
123
100
80
96
252
0
70
220
127
96
85
92
282
0
66
209
372
746
232
458
1053
256
371
980
217
446
142
273
615
132
205
584
155
300
90
185
438
124
166
396
297
682
211
469
898
221
336
734
297
483
188
361
564
185
332
357
153
310
98
220
327
101
170
328
144
173
90
141
237
84
162
29
0
199
23
108
334
36
4
377
0
58
13
19
151
9
1
102
0
141
10
89
183
27
3
275
218
573
167
330
794
191
267
977
73
73
95
3901
5925
1173
200
1201
13930
27018
582
96
598
6916
13353
591
104
603
7014
13665
1122
619
1725
38061
62218
670
375
1062
22225
35970
452
244
663
15836
26248
955
565
1307
24825
42293
599
346
803
18052
30881
436
245
531
13504
22017
163
101
272
4548
8864
356
219
504
6773
11412
111
62
226
2516
4132
245
157
278
4257
7280
1104
575
1558
36089
56201
87
11876
167
462
345
209
1209
440
1641
423
1527
251
324
305
822
665
149
602
303
241
372
667
304
283
319
721
754
419
AIX-2
ANNEXURE-X
R&R PLAN
Government of Chhattisgarh
Ministry of Commerce & Industries
S.No. F11-1 / 2008 / 11 / (6)
Raipur, Dated
To:
Commissioner of Industries,
LIC Commercial Complex,
Pandari, Raipur.
Subject:
In principal consent for acquisition of personal land in Raigarh District

to M/S S.K.S. Ispat & Power Ltd.
Reference:
Your letter No.47/ Adhovik / Bhu.A. / 07 / 19697 dated 31.12.08
The State Government hereby accords its in principal consent to M/S S.K.S. Ispat & Power
Limited for acquisition of 258.521 hectare personal land situated at Bade Jampani,
Darramuda & Binjkot villages (P.H.N. -14 Tehsil Kharasiya, Disrict Raigarh) for the
purpose of installation of 600 MW Power Plant under Land Acquisition Act, 1894.
The list of the account holders of the said land is attached in Appendix-1.
(S.K. Behar)
Secretary
Department of Commerce & Industries
S.No. F11-1 / 2008 / 11 / (6)
Raipur, Dated: 29.02.08
Copy forwarded for information & necessary action to:

1.
Coordinator, State Investment Promotion Board, Raipur
2.
Collector, Raigarh District
3.
M.D., C.S.I.D.C., Raipur
4.
G.M., District Commerce & Industry Centre
5.
M/S S.K.S. Ispat & Power Ltd., Raipur.
Secretary
Department of Commerce & Industries
AX-1
S.K.S. ISPAT AND POWER LIMITED

District Raipur (Chhattisgarh)
Rehabilitation Scheme
Presented under Model Rehabilitation Scheme (as amended -2007) of Government of Chhattisgarh
For
Rehabilitation of displaced people affected due to land acquisition
For the proposed Power Plant at
Badejam Pali, Darramuda & Binjkot villages

Tehsil-Kharasiya, District-Raigarh
INDEX
Chapter List as per points prescribed in Appendix Two of the
No.
Model Rehabilitation Scheme of the Government
1.
Introduction
2.
Short profile of the development project along with
purpose of the scheme, basic concept and time schedule
of implementation
3.
Drawing of the Project Area along with details of the
surroundings
4.
Details of direct and indirect benefits of the scheme
5.
Area and type of land (Whether Government, Forest,
Government Revenue, Service Land or Personal Land )
of the project as per land records
6.
Details of existing agricultural, business and other
economic activities in the area
7.
Details of the owner and lease holders of the proposed
land for acquisition
8.
Effect on Environment (Zoological as well as effect on
forest, water and atmosphere) due to implementation of
the project
9.
Action plan for implementation of Model Rehabilitation
Policy for providing employment to the people affected
due to land acquisition
a. Employment & other facilities
b. Compensation for proposed land, buildings, trees
& other movable & immovable assets
10.
Action plan for increasing proficiency of the people
eligible for employment due to land acquisition for the
project
11.
Details of the Social and Welfare activities to be
undertaken by the company in the area
12.
2.1 Clear Statement on necessity of Migration
2.2 Details of the migrated families
2.3 Action-plan for rehabilitation of the migrated people
13.
2.4 Details of such persons, for whom re-migration is
assessed along with clear statement for their migration
Page
No.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12-14
15-16
17-18
19
20
CHAPTER-1
INTRODUCTION
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited, Raipur is a well-established popular company of
the state. At present its area of function is our State. It is a well-known Public
Limited Company of the area engaged in steel production.
Looking into positive industrial policy of the Government of Chhattisgarh, the
peaceful and cordial and favorable industrial environment, the S.K.S. Ispat and
Power Limited, Raipur has decided to expand its function by installation of a
Power Plant. In this connection, the company has identified the site and executed
an MOU on 24.01.2007 with Government of Chhattisgarh for investment of
Rs.2400 Crore.
The existing plant of the company is situated at village Siltara in Raipur District.
The company has identified the proposed site for extension of their project and
installation of steel plant in Raigarh District. The proposed land at Badejanpali,
Darramuda and Binjkot villages is situated 1.20 K.M. away from the State
Highway-200. The company also proposes to install an integrated power plant in
near future. The company for requirement of land surrounding the plant area has
submitted this proposal. The project will contribute in industrial development of
the area as well as facilitate the local people to participate in the main stream of the
development and uplift the economic, educational and social status of their family.
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited, Raipur has identified the site with a view to
minimize the use of Government & Personal land and in terms of the Model
Rehabilitation Policy (As amended-2007) of the Government of Chhattisgarh.
The basic concept of the proposed Rehabilitation Scheme is to uplift the living
standard of the affected account holders and their dependents as per Government
policy. Special emphases have been given on optimum utilization of the land and
develop the land as per requirements of the project. To protect the area from
adverse effects on its zoology as well as atmosphere and to promote greenery, the
local resources will be utilized with best efforts and all requirements regarding
waste material management, residential accommodation, and water resources will
be fulfilled. S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited, Raipur is committed to wholeheartedly cooperate in all social welfare activities as and when it requires.
CHAPTER-2
Short profile of the development project along with

purpose of the scheme, basic concept and time schedule of
implementation
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited, Raipur is a well-established popular company
of the state. The company has attained goodwill within the industrial sector of
India. The company has expertise in production of steel. Now the company is
looking forward for expansion of its area of function.
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited, Raipur has identified a site for installation of
Power Plant in the State after appreciating the positive geological condition of
Chhattisgarh. The company plans to utilize the natural resources available in
the state and establish a plant with the help of modern technology. In this
connection, the company has formulated a scheme for the development of the
state.
The production capacity of the proposed Power Plant of S.K.S. Ispat and Power
Limited, Raipur will be 600 MW. The installation of the Plant will ensure the
socio-economic development of the area.
The project will take 2 years to complete. The Rehabilitation Scheme &
Package have been derived in terms of the Model Rehabilitation Policy (as
amended in 2007) of the Government of Chhattisgarh, which describes the
various provisions of compensation, training deployment and social
development.
CHAPTER-3
Drawing of the Project Area

Along with details of the surroundings
Though S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will require huge
land in Raigarh District for installation of the proposed Power Plant, yet the
company has identified relatively small area at Bade Jampali, Darramuda and
Binjkot villages of Raigarh District due to limited alternate options. However
special emphases have been given on optimum utilization of the land and
develop the land as per requirements of the project.
Almost 283.604-hectare land has been identified for installation of plant, waterplant, wastewater management and residential needs, out of which 258.521
hectare is a personal land and 25.083 hectare belongs to the Government. The
maximum portion of the identified land is non-irrigated personal land and does
not comprise any service land. Drawing of the proposed land is attached with
the Rehabilitation Scheme in which Personal Land as well as Government Land
has been marked separately.
CHAPTER-4
Details of direct and indirect benefits of the scheme

The proposed Power Plant of S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur
will bring positive impact on socio-economic environment of the area. An
amount worth Rs.2400 Crore will be invested for installation of the proposed
plant, which will generate employment in the area. About 1000 persons will get
direct employment, while other 1450 persons will also be benefited indirectly.
As a result of the integrated effect of the project, the area will be benefited in
terms of infrastructure and social development. The general public reside
around the site will automatically be able to utilize various facilities belong to
education, health, communication, transfer and other basic infrastructures. This
will uplift the economic and social status of the people of the area and their life
will become happy, easy and smoother.
In terms of fulfillment of its social obligation under Model Rehabilitation Policy
(as amended in 2007) of the Government of Chhattisgarh, the company will
dedicate 3% of its annual profit towards social activities undertaken under
guidance of the state level rehabilitation committee.
CHAPTER-5
Area and type of land (Whether Government, Forest,

Government Revenue, Service Land or Personal Land) of
the project as per land records
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur has identified 283.604hectare land for installation of plant, water-plant, wastewater management and
residential needs, out of which 258.521 hectare is a personal land and 25.083
hectare belongs to the Government. Drawing of the proposed land is attached
with the Rehabilitation Scheme in which Personal Land as well as Government
Land has been marked separately.
The personal land proposed for acquisition is very marginally utilized for
agricultural purpose. Drawing of the proposed land is attached with the
Rehabilitation Scheme in which Personal Land as well as Government Land has
been marked separately.
CHAPTER-6
Details of existing agricultural, business and other

economic activities in the area
Agriculture is the main occupation of the people located in the proposed area of
Bade Jampali, Darramuda and Binjkot villages. Rice is the single crop, which
they grow. Industrial labors and people engaged in small business also resides.
Undertaking of traditional economic activities is the main source of their living.
Though emerging as an industrially developed area of Chhattisgarh state, it is
economically backward also. Large portion of its population belongs to
Scheduled Tribe Category. Various small and large units are established in the
area.
The Personal Land of the proposed project belongs to all communities of the
society. The company will make efforts to uplift the condition of its account
holders as well as of the general public residing in the area.
CHAPTER-7
Details of the owner and leaseholders of the proposed land

for acquisition
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur has undertaken a study on the
basis of Land Record, Poverty Line and Initial Regional Survey for
identification of the affected people due to installation of the project. The
details are given below:
S.No.
Name of the Village
Bade Jampali,
Darramuda,
Binjkot
District- Raigarh
Proposed
area of land
acquisition
258.521
Hectare
Numbers of
affected
account
holders
Details of
account
holders and
their
dependents
238 account As attached
holders (310 in Appendixdependent
1
families)
10
CHAPTER-8
Effect on Environment
(Zoological as well as effect on forest, water and atmosphere) due
to implementation of the project

S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will strictly adhere to the
Government Guidelines in terms of environment prevention. In this connection
an effective valuation system has formulated, which will facilitate the
estimation of the environment effect on any activity and implementation of
solutions. This valuation system is utilized to study the affect of any activity on
all human being including trees, plants, birds and animals. The valuation
system also includes qualitative study of affects on social, economic, cultural
and biophysical front.
Special attention will be given to protect the biological entity of the affected
people and to promote the greenery. In this connection, local resources will be
utilized with best efforts and all requirements regarding waste material
management, residential accommodation, and water resources will be fulfilled.
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur is committed to follow all
norms and rules regarding environmental protection.
11
CHAPTER-9
Action plan for implementation of Model Rehabilitation

Policy for providing employment to the people affected
due to land acquisition
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur is committed to rehabilitate
the affected people in terms of Para 3 to 8 of the Model Rehabilitation Policy
(as amended in 2007) of the State Government.
1.
Proposed employment and other facilities

a) Permanent employment will be provided to each affected account
holder and one member of eligible dependent family, who have
been living jointly or as a member of the joint family of the owner
or lease holder of the land under acquisition for a period of 3 or
more years as on date of the publication of notification as per
section-4 (1) of the Land Acquisition Act.
b) In terms of Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007) of
the State Government, priority will be given to the affected people
in the following serial order while giving employment in other
activities of the Project:
A) Displaced families whose 100% agriculture land and residence
have been acquired.
B) Displaced families whose 100% agriculture land has been acquired.
C) Displaced families whose more than 75% agriculture land has been
acquired.
D) Displaced families whose more than 50% agriculture land has been
acquired.
E) Displaced families whose 25% agriculture land has been acquired.
F) Other displaced families
In terms of Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007) of the State

Government, if the number of opportunities to the displaced families for regular
employment in the Project and its allied activities is less than the number
eligible displaced families, then a permanent shop will be constructed and
awarded to one member of each displaced families in the area of their choice
near project site or at concerned sub-divisional area or Panchayat / Corporation
at the cost of company and in addition to the regular compensation amount.
For the displaced families, who opts for self employment as an alternate
arrangement by way of transportation of the raw material and products or public
transportation, priority will be given to them while awarding contract for the
12
said purpose. Moreover assistance will be provided to them for arrangement of

the transport vehicles.
Special training through training facilities of the Government or through
independent agencies will be provided to such members of the displaced
families who do not posses the required skill though eligible for the
employment.
In case of failure of the institutions engaged in implementation of Industrial &
Mining Project to provide employment (initially in the construction work and
later in the project itself) within a period of 2 years, then an amount equivalent
to the regular income from the employment or payable under Employment
Guarantee Scheme, whichever is more, will be paid without work till the date of
arrangement of regular employment by the institution.
2.
Compensation for Land
In terms of section-4(i) of the Land Acquisition Act, 1964, the compensation as
calculated (A) or (B) or (C) {Whichever is more} will be provided to each
affected account holder and one member of eligible dependent family, who have
been living jointly or as a member of the joint family of the owner or lease
holder of the land under acquisition for a period of 3 or more years as on date of
the publication of notification:
(A)
The calculated market value of the acquired land under land
acquisition act + 30%
Or
(B)
The Value calculated as per guidelines of the collector
regarding payment of the Stamp fee + 50% additional amount.
Or
(C)
Rates prescribed for different types of land as under:
Type of Land
Total Compensation
Non-irrigated Barren Land
Rs.50,000/- per acre
Single Crop Non-Irrigated Land
Rs.75,000/- per acre
Double-Crop Irrigated Land
Rs.1,00,000/- per acre
In addition to the above, additional subsidy amount decided by the state
government of chhatisgarh will also be paid.
3.
Compensation for House

i.
Rough / un-constructed house (Kachcha Makaan) :
Market Price or Minimum Rs. 25,000/13
ii.
4.
Constructed House (Pakka Makaan): Market Price or

Minimum Rs. 50,000/-.
iii. If the affected person wants compensation, then the
local authority in consultation of District Collector will
do the same.
iv.
The definition of Kachcha Makaan & Pakka Makaan
will be decided as per guidelines issued by the
Government of Chhattisgarh in this regard.
v.
A subsidy of Rs. 1 Lac for the construction of the house
and Rs. 10,000/- towards construction of the shade for
Cattle.
vi.
An amount of Rs.11,000/- will be paid to each displaced
family due for rehabilitation at the time of their transfer.
vii. An amount of Rs.1000/- will be paid to each displaced
family for transportation of household articles and
cattle.
viii. In case of encroacher-displaced families, compensation
will be given only for the house constructed on the
encroached land.
Compensation for trees and other assets
For trees
For other assets excluding house
As per prevailing rates approved and

applied by the Government of
Chhattisgarh & Central Valuation
Council
As per rates approved by the
14
CHAPTER-10
Action plan for increasing proficiency of the people

eligible for employment due to land acquisition for the
project
The proposed expansion of the S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company,
Raipur will bring immense opportunities for employment generation. The
opportunities will take place immediately after availability of the site. Many
skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled persons (men as well as women) will get
jobs during construction period.
Some of the skills required during construction will be Head Artisan,
concreting, fabrication and erecting of steel framework, Piping, Equipment
Installation, Electric fittings and Electronic Works, etc.
Sufficient manpower will be required immediately after the acquisition of land
for construction of residence and plant. The first face of construction of plant
will take almost 5 years to complete. After commencement of the plant, new
employment opportunities will be available in operational work, ancillary units,
maintenance of houses, etc. STD PCO, Hotels, Dhabas, Motor Garrages, etc.
will be established near plant.
Services of specialist contractors will be taken during various stages of the
construction. In case of changing needs, some manpower may be transferred
from one contractor to the other. In that case, necessary training will be given
to the affected people. Efforts will be made to provide training opportunities to
the affected people. The training programmes will be designed to suit
educational qualification, efficiency, experience and interest of the affected
people. Training requirements will be determined through assessment process.
The affected people will be given various types of technical training, such as:
1.
Construction of Plant: steel structure, Civil Work: Electrical welding,
masonry work.
2.
Equipment handlings like pump, compressors, construction
equipments, heavy vehicles, etc.
3.
Maintenance services, Material handling work, etc.
4.
Public health and civil services.
5.
Gardening, agriculture, etc.
The Training Programmes will be arranged at ITIs of the state and other
centers identified by the company.
15
In terms of Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007) of the state

Government, training programmes will be arranged for every account holder
as well as one member of each dependent family to enable them to gain
necessary skill for the employment they deserve.
16
CHAPTER-11
Details of the Social and Welfare activities to be

undertaken by the company in the area
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will undertake various
social and welfare activities in the area as per details below:
11.1
Basic infrastructure in Primary Schools
Company will make arrangements for furniture, stainless steel utensils,
carpet (Dari/Chatai), Chairs, Cupboards, etc. in the Primary School located
in the area for the development of the school as well as students. In addition
to the above, the company will also make arrangements for repairs and
maintenance of doors, windows, etc. of the premises of the school.
11.2
Basic Infrastructure in High School
Company will organize Personality Development, Road Safety and
Computer Training Programmes for the students of the High School situated
in the area. The students will be imparted training for identification of the
employment in the area. Company will promote the sports activities in the
school and at the same time suitable award / facilitation will be given to
meritorious students so as to motivate the students and the teachers.
11.3
Handicraft and cultural development
The company will identify various handicrafts like woodwork, drawing,
painting and other cultural activities and provide financial assistance for
motivation of such activities to protect cultural heritage of the area.
11.4
Assistance for Physically handicapped persons, old people,

widows and the poor people below poverty line
The company will identify the physically handicapped persons, old people,
widows and the poor people below poverty line and provide them financial
assistance and guidance with the help and coordination from the local
authorities.
11.5
Self-help Groups of Women
Women are the backbone of their family and they must be motivated to earn
themselves and gain confidence. Making of Self-help groups for such
women may be proved to be an effective step in this direction. Company
17
will help in making of such groups and provide necessary assistance in such
a manner that they may be able to earn money through making of Papad and
Pickles, Tailoring, embroidery and other activities.
11.6
Agriculture Development
At present, most of the farmers of the affected area are engaged in traditional
single crop activities. It leads them to do outside work / job during
remaining 9 months of the year. The company will make arrangements for
tube well irrigation and sprinkle irrigation with the help of modern
technology to increase the output and enable the farmers to grow pulses, oil
seeds and other cash crops.
11.7
Adequate use of Pond Water
At present, the pond water is being used only during rainy season to grow
crops. Company will develop the water storage areas to facilitate irrigation
throughout the year. The same quantity of water may be utilized for more
then a single crop by using new technology. The Ground Water Level may
also be increased. Company will provide necessary training to the farmers in
this direction.
11.8
Medical Camp
The company will organize Medical Camps to provide artificial parts of the
body for physically handicapped persons, eye examination, diabetes test, etc.
18
CHAPTER-12
2.1 Clear Statement on necessity of Migration

2.2 Details of the migrated families
2.3 Action-plan for rehabilitation of the migrated people
Though not a single person is being migrated due to proposed extension of
scheme in terms of paragraph 12 of the rehabilitation scheme, however the unit
is committed for rehabilitation of the affected family in terms of section 3 to 8
of the Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007).
In this connection the whole necessary financial burden will be borne by the
unit.
19
CHAPTER-13
Details of such persons for whom re-migration is assessed

along with clear statement for their migration and the
programme proposed
Though not a single person is being migrated due to proposed extension of
scheme in terms of paragraph 12 of the rehabilitation scheme, however the unit
is committed for rehabilitation of the affected family in terms of section 3 to 8
of the Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007).
In this connection the whole necessary financial burden will be borne by the
unit.
20
Affidavit
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur hereby declares that it will
fulfill all social obligations as enumerated in various provisions, paragraphs and
sections of the Model Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007).
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will implement the scheme
regarding development of the living standard of the people located in and
around the area as well as account holders and their dependent families.
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will give special attention for
protection of biological entity of the affected area and promotion of the
greenery.
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company, Raipur will give special emphases on
optimum utilization of the land and develop the land as per requirements of the
project and in a manner to minimize its needs.
(K. Hariharan)
Authorized Representative
DECLARATION
I, K. Hariharan, authorized representative of S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited
Company, Raipur hereby undertake in the presence of witness without any
pressure that the company will follow all paragraphs and sections of the Model
Rehabilitation Policy (as amended in 2007).
(K. Hariharan)
Authorized Representative
S.K.S. Ispat and Power Limited Company
21
Total Number of Dependent Families

310
(Bade Jampali, Darramuda & Binjkot)
22

Environment Impact Assessment Report

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Environment Impact Assessment Report

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING

SKS POWER GENERATION (CHHATTISGARH) LIMITED

Vimta Labs Ltd., 142, IDA, Cherlapally,

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Type of the Project

Baseline Environmental Status

Purpose of the Report

Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Table of Contents (Contd.)

Analysis of Alternatives for Technology and Project Site

Environmental Monitoring Program

Availability of Quality Power

Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Analysis of Alternative Technology

Institutional Arrangements for Environment Protection

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Table of Contents (Contd.)

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Location Map of the Proposed Power Plant

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Environmental Setting of the Site

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

List of Tables (contd...)

Proposed Stack Details

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Purpose of the Report

Identification of Project and Project Proponent

1.2.1 About the Project

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Brief Description of Project

Description of the Site

Environmental Setting of the Site

Scope of the Study

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Topo Sheet No.s : 64 N/4, N/8, O/1, O/5

Note:-This Plant Boundary is Marked Based on Tentative Plant Area Given by

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Plant site coordinates

Ash pond coordinates

Climatic conditions (IMD, Raigarh)

Mean annual rainfall (total)

Climatic conditions at site

Max: 42.0 oC and Min:21.3 oC

Plant site elevation above MSL

Nearest railway station

Water source for the project

230-m above MSL

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad

None in 15-km radius

Environmental Impact Assessment For The Proposed 4x300 MW Coal Based

Forest blocks exist in 10-km radius:

Seismic Zone-III as per IS 1893 (Part I): 2002